Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
pad has 3 results
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√paḍpaḍiigatau1184
√paḍpaḍiināśane1068
√padpadaagatau464
 
 
pad has 1 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√पद्padgoing, moving / gati347/3Cl.4 and 10
Amarakosha Search
Results for pad
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ādṛtaḥ3.3.92MasculineSingularpadavī
arghaḥ3.3.32MasculineSingularmāsam, amātyaḥ, atyupadhaḥ, medhyaḥ, sitaḥ, pāvakam
avyathāFeminineSingularcāraṭī, padmacāriṇī, aticarā, pad
ayanam2.1.15NeuterSingularpadavī, mārgaḥ, vartanī, saraṇiḥ, panthāḥ, vartma, pad, sṛtiḥ, adhvā, ekapadī, paddhatiḥ
dhikkṛtaḥ3.1.38MasculineSingularapadhvastaḥ
dyauḥ1.2.1FeminineSingularvyoma, nabhaḥ, anntam, viyat, vihāyaḥ, dyuḥ, meghādhvā, dyauḥ, puṣkaram, antarīkṣam, suravartma, viṣṇupadam, vihāyasaḥ, tārāpathaḥ, mahābilam, abhram, ambaram, gaganam, kham, ākāśam, nākaḥ, antarikṣamsky
gaṃgā1.10.31FeminineSingularbhāgīrathī, tripathagā, trisrotā, viṣṇupadī, bhīṣmasūḥ, jahnutanayā, suranimnagāganges(river)
gopuram3.3.190NeuterSingularupadravaḥ
grāmatā2.4.42FeminineSingularpadyaḥ, yaśaḥ
hañjikāFeminineSingularvardhakaḥ, bhārgī, brāhmaṇayaṣṭikā, aṅgāravallī, bāleyaśākaḥ, brāhmaṇī, varvaraḥ, pad
hastī2.8.35MasculineSingularpad, karī, gajaḥ, anekapaḥ, dantī, stamberamaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, dviradaḥ, hāthī, ibhaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, dvipaḥ, dantāvalaḥ
jhaṭiti2.4.2MasculineSingulardrāṅ, maṅkṣu, sapadi, srāk, añjasā, āhnāya
kakudaḥ3.3.99MasculineSingulargosevitam, gopadamānam
kalkaḥ3.3.14MasculineSingularkarṇabhūṣaṇam, karihastaḥ, aṅguliḥ, padmabījakośī
kamalaḥ3.3.202MasculineSingularśaṭhaḥ, śvāpadaḥ, sarpaḥ
karṇajalaukā2.2.15FeminineSingularśatapadī
lakṣmīḥ1.1.27FeminineSingularbhārgavī, , haripriyā, pad, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, ramā, lokamātā, śrīḥ, padmālayā, lokajananī, kṣīrodatanayā, indirā, kamalālaxmi, goddess of wealth
madanaḥ1.1.25-26MasculineSingularbrahmasūḥ, māraḥ, kandarpaḥ, kāmaḥ, sambarāriḥ, ananyajaḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, viśvaketuḥ, pradyumnaḥ, darpakaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, manasijaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ātmabhūḥ, manmathaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, smaraḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ratipatiḥkamadeva
madhuvrataḥ2.5.31MasculineSingularbhramaraḥ, puṣpaliṭ, madhupaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuliṭ, aliḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, alī, madhukaraḥ
mahīlatā1.10.21FeminineSingulargaṇḍūpadaḥ, kiñculakaḥa worm
marakata2.9.93NeuterSingularśoṇaratnam, padmarāgaḥ
nabhasyaḥ1.4.17MasculineSingularprauṣṭhapadaḥ, bhādraḥ, bhādrapadaḥfoggy, misty
nalinīFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
nimitam3.3.83NeuterSingularnistalam, padyam, caritram, atītam, dṛḍham
nīvṛtMasculineSingularjanapadaḥ
pādāgraḥ2.6.72NeuterSingularprapadam
padam3.3.100NeuterSingularmūḍhaḥ, alpapaṭuḥ, nirbhāgyaḥ
padātiḥ2.8.68MasculineSingularpādātikaḥ, pa‍dājiḥ, padgaḥ, padikaḥ, pa‍ttiḥ, padagaḥ
padāyatā2.10.31FeminineSingularanupadīnā
padmakam2.8.40NeuterSingularbindujālakam
padmākaraḥMasculineSingulartaḍāgaḥone deep enough for the lotus
padmam1.10.39-40MasculineSingularpaṅkeruham, kamalam, aravindam, rājīvam, sārasam, kuśeśayam, sahasrapattram, nalinam, ambhoruham, bisaprasūnam, tāmarasam, śatapattram, mahotpalam, puṣkaram, sarasīruhama lotus
padyam3.5.31NeuterSingular
padyarāgaḥ2.9.93MasculineSingularmauktikam
pauṣkaraṃ mūlamNeuterSingularkāśmīram, padmapatram
prapunnāḍaḥMasculineSingulareḍagajaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ
proṣṭapadāḥ1.3.22FemininePluralbhadrapadāḥname of a doouble naksatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions
rāśiḥ3.3.222MasculineSingularnimittam, padam, lakṣyam
raśmiḥ3.3.145MasculineSingularupāyapūrvaḥārambhaḥ, upad
rāṣṭaḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularpadmam, karihastāgram, tīrthaḥ, vādyabhāṇḍamukham, oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ, jalam, vyoma, khaḍgaphalam
ratnam2.9.94NeuterSingularhiraṇyam, ‍tapanīyam, ‍bharma, jātarūpam, rukmam, a‍ṣṭāpadaḥ, suvarṇam, hema, śātakumbham, karburam, mahārajatam, kārtasvaram, kanakam, hāṭakam, gāṅgeyam, cāmīkaram, kāñcanam, jāmbūnadam
sakhyam2.8.12NeuterSingularsāptapadīnam
śilīFeminineSingulargaṇḍūpadīa small worm
strī2.6.2FeminineSingularsīmantinī, abalā, mahilā, pratīpadarśinī, nārī, yoṣit, vanitā, vadhūḥ, yoṣā, vāmā
sūraḥ1.3.28-30MasculineSingularsahasrāṃśuḥ, raviḥ, chāyānāthaḥ, jagaccakṣuḥ, pradyotanaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, aryamā, dhāmanidhiḥ, divākaraḥ, braghnaḥ, bhāsvān, haridaśvaḥ, arkaḥ, aruṇaḥ, taraṇiḥ, virocanaḥ, tviṣāṃpatiḥ, haṃsaḥ, savitā, tejasāṃrāśiḥ, karmasākṣī, trayītanuḥ, khadyotaḥ, sūryaḥ, bhagaḥ, dvādaśātmā, abjinīpatiḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, saptāśvaḥ, vikartanaḥ, mihiraḥ, dyumaṇiḥ, citrabhānuḥ, grahapatiḥ, bhānuḥ, tapanaḥ, padmākṣaḥ, tamisrahā, lokabandhuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, inaḥ, ādityaḥ, aṃśumālī, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vivasvān, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, mārtaṇḍaḥ, pūṣā, mitraḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, aharpatiḥ(53)the sun
talinam3.3.134MasculineSingularaparāddhaḥ, abhigrastaḥ, vyāpadgataḥ
tṛṇaśūnyamNeuterSingularmallikā, bhūpadī, śītabhīruḥ
upadhānam1.2.138NeuterSingularupadhānam
upahāraḥ2.8.28MasculineSingularupadā, upāyanam, upagrāhyam
vayaḥ3.3.238NeuterSingularpadyam, abhilāṣaḥ
vemā2.10.28FeminineSingularpadaṇḍaḥ
viṣṇuḥ1.1.18-21MasculineSingularadhokṣajaḥ, vidhuḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, svabhūḥ, govindaḥ, acyutaḥ, janārdanaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, madhuripuḥ, devakīnandanaḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, kaiṭabhajit, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, mādhavaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvaksenaḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, trivikramaḥ, śrīpatiḥ, balidhvaṃsī, viśvambharaḥ, śrīvatsalāñchanaḥ, narakāntakaḥ, mukundaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, keśavaḥ, daityāriḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, śārṅgī, upendraḥ, caturbhujaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, śauriḥ, vanamālī(45)vishnu, the god
vyājaḥMasculineSingularapadeśaḥ, lakṣyamdisguise
apadiśam1.3.5MasculineSingularvidikintermediate point
proṣṭapadāḥ1.3.22FemininePluralbhadrapadāḥname of a doouble naksatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions
luptavarṇapadamMasculineSingulargrastamspoken fast
godhāpadīFeminineSingularsuvahā
āprapadīnam2.6.120MasculineSingular
upadhānam1.2.138NeuterSingularupadhānam
upad2.8.20FeminineSingular
lāṅgalapaddhatiḥ2.9.15FeminineSingularsī‍tā
anupadam3.1.77MasculineSingularanvak, anvakṣam, anugam
goṣpadam3.3.101NeuterSingularpratyagraḥ, apratibhaḥ
āspadam3.3.101NeuterSingularvidvān, supragalbhaḥ
upad3.3.147FeminineSingularstotram, adhvaraḥ
apadeśaḥ3.3.224MasculineSingularjñātā, jñānam
sapadi2.4.9MasculineSingularsadyaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
Results for pad
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
pad cl.1 P. padati- varia lectio for bad-, to stand fast or fixed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pad cl.4 A1. () padyate- (ti- ; Potential padyām- ; imperative patsva- ; perfect tense papāda- ; pede- ; Aorist apadmahi-, dran- [ subjunctive padāti- ]; apatsi-, patthās- ; preceding padīṣṭ/a- ; future patsyati- ; te- ; pattā- grammar; infinitive mood p/attave- ; tos-, tum- ; -p/adas- ; ind.p. -p/adya- ; -p/ādam- ), to fall, fall down or out, perish ; to go, resort or apply to, participate in (accusative), keep, observe : Causal pād/ayati-, te-, to cause to fall (Passive voice pādyate- ; Desiderative pipādayiṣati- etc.) ; padayate-, to go : Desiderative pitsate- : Intensive panīpadyate- ; panīpadīti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padm. (in strong cases p/ād-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(pad-or padī-).) a foot (padā-, padbhyām-and bhis-,also"on foot" etc.; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also"sticking to the feet of"; see śrī-viṣṇu-padī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padm. a step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padm. a fourth part, a quarter [ confer, compare pada-; Greek , ; Latin pes,ped-is; Gothic fo7tus; Anglo-Saxon fo7t; English foot; German Fuss.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself, etc. (padena-,on foot; pade pade-,at every step, everywhere, on every occasion; trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ-,the three steps or footprints of viṣṇu- [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky; see ],also Name of a constellation or according to some"the space between the eyebrows"; sg. viṣṇoḥ padam-Name of a locality; padaṃ--, padāt padaṃ-gam-or cal-,to make a step, move on; padaṃ-kṛ-,with locative case to set foot in or on, to enter;with mūrdhni-,to set the foot upon the head of [ genitive case ] id est overcome;with citte-or hṛdaye-,to take possession of any one's heart or mind;with locative case or prati-,to have dealings with padaṃ ni-dhā-with locative case,to set foot in = to make impression upon;with padavyām-,to set the foot on a person's [ genitive case or in the beginning of a compound ]track, to emulate or equal; padam ni-bandh-with locative case,to enter or engage in) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a sign, token, characteristic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a footing, standpoint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. position, rank, station, site, abode, home etc. (padam ā-tan-,to spread or extend one's position; padāt padam bhrāmayitvā-,having caused to wander from place to place) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a business affair, matter, object or cause of (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a pretext View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a part, portion, division (see dvi--, tri--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a square on a chess-board View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a plot of ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a prakrama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a ray of light (m. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some taddhita-s
padan. equals pada-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. common Name of the parasmE-pada and Atmane-pada View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a period in an arithmetical progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a square root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. a quadrant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padan. protection [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin peda;op-pidumforop-pedum.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabandham. a footstep, pace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabhañjanan. separation or analysis or explanation of words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabhañjikāf. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabhañjikāf. a register, journal, calendar or almanac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabhāvārthacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padābhihomam. pouring out the oblation (homa-) upon a footprint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padābhilāṣinmfn. wishing for an office View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padabhraṃśam. loss of a place, dismissal from an office View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padābjan. equals pada-kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padacandrikāf. "elucidation of words", Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padacaturūrdhvan. a kind of metre (in which every pada- is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padacchedaseparation of words at a particular place, caesura, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padacihnan. a foot-words (in speaking), parsing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padacyutamfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padadārḍhyan. fixedness or security of text, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padadevatāf. a deity supposed to preside over a particular class of words (see -gotra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyāhāravādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyayanan. the recitation of the veda- according to the pada-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyāyinmfn. reciting the veda- in this way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādim. the beginning of a verse or of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padadīpikāf. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādyavidm. (or dya-vid-) a bad student (literally who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padadyotinīf. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagamfn. going on foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagam. a footman, foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagāḍham. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagatamfn. gone on foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagatamfn. described or recorded in a line or stanza View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagatif. going on foot, manner of going, gait View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāghātam. a stroke with the foot, a kick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāghātam. "foot-blow", a kick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaghātamind. (with han-) to strike with the feet upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padagotran. a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words (see -devatā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāhatamfn. struck by the foot, kicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padahitam. the substitute for a husband, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaikadeśam. a part of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padajātan. a class of words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padajātan. a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padājim. (fr. pada-+ āji-? ) a footman, foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padajñāmfn. knowing places or one's own place (id est home) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padajyotisn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakamfn. versed in the pada-pāṭha- (gaRa kramādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakam. a kind of ornament (equals niṣka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakam. plural his descendants gaRa yaskādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakan. a step, pace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakan. an office, dignity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakan. a foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakālam. equals -pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakamalan. a lotus-like foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakāram. the author of the pada-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakārikāratnamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramam. a series of steps, pace, walking (see citra-padakramam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramam. a series of quarters of verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramam. a particular method of reciting or writing the veda- (See krama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramam. plural (or in the beginning of a compound) the pada-pāṭha- and the different krama-pāṭha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramakan. the pada-- and krama-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramalakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakramavidmfn. familiar with the pada- and krama-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padākrāntamfn. following at one's heels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakṛtm. equals -kāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padakṛtyan. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padālikam. equals dhundhumāra- (varia lectio pād-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padamālāf. "word-wreath", a magical formula, an incantation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padamañjarīf. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāmbhojan. equals pada-kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāmnāyasiddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanamfn. who or what goes or moves (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāṅgīf. Cissus Pedata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāṅguṣṭham. the great toe (varia lectio pād-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanīmfn. following the steps of another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanidhanamfn. having the nidhana- (q.v) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a sāman-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanīyamfn. to be investigated ( padanīyatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanīyatvan. padanīya
padāṅkam. footmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāṅkadūtam. "the messenger of the footmark (kṛṣṇa-)", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntam. the end of a line in a stanza View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntam. the end of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntamfn. ending with the word pada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntaran. an interval of one step (re sthitvā-,stopping after taking one step) (see a-pad-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntaran. another word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntaśuddhāśuddhīyan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntīyamfn. being at the end of a word, final. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāntyamfn. being at the end of a word, final. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānugamfn. following at one's (genitive case) heels, an attendant or companion (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānugamfn. suitable, agreeable to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānurāgam. a servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānurāgam. an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanuṣaṅgam. anything appended to a pada- or quarter of a verse (see padānuṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānuṣaṅgam. anything added or appended to a pada- (see pad-anuṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānusāram. following at one's heels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānusāram. reṇa upa-labh-, to overtake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānuśāsanan. the science of words, grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānusvāran. Name of particular sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānveṣinmfn. following a footmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanyāsam. putting down the feet, step, footmark etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanyāsam. position of the feet in a particular attitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanyāsam. conduct, procedure (?) idem or 'm. position of the feet in a particular attitude ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanyāsam. writing down (quarters of) verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanyāsam. Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaddhatif. a series or row of footsteps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapadman. equals -kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapañcakam. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaṅkajan. equals -kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaṅktif. a series of footsteps, track View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaṅktif. a series of words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaṅktif. a kind of metre (of 5 pada-s of 5 syllables each) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapaṅktif. a sacred brick called after this metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapātam. foot-fall, tread, step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapāṭham. the pada- method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form[ see pada-]without regard to the rules of saṃdhi-; see krama-and saṃhitā-pāṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapūraṇamfn. filling out or completing a verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padapūraṇan. the action of completing a verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāram. the dust of the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāram. a boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaracanāf. arrangement of words, literary composition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaratnāvalīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāravindan. equals pada-kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārtham. the meaning of a word etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also -ka- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārtham. that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārtham. a head, subject (16 with naiyāyika-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārtham. a category, predicament (7 with vaiśeṣika-s, 25 with sāṃkhya-s, 7 with vedāntin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārtham. a principle ( padārthatritaya -tritaya- n.a triad of principles ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthabhāskaram. Name of work
padārthabodham. Name of work
padārthacandrikāf. Name of work
padārthādarśam. Name of work
padārthadharmasaṃgraham. Name of work
padārthadīpikāf. Name of work
padārthadīpinīf. Name of work
padārthaguṇacintāmaṇim. Name of work
padārthakaumudīf. Name of work
padārthakaumudīkośam. Name of work
padārthakaumudīsārakośam. Name of work
padārthakhaṇḍanan. Name of work
padārthakhaṇḍanaṭippaṇavyākhyāf. Name of work
padārthamālāf. Name of work
padārthamālāvṛttif. Name of work
padārthamaṇimālāf. Name of work
padārthanirūpaṇan. Name of work
padārthānusamayam. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order etc. (see kāṇḍānus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthapārijātam. Name of work
padārthapradeśam. Name of work
padārthaprakāśam. Name of work
padārthaprakāśikāf. Name of work
padārtharatnamālāf. Name of work
padārtharatnamañjūṣāf. Name of work
padārthasaṃgraham. Name of work
padārthasarasīf. Name of work
padārthatattvan. Name of work
padārthatattvanirṇayan. Name of work
padārthatattvanirūpaṇan. Name of work
padārthatattvavivecanan. Name of work
padārthatritayan. padārtha
padārthavidyāsāram. Name of work
padārthavivekam. Name of work
padārthīyadivyacakṣusn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthoddeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāsaSee padāsa-, sana- under pada-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāsa(or d-āsa-?) n. Name of 2 sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaśabdam. the noise of footsteps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasadhātun. a manner of singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasamayam. equals -pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃdarbham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃdhānan. putting together words (writing them into one word), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃdhim. the euphonic combination of words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃghāṭam. connecting those words together which in the saṃhitā- are separated by a kind of refrain Va1rtt. 3 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃghātam. idem or 'm. connecting those words together which in the saṃhitā- are separated by a kind of refrain Va1rtt. 3 ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃghātam. a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifies words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃhitāf. equals -pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasaṃtānam. combination of words, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasamūham. a series of words or parts of verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasamūham. equals -pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāsanaSee padāsa-, sana- under pada-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāsanan. a footstool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaśasind. step by step, gradually View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaśasind. word by word, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaśāstran. the science of separately written words, Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaśreṇif. a series of steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasthamfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasthamfn. equals -sthita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasthānan. footprint, footmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padasthitamfn. being in a station or office View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaṣṭhīvan. sg. the feet and knees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padastobham. Name of several sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padastobham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padatāf. the original form of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padatāf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāta wrong reading for next and pādāta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātimfn. (fr. pada-+ āti-? ) going or being on foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātim. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātim. a peon (in chess) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātim. Name of a son of janam-ejaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātijanam. a footman, pedestrian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātijanasaṃkulamfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātikam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a footman, foot-soldier, peon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātilavam. a most humble (literally atom) servant (see bhṛtyaparamāṇu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātimātram. only a foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātinmfn. having foot-soldiers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātinmfn. going or being on foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātinm. a foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātīyam. equals prec. m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padatvan. the state of (being) a word, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padatvarāf. "foot-speeder (?)", a shoe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātyadhyakṣam. a commander of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavādyan. (in music) a sort of drum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvagrāhamind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavākyaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavākyaratnākarakārikāsaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavākyārthapañjikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvalīf. a series of verses or words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvalīf. Name of a grammar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavāmīkam. elephantiasis, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavāyam. ( -) a leader, guide, forerunner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavedinm. "acquainted with words", a linguist or philologist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavif. equals --, a way, path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavīm. (Nominal verb s-) a leader, guide, forerunner (see -vāya-)
padavīf. (Nominal verb -) a road, path, way, track, reach, range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavīf. accusative with gam-, - etc., to go the way of (see under artha-padavī-, ghana--, pavana--, mokṣa--, yauvana--, sādhu--, smaraṇa--, hāsya--; padam-dhā-or ni-dhā padavyām-[comp. or genitive case ],to tread in the footsteps of a person id est imitate or rival him) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavīf. station, situation, place, site View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaviccheda() m. separation of words. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavidmfn. conversant or familiar with (genitive case) (see -jñā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavigraha() m. separation of words. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvihāram. paying honour by walking round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavikṣepam. a step, pace, walking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavikṣepam. a horse's paces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavirāmam. the pause after a quarter of a verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaviṣṭambham. tread, step, stamp with the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavīyan. footsteps, track (if not accusative for vy/am-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavṛttif. the hiatus between two words in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvṛttif. the repetition of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvṛttif. (in rhetoric) the repetition of the same word with another meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavyākhyānan. explanation of words gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāyatamfn. as long as a footprint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāyatāf. a shoe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padayojanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padayojanā f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padayojanikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padayopanamf(ī-)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhaḍīf. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prakrit equals -dhatī-See next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatif. (for -hati-) "foot-stroke", a way, path, course, line etc. (also - gaRa bahv-ādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatif. sign, token View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatif. Name of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for particular rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatif. a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names exempli gratia, 'for example' -gupta-, -dāsa-at the end of vaiśya- and śūdra- names). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatibhūṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhaticandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhaticintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatiprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatiprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatiratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhatisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhima(for -hima-) n. coldness of the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padekam. a hawk, falcon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padgamfn. going on foot, pedestrian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padgam. a foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padghoṣam. the noise of feet or footsteps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padim. (prob.) a kind of animal ; equals gantu- ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padibaddhamf(ā-)n. (locative case of 3. pad-+ b-) tied or bound by the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padikāf. See tri-padikā- and dvi-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padikamf(ī-)n. going on foot, pedestrian gaRa parpādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padikamf(ī-)n. one pada- long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padikamf(ī-)n. comprising (only) one partition or division View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padikan. the point of the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padīkṛto raise to the square root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padīkṛtatvan. the being raised etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padiram. a road, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamn. (2. or 3. pad-?) a lotus (especially the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening;often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. the form or figure of a lotus (a N. given by the tāntrika-s to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called cakra-s q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular mark or mole on the human body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular part of a column or pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a kind of temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular posture of the body in religious meditation, (see padmāsana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. one of the 9 treasures of kubera- (also personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called padminī- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular high number (1000 millions or billions) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular constellation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. Name of a particular cold hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a particular fragrant substance (varia lectio maka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. the root of Nelumbium Speciosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a species of bdellium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a species of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. Name of rāma- (son of daśa-ratha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of two serpent-demons etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of one of the attendants of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a mythical buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. (with jaina-s) Name of the 9th cakra-vartin- in bhārata- and of one of the 9 white bala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a prince of kaśmīra- (founder of padma-pura- and of a temple;See padma-svāmin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of another man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a mythical elephant (see mahā-padma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padf. "the lotus-hued one", Name of śrī- etc. (see padma-śrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. a species of plant (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. cloves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. Name of the mother of muni-suvrata- (the 20th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess manasā-, wife of the sage jarat-kāru-; see padma-priyā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. of a daughter of king bṛhadratha- and wife of kalki- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabandham. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabandhum. "friend of the lotus", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabandhum. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabandhukulan. Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabhāśam. "brilliant with (or like) a lotus", Name of viṣṇu- (varia lectio -nābha-; see -hāsa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabhavam. equals -ja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabhūm. equals -ja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabījan. lotus-seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmabījābhamfn. "resembling the lotus-seed", the seed of Euryala Ferox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmācalam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmacaraṇam. "lotus-foot", Name of a disciple of śaṃkarācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmacāriṇīf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmacāriṇīf. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmācāryam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmadalekṣaṇamfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmadarśanam. "looking like a lotus", the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmadarśanam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmadharam. "lotus-bearer", Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmādhīśam. Name of viṣṇu-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmādim. a lotus-flower etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāditvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagandhamf(ā-)n. smelling like a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagandhimfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. smelling like a lotus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagandhin. Cerasus Puddum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. the interior or calyx of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. "sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses", Name of brahmā- (Introd.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of a bodhisattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagarbham. of a Brahman who was changed into a swan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagiripurāṇan. Name of a legend. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmagṛhāf. "lotus-housed", Name of lakṣmi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaguptam. Name of a poet (called also pari-mala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmahāsam. "smiling like or with a lotus", Name of viṣṇu- (see -bhāsa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmahastam. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmahemamaṇim. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāhvāf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāhvayam. Cerasus Puddum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmajam. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmajātakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmajātif. equals -bandha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakamn. red spots on the skin of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakamn. the wood of Cerasus Puddum etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakam. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakam. a species of tree (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakam. Name of a particular constellation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakam. of several men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakan. a particular posture in sitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakan. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakalikāf. an unblown lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍan. Name of chapter of a View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakandādam. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaram. a lotus-like hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaramf(ā-)n. lotus in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakaram. Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakarāf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmākaram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmākāramfn. lotus-shaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmākarabhaṭṭam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmākaradevam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakarkaṭīf. lotus-seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakarṇikam. or n. (?) the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakarṇikāf. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakarṇikāf. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakāṣṭhan. the wood of Cerasus Puddum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakesaran. the filament of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaketanam. Name of a son of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaketum. a particular comet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakhaṇḍan. a quantity of lotuses
padmakhaṇḍan. Name of chapter of the brahmāṇḍa-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakhaṇḍanagaran. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakinm. Betula Bhojpatra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakīṭam. a species of venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakośam. the calyx of a lotus (śāya- Nom. A1. yate-,to resemble the calyx of a lotus ; śi-kṛ-,to make into the calyx of a lotus ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakośam. a particular position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakośam. Name of work (also padmakośajātaka -jātaka- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakośajātakan. padmakośa
padmākṣamf(ī-)n. lotus-eyed idem or 'mfn. lotus-shaped ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmākṣan. lotus-seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakṣetran. Name of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakuṇḍan. a particular mystical figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakūṭam. Name of a prince of the vidyā-dhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakūṭan. Name of the palace of su-bhīmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmālaṃkārāf. Name of a gandharvī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanam. (L.)"lotus-marked" , a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanam. Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanam. of kubera-, the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanāf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanāf. of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalāñchanāf. of tārā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmālayam. "dwelling in a lotus", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmālayāf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmālayan. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalekhāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmalīlāvilāsinīf. Name of an astronomy work
padmalocanamfn. lotus-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamālinmfn. lotus-garlanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamālinm. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamālinīf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamayamf(ī-)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamihiram. "lotus-sun", Name of a writer of the history of kaśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamukhīf. Alhagi Maurorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmamūlan. lotus-root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. "lotus-naveled", Name of viṣṇu- (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained brahmā-, the future creator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. Name of the 11th month (reckoned from mārgaśīrṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. a magical formula spoken over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. of the first arhat- of the future ut-sarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābham. of several authors (also -tīrtha-, -datta-, -dīkṣita-, -purī-, -bhaṭṭa-, -yājñika-) and other men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābhabījan. the algebra of padma-nābha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābhadvadaśīf. Name of the 12th day in the light half of the month āśvayuja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanābhim. Name of viṣṇu- (see -nābhu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanālam. a lotus stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmānandam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmānandaśatakan. his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanandi m. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanandinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanetram. "lotus-eyed", a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanetram. Name of a future buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāṅghrim. equals dma-pāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanibhekṣaṇamfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanidhim. Name of one of the 9 treasures of kubera- (also personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmanimīlanan. the closing of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāṅkamudrāf. a particular mudrā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāntaram. a lotus-leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapadam. equals -pāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādam. equals -caraṇa- (see pāda-padma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādācāryam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapaṇḍitam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapāṇim. "lotus-handed"or"holding a lotus in the hand", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapāṇim. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapāṇim. of the bodhi-sattva- avalokiteśvara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapāṇim. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaparṇan. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapattran. a lotus-leaf ( padmapattranibhekṣaṇa -nibhekṣaṇa- mfn.lotus-lotus-eyed. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapattran. equals -parṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapattranibhekṣaṇamfn. padmapattra
padmaprabham. Name of a future buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaprabham. of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaprabham. of 6th arhat- of present avasarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaprabham. (with sūri-) of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaprabhāf. Name of a daughter of mahā-daṃṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaprabhum. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapriyāf. Name of the goddess manasā- (wife of jarat-kāru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapuran. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapurāṇan. Name of several purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapuṣpam. Pterospermum Acerifolium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapuṣpam. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapuṣpāñjalistotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarāgam. "lotus-hued", a ruby (also -ka- ; padmarāgamaya ga-maya- mf(ī-)n.made or consisting of rubies ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarāgamayamf(ī-)n. padmarāga
padmarāgīf. Name of one of the tongues of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarājam. "lotus-king", Name of several men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarājam. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaratham. Name of several princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaratif. Name of 2 princesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaratnam. Name of the 23rd patriarch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarekhāf. "lotus-line", a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarūpamf(ā-)n. lotus-hued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmarūpāf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasadmanm. "lotus-dweller", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasadman(also, probably) the sun, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasamāsanam. idem or '(also, probably) the sun, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasambhavam. equals -ja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasambhavam. Name of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasaṃkāśamfn. resembling a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanan. a lotus as seat (especially of an idol) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanan. a particular posture in religious meditation (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanan. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanamf(ā-)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called padmāsana- ( padmāsanatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanam. Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanam. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanāf. Name of the goddess manasā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāsanatāf. padmāsana
padmaṣaṇḍan. a multitude of lotuses (see -khaṇḍa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasarasn. lotus-lake, Name of several lakes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśasind. by thousands of billions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasaugandhikan. plural the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasaugandhikamfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasaugandhikavatmfn. idem or 'mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers etc.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśāyinīf. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśekharam. Name of a king of the gandharva-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasenam. Name of several men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasenāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasnuṣāf. () Name of gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasnuṣāf. of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasnuṣāf. of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśrīf. "beautiful as a lotus flower", Name of avalokiteśvara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśrīf. of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśrīf. Name of several women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśrīf. of a lady who wrote on kāma-śāstra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśrīgarbham. Name of a bodhi-sattva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasundaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasūtran. a lotus-garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasvāminm. Name of a sacred edifice built by padma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmasvastikan. a svastika- mark consisting of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmatāf. the state or condition of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāṭam. Cassia Tora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmatantum. the fibre of a lotus-stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvabhāsam. Name of a kind of philosopher's stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavāhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavanabāndhavam. the sun (see padma-bandhu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavanabāndhavavaṃśam. the race of kings descended from the sun (see sūrya-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavarcasmfn. lotus-hued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavarṇamfn. idem or 'mfn. lotus-hued ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavarṇam. Name of a son of yadu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavarṇakan. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavāsāf. equals -gṛhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavatmfn. full of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatam. Name of a kingdom founded by padma-varṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavatīf. Name of a wife of aśoka- (see padmā-vatī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavatīf. of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. (see dma-v-and ) Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. a kind of Prakrit metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. Name of lakṣmī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of the goddess manasā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a jaina- deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a wife of king śṛgāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a wife of yudhi-ṣṭhira- (king of kaśmīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of the wife of jaya-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a wife of king vīra-bāhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a wife of king naya-pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a poetess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of the city of ujjayinī- in the kṛta-yuga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of another city. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīf. of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīkalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīpañcāṅgan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīpriyam. "husband of padmavatī- (= manasā-)", Name of jarat-kāru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvatīstotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaveṣam. Name of a king of the vidyādhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaviṣayam. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavṛkṣam. Cerasus Puddum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavṛṣabhavikrāminm. Name of a future buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavyākośan. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmavyūham. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmayonim. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- etc. (also nin- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmayonim. of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmayonim. of several men, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmeśayam. "sleeping in a lotus", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminmfn. spotted (as an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminmfn. possessing lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminm. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (nīka-) mfn.; see abjinī-, nalinī-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond etc. (see gaRa puṣkarādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. a lotus-stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. a female elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. a particular magical art View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīf. Name of several women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīkāntam. "beloved of lotuses", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīkaṇṭakam. a kind of leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīkhaṇḍan. a multitude or lake of lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīkhaṇḍan. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīpattran. a lotus-leaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīśa(śa-) m. the sun (see -kānta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīṣaṇḍa(and -pura-) n. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padminīvallabha m. the sun (see -kānta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmiṣṭhāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmodbhavamf(ā-)n. sprung from a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmodbhavam. Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmodbhavam. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmodbhavāf. Name of the goddess manasā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmodbhavaprādurbhāvam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmopaniṣadf. Name of an View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmopaniṣaddīpikāf. Name of commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmotpalakumudvatmfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called padma-, utpala- and kumuda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottamam. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottamam. of a particular world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottamam. of a buddha- living in padmottama- and of a future Buddha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottaram. Carthamus Tinctorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottaram. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottaram. of the father of padma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottarātmajam. patronymic of the 9th cakra-vartin- in bhārata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmottarikāśākan. a species of pot-herb
padoccayam. (in dramatic language) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padopahatamfn. (prob.) equals padāhata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padopasaṃgrahaṇan. clasping the foot (of a teacher) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padraSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padram. (2. pad-?) a village or equals saṃveśa- (-vaḍa-, -saṇḍa-and -saḍa-[ ]perhaps wrong reading for -baṭu-,or -baṇḍa-,"village lad or cripple") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padram. a road in a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padram. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padram. Name of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padratham. a footman, foot-soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paduka m. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padumam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvan. (2. pad-?) the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvan. a road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvan. a car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvamfn. See nisarga-padva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvanm. a road, path, way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvatmfn. having feet, running View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvatn. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvatSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. (fr. 3. pad-and pada-) relating or belonging to a foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. hurting or coming in contact with the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. marked with footsteps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. measuring a pada- in length or breadth (also in compound with numerals; see ardha--, daśa--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. consisting of pada-s or parts of verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. consisting of one pada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamf(ā-)n. forming the end, final, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyam. a śūdra- (see paj-ja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyam. a part of a word, verbal element View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padf. footsteps, paces (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyam. a way, path, road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyam. a foot as a measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyan. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya-,prose) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyan. Name of several hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyakādambarīf. Name of work of kṣemendra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyālayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamātrikāf. a poem consisting only of verses, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāmṛtāf. (in the beginning of a compound) nectar of poetry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāmṛtasamudraṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāmṛtasarovaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāmṛtasopānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāmṛtataraṃgiṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyapañjāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaprasūnāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaracanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaśatakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyatmikopaniṣadf. Name of an View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyatrayīvyākhyānan. Name of a commentator or commentary on the first 3 verses of (also bhāgavata-trayī-vy-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaveṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniṣpadto come to (accusative) ; to enter into, become (with accusative) ; to appear : Causal -pādayati-, to bring to (accusative)
abhipadto come near or towards, approach ; to approach (a deity) for imploring her help ; to come up (as an auxiliary), assist ; to seize, catch, overpower, master etc. ; to take possession of ; to accept ; to undertake, devote one's self to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhīpada(varia lectio -pāda-) m. "whose foot or step is without fear", Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhīpada abhīpāda See 1. a-bhī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipadmamfn. (said of elephants) having red spots on the skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprapadto come towards, reach at, enter into (accusative) etc. ; to resort to (accusative) etc. ; to undertake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipratipadP. (future -patsyati-) to begin with or at (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisamāpadA1. (perf. -pede-) to enter upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisampadVed. -padyate-, to become ; to become similar to, be changed to (accusative) etc. ; to come to, arrive at, obtain : Causal -pādayati-, to make equal to, change into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisampadf. idem or 'f. becoming anything, becoming similar or equal to ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisamprapad -padyate- (equals abhi-sam-pad-) to be changed to, assume or obtain the shape of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyāpad(Potential -padyeta-) to enter into, come to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupad -/upa-dadhāti-, to place upon ; to cover with (instrumental case) : P. A1. (3. plural -/upa-dadhati-, subjunctive 1. plural -d/adhāmahai-) to place upon (the fire) in addition or together with
abhyupapadA1. -padyate-, to approach in order to help etc. ; to ask for help ; to furnish with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥpadman. (in architecture) a part of a cupola. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhānapaddhatif. idem or 'f. Name of work ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspadamfn. Ved. placed under the feet, under foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspada(/am-) n. the place under the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspadamind. under foot. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikṣipadabjanetramfn. having eyes which eclipse the lotus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyapadiind., (gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgamakalpadrumam. Name (also title or epithet) of work (confer, compare -208) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnipadam. "whose foot has stepped on the sacrificial fire place", Name of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgnipadamfn. (gaRa vyuṣṭādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahampadārtham. the Ego, Sa1m2khyas., Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikapadikamfn. (fr. eka-pada-), belonging to a simple word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikapadikamfn. consisting of single words
aikapadyan. (See the last) unity of words, the state of being one word on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajapada mfn. goat-footed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akhaṇḍopadhim. a quality not to be defined by words, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣapad m. (probably)"having his eyes fixed in abstraction on his feet" , Name of the philosopher gautama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣapadm. see ākṣapāda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣarasampadf. fitness or completeness of the number of syllables, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alabdhapadamfn. one who has found no place in or has made no impression upon (locative case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
allāpadīnam. = $, Name (also title or epithet) of a king, (varia lectio). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadakṣiṇamfn. defective in presents (as a ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadarśana([ ]) mfn. of confined views, narrow-minded. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadeśavṛttitvasee vyā-- vṛtta-, parasmE-pada 1039 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadhanamfn. of little wealth, not affluent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadmfn. weak-minded, having little sense, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadṛṣṭimfn. of confined views, narrow-minded. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpapadman. the red lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amatapadārthamfn. having an unacceptable second sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupaddhatif. current, stream, flow of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāpadf. absence of misfortune or calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapadeśam. an invalid argument. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapadhṛṣya ind.p. not having overpowered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapadoṣyamfn. not to be wasted, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anipadyamāna([ a-nip/adyamāna- ]) mfn. not falling down (to sleep), untiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpadam ind. in the middle of an inflected word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpadeind. in the middle of an inflected word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyapada n. (in arithmetic) the last or greatest root (in the square) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anunāsikopadhamfn. having a nasal penultimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anunāsikopadhamfn. succeeding a syllable with a nasal sound. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anunipad -padyate-, to lie down by the side of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadto follow, attend, be fond of ; to enter ; to enter upon ; to notice, understand ; to handle. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadmfn. coming to pass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadamfn. following closely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadam. Name of a man or tribe, (gaRa upakādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadan. a chorus, refrain, burden of a song or words sung again after regular intervals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadan. Name of an upāṅga- belonging to the sāma-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadan. word for word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadan. on the heels of, close behind or after. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadamind. step by step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūpadasto fail (or become extinct) after (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadasta([ ]) or an-upadasya- ([ ]) or /an-upadasyat- ([ ]) or /an-upadasvat- ([ ]) or /an upadāsuka- ([ ]) mfn. not drying up, not decaying. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadasūtran. a commentary explaining the text (of a brāhmaṇa-) word for word. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadavīf. a road followed after another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūpadeśam. a marshy country. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadeṣṭavyamfn. not to be commended, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadeṣṭṛm. one who does not teach. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadham. "having no penultimate", a letter or syllable (as a sibilant or h-) not preceded by another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūpad(generally P.), to place upon, pile up after or in addition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadhiśeṣamfn. in whom there is no longer a condition of individuality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadhmātamfn. not blown upon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūpadhṛCaus. -dhārayati-, to hold towards in addition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānupadikamfn. (fr. anu-pada-), following, pursuing, tracking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānupadikamfn. knowing or studying the anupada- (q.v) song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadinm. a searcher, an inquirer, one who follows or seeks for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadīnāf. a boot, buskin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupadiṣṭamfn. untaught, uninstructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānupadyamfn. being behind any one's steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuprapadto enter or approach or arrive after ; to follow, act in conformance to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuṣṭupsampadf. completion of an anu-ṣṭubh-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvāpadīnam. Name (also title or epithet) of a king (varia lectio allāp-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyapadārthapradhānamfn. having as chief sense that of another word (as a Bahu-vri1hi), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyāpadeśam. (= anyo- kti-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apador /a-pad- ([only ]) mfn. Nominal verb (m.) a-p/ād- (f.) a-p/ād- ([ ]) or a-p/adī- ([ ]), footless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadA1. -padyate- (perfect tense -pede- Aorist āpādi-,etc.) to come, walk near, approach ; to enter, get in, arrive at, go into etc. ; to fall in or into ; to be changed into, be reduced to any state ; to get into trouble, fall into misfortune ; etc. ; to get, attain, take possession ; to happen, occur etc.: Causal -pādayati- (Aorist 1. plural -pīpadāma- ) to cause to enter, bring on ; to bring to any state ; to bring into trouble or misfortune etc. ; to bring near or towards, fetch, procure, produce, cause, effect etc. ; to procure for one's self, obtain, take possession ; to change, transform. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadf. misfortune, calamity, distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadf. (āpadā- instrumental case), through mistake or error, unintentionally.
apadan. no place, no abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadan. the wrong place or time etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadamfn. footless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadāf. misfortune, calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadādim. not the beginning of a pāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadahto burn up, to burn out so as to drive out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadakṣiṇamind. away from the right, to the left side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadālakam. the sheat fish, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadamamfn. without self-restraint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadamamfn. of wavering fortune. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadānan. ( dai-?), a great or noble work (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadānan. (in pāli- for ava-dāna- q.v) a legend treating of former and future births of men and exhibiting the consequences of their good and evil actions. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadāntam. not the end of a word, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadāntaramfn. "not separated by a foot", adjoining, contiguous (varia lectio a-paṭāntara- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadāntaramind. without delay, immediately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadāntasthamfn. not standing at the end of a word, not final, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding, Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadarohiṇif. the parasitical plant Epidendron Tesselloides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadarpamf(ā-)n. free from pride or self-conceit, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadārtham. nonentity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadaruhā f. the parasitical plant Epidendron Tesselloides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadas(3. plural -dasyanti-) to fail id est become dry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadaśamfn. (fr. daśan-), (any number) off or beyond ten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadaśamfn. (fr. daśā-), without a fringe (as a garment) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadasthamfn. not being in its place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadasthamfn. out of office. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadavamfn. free from forest-fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadavāpadmfn. free from the calamity of fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpaddharmam. a practice only allowable in time of distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpaddharmam. misfortune ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśam. assigning, pointing out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśam. pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśam. the second step in a syllogism (id est statement of the reason) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśam. a butt or mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśam. place, quarter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśinmfn. assuming the appearance or semblance of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśinmfn. pretending, feigning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadeśyamfn. to be indicated, to be stated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadevam. (fr. 2. ap-), Name of the god of water (varuṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadevam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadevatāf. an evil demon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadevīf. Name of a book written by the above (the mīmāṃsānyāya-prakāśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadgatamfn. fallen into misfortune, unhappy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadgrastamfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate, in misfortune. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apad(Imper. -dadhātu-; Aorist Passive voice -dhāyi-) to take off, place aside View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadf. hiding, shutting up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadham(3. pl. -dhamanti- imperfect tense /apādhamat-2. sg. -adhamas-) to blow away or off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhāvto run away , to depart (from a previous statement), prevaricate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhṛṣ -dhṛṣ ṇoti-, to overcome, subdue, (see an-apadhṛṣya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apad(1. sg. -dhūnomi-) to shake off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhūmamfn. free from smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhuramaway from the yoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvaṃs -dhvaṃsati-, to scold, revile, [Comm. on] ("to drive or turn away") ; to fall away, be degraded () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvaṃsam. concealment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvaṃsam. "falling away, degradation", in compound with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvaṃsajamfn. "born from it", a child of a mixed or impure caste (whose father belongs to a lower[ ] or higher[ ] caste than its mother's). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvaṃsinmfn. causing to fall, destroying, abolishing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvāntamfn. ( dhvan-), sounding wrong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. degraded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. reviled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastamfn. abandoned, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhvastam. a vile wretch lost to all sense of right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhyaito have a bad opinion of, curse mentally
apadhyānan. envy, jealousy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhyānan. meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadibaddhamfn. not bound on the foot, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadikam. "a bolt"or"a sapphire"(indra-- kīla- or indra-- nīla-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apad(ind.p. -diśya-) to assign ; to point out, indicate, to betray, pretend, hold out as a pretext or disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadiśamind. in an intermediate region (of the compass), half a point View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadiṣṭamfn. assigned as a reason or pretext. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadmamf(ā-)n. having no lotus-flower, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadoṣamfn. faultless. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apad Intens.p. apa-d/ardrat- mfn. tearing open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apad(Imper. 3. plural -drāntu-,2. sg. -drāhi-) to run away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadravyan. a bad thing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadṛṣṭif. a look of displeasure, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadru idem or '(Imper. 3. plural -drāntu-,2. sg. -drāhi-) to run away ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpaduddharaṇan. bringing out of trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadūṣaṇamfn. faultless, blameless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaduṣpad"not a failing step", a firm or safe step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadvāran. a side-entrance (not the regular door) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpadvinītamfn. disciplined or humbled by misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apalāpadaṇḍam. a fine imposed on one who denies or evades (in law). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apapadto escape, run away. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāpadmfn. = apa-- vipad-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāpada mfn. = apa-- vipad-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavipadmfn. free from misfortune or calamity, Nalac: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apipadto go in, enter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
appadīkṣitaor apyadīkṣita- m. Name of an author equals apyaya-dīkṣita- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āprapadamind. to the end or fore part of the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprapadanan. a bad place of refuge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āprapadīnamfn. reaching to the fore part of the foot (as a dress) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āprapadīnakamfn. idem or 'mfn. reaching to the fore part of the foot (as a dress) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āprapadīnakan. a dress reaching to the end of the foot. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprasiddhapadan. an obsolete word. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipadmfn. confused (vikala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipadyamānamfn. not consenting to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āptopadeśam. a credible or trusty instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apūrvapadamfn. not preceded by another word (id est not standing at the end of a compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhāntaraikapadatāf. (in rhetoric) placing a single word (which belongs grammatically to one hemistich) into the other half or hemistich of the verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhapadan. half a pāda- (or the fourth part of a verse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhapadf. a brick measuring half a foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārdrapadamf(ī-)n. moist-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārdrapadamfn. having wet feet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārogyapratipadvratan. a ceremony for gaining health. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthapadan. Name of the vārttika-s on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthapadavīf. the path of advantage (vīṃ- gam-,"to be intent on one's advantage"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āruṇeyapadan. Name of an āraṇyaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃyogopadhamfn. (a word) the penultimate letter of which is not a conjunct consonant, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśipadamf(-)n. not causing id est averting the sickness called śipada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśiraḥpadamind. from the foot up to the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' mf(ā-)n.fr. pada-with ā-prefixed, s-being inserted) , place, seat, abode etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadan. the tenth lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadan. business, affair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadan. dignity, authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadan. power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadatāf. the state of being the place or abode of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āspadatvan. the state of being the place or abode of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśramapadan. a hermitage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśramapadan. a period in the life of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadm. (Nominal verb -pād-),"having eight legs", a spider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadm. the fabulous animal generally called sarabha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadmf(-padī-)n. (aṣṭ/ā--) only f. -padī- (a verse) having eight lines, eightfold (as speech or verses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadmfn. (in ritual language) a pregnant animal (also negative /an-aṣṭāpadi-,"not a pregnant animal") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadmfn. a wild sort of jasmin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadamf(ā-)n. having eight pada-s (as a metre) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadaconsisting of 8 words, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. "having eight legs", a spider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. a worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. the fabulous animal sarabha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. a wild sort of jasmin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. a pin or bolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadam. the mountain kailāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadaa chess-board on which each line has 8 squares or 64 in all, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadamn. (gaRa ardharcādi- q.v) a kind of chequered cloth or board for drafts, dice, etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadamn. (equals -pruṣ- q.v) gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadāf. (id est ric-) a verse consisting of eight pada-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadikāf. the plant Vallaris Dichotomus Wall. edition Bomb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭapadikāf. varia lectio -pādikā- edition Calc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthānasthapadamfn. having a word in the wrong place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvāṅgapūrvapadamfn. (a compound) the first part of which is not (a word denoting) part of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvapadm. a horse's foot, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvāpadf. an accident occurring to a sacrificial horse, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvapadan. the print of a horse's foot, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvapadikamfn. come into contact with a horse's foot, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipadto go beyond (accusative), jump over ; to neglect, transgress: Caus. -pādayati- to allow to pass by. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipadamfn. (in prosody) too long by one pada- or foot, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiprapadCaus. -pādayati-, to help to pass into the other world (Comm.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmanepadan. "word to one's self", form for one's self id est that form of the verb which implies an action belonging or reverting to self, the terminations of the middle voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmanepadinmfn. taking the terminations of the middle voice commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyupadhamfn. superior to any test, tried, trustworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadeśikamf(ī-)n. living by teaching gaRa vetanādi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadeśikamf(ī-)n. depending on or resulting from a special rule commentator or commentary on and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadeśikamf(ī-)n. (in grammar) denoting or relating to an originally enunciated grammatical form (See upadeśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadeśikatvan. the state of resulting from a special rule commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadharmyan. (fr. upadharma-), false doctrine, heresy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadhenavam. a descendant of upadhenu-, Name of a physician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadheyamfn. serving for the upadhi- (a particular part of the wheel of a carriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadheyan. the part of a wheel called upadhi- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadhikamfn. (fr. upa-dhi-), deceitful, deceptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadhikam. an impostor, cheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadhikam. an extortioner of money , (copadhikā-misprint for caupadhikā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadraṣṭryan. (fr. upadraṣṭṛ-), the state of being an eye-witness, super-intendence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupadravikamfn. (fr. upa-drava-), relating to or treating of symptoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurdhvadehikapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auttarapadikamfn. (fr. uttara-pada-), belonging to or occurring in the last member of a compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avapad -padyate- (subjunctive P. -padāti- ; preceding A1.3. sg. -padīṣṭa- ; Aorist subjunctive A1.3. sg. -pādi- ; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood (ablative) -p/adas- ) Vedic or Veda to fall down, glide down into (accusative) etc. ; (Imper. A1.3. plural -padyantām-; subjunctive P.2. sg. -patsi-; Potential P.1. sg. -padyeyam-) to drop from (ablative), be deprived of (ablative) ; (subjunctive A1.1. sg. -padyai-) to fall, meet with an accident ; (future 3. plural -patsyanti-) to throw down : Causal (Imper. 2. sg. -pādaya-; ind.p. -pādya-) to cause to glide or go down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avastātprapadanamfn. (anything) attained from below (as heaven) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avipadf. no calamity, ease. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣamapadatāf. having equal feet (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyaktapadamfn. inarticulate. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyapadeśam. no designation or pointing to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyapadeśarūpinmfn. whose shape admits of no name or appellation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyapadeśyamfn. not to be defined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayaugapadyan. non-contemporaneous existence, unsimultaneousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayugapadind. not at once, not simultaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayugapadbhāvam. non-simultaneousness, successiveness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayugapadgrahaṇan. apprehending gradually and not simultaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayuktapadārtham. the sense of a word not given but to be supplied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahupad(strong form -pād-) m. "many-rooted", the Indian fig-tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahupadamfn. many-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvṛcapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālabhairavīdīpadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālārcāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālarūpadharam. "bearing a boy's form", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālarūpadhṛkmfn. having a boy's form, assuming the form of a dwarf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālāvabodhapaddhatif. Name of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balavyāpadf. decrease of strength View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpadurdinamfn. clouded by tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpadurdinākṣamf(ā-,or ī-)n. having eyes clouded by tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavadīpadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavāpaduddharaṇapaṭalan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukapañcāṅgaprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadantagopadatta m. Name of 2 Buddhist teachers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrapadan. Name of a metre
bhadrapadāf. Name of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms etc. (also n.; bhadrapadāyoga -yoga- m.Name of chapter of bhaṭṭotpala-'s commentator or commentary on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhādrapadam. (fr. bhadra-padā-) the month bhādra- (a rainy month corresponding to the period from about the middle of August to the middle of September) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhādrapadāf. dual number and plural equals bhadra-padā- N. common to the 3rd and 4th nakṣatra-s (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrapadāyogam. bhadrapadā
bhādrapadīf. the day of full moon in the month bhādra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītāpratipadan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītāsamaṅgalācāraślokapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatapadyatrayīvyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatīmatapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavatīpadyapuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavatpadīf. Name of the source of the gaṅgā- (said to have sprung from viṣṇu-'s foot or from an aperture made in the mundane egg by the toe-nail of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagnāpadmfn. one who has conquered adversity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgyasampad() f. good fortune, prosperity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavadīpadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktimārgopadeśadīkṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktisaṃdarbhapadyāvalīf. bhaktisaṃdarbha
bhāratapadaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṭṭapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvapadārtham. a thing which has a real or positive existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvyupadham. (scilicet visarjanīya-) the visarjanīya- following in the padapāṭha- after any vowel except a- or ā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhramarapadan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrātṛpadmavanan. a group of lotus-like brethren View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūpadam. "earth-fixed, earth-rooted", a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūpadīf. Arabian jasmine Jasminum Zambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtopadeśam. referring to anything already occurring or existing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīdīpadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvaryarcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
biḍālapada n. a particular measure of weight (= karṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
biḍālapadakan. a particular measure of weight (= karṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bimbopadhānan. a cushion, pillow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bopadevaSee vopadeva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajñānopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmapadan. the place of brahma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmapadan. the station or rank of brahmā- or of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasiddhāntapaddhatif. brahmasiddhānta
brahmāstrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāstravidhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāstravidyāpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtrapadan. the word or statement of a brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtrapadamf(ā-or ī-)n. consisting of such a word or statement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatvapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavidāśīrvādapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavidyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmopadeśam. instruction in sacred knowledge, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmopadeśanetṛm. Butea Frondosa (see -mopanetṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaddhomapaddhati(d-ho-) f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrapadmāṭam. equals -gaja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calatpadamind. so as to move View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrāspadāf. oak-apples on Rhus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāsīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padharamfn. bow-armed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padharam. Sagittarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caraṇapadmamn. equals -kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caraṇopadhānan. a foot-rest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carcāpadan. plural the words repeated (in reciting the veda- while iti-is added) Introd. on Va1rtt. 11 and 14. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārupadam. Name of a son of namasyu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturiḍaspadastobham. (see iḍas-pad/e-) Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturūrdhvapadm. (Nominal verb -pād-) "having 4 feet more (than other animals)", the fabulous animal śarabha- (with 8 legs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. (c/at-)(Nominal verb sg. -pād-; plural -pādas-,irreg. -padas- ; locative case -pātsu- ; ablative -pādbhyas- ) f. (-padī-) n. (Nominal verb -pad- 4 times,or -pād- twice) . () quadruped, m. a quadruped, n. quadrupeds (collectively) , animals etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. having made 4 steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. divided into 4 parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. (in prosody) consisting of 4 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. having 4 staffs (a ladder) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadmfn. (a judicial procedure) consisting of 4 processes (viz. plea, defence, rejoinder, and sentence) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpada(in compound) 4 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadan. sg. or plural , 4 partitions or divisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadamf(ā-)n. (c/at-), quadruped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 4 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 4 words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadamf(ā-)n. comprising 4 partitions or divisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadamf(ā-)n. (in algebra) tetranomial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadam. a quadruped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadam. (equals pāśava-?) a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadam. (plural) certain zodiacal signs (viz. meṣa-, vṛṣa-, siṃha-, makara-pūr vārdha-, dhanuḥ-parārdha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadam. Name of a shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadan. Name of a particular karaṇa- ic, 5 and 8 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadāf. a metre of 30 + 4 + 4 syllabic instants. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadīf. "a female quadruped", in compound , catuṣpadīgamana -gamana- n. intercourse with a female quadruped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadīf. of -pad- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadīgamanan. catuṣpadī
catuṣpadīgamanan. intercourse with a female quadruped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpadikāf. equals -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catvāriṃśatpada(ś/at--) mf(ā-)n. having 40 feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cayanapaddhatif. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandogāhnikapaddhatif. Name of work by rāma-kṛṣṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandogapaddhatif. Name of the work yajña-pārśva- (parīś-. xv'> ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapadamfn. full of various (or graceful) words and expressions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapadan. a metre of 4x23 syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapadāf. Cissus pedata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapadan. a metre of 4 x 8 syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapadakramamind. at a good or brisk pace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cupadāsakaSee cupa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūrṇapadan. a peculiar movement (walking backwards and forwards) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūrṇapadan. a kind of easy prose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇāpadamf(ī-)n. having the feet towards the south, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmodarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānapaddhatif. Name of work on the 16 offerings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍapadmāsanan. a particular posture in yoga-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darpadam. śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darpadhmātamfn. puffed up with pride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśavipadm. "having the misfortune to be hardly visible when new", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśakarmapaddhatif. Name of work on the 10 ceremonies prescribed to the 3 twice-born classes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśanapadan. "teeth-mark", a bite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśapadamf(ā-)n. 10 feet long and broad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśapadma(B) (G) mfn. having 10 lotus-like parts of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśapadmavat(G) mfn. having 10 lotus-like parts of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśapadyamf(ā-)n. equals da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśopadeśam. Name of a poem (see śa-nirṇaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devabhāṣyasnānavidhipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devapadan. a word containing a god's name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devapadan. equals -pāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devārcanakramapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatopadeśanan. designation of the d worshipped in any rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasampad() f. accumulation or abundance of wealth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmadānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśam. instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśam. the laws collectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśam. the statement of modality (see ma-mātra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśam. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśakam. teacher of the law, spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśanāf. varia lectio for ma-deśanā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadhamfn. making a pretence of religion, hypocritical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārtarāṣṭrapadīf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhraupadan. (in music) a kind of dance (see dhrupadākhya-nṛtya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhrauvapadaṭīkāf. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhrupadākhyanṛtyan. (in music) a kind of dance (for drup-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhruvapadan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhumāvatīdīpadānapūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhumāvatīpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpadānan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpadhūpitamfn. made fragrant or fumigated with incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāspadan. place of meditation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīkṣāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padamfn. one who gives a lamp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānan. "giving light", Name of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānaratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhvajam. "lamp-sign", soot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghapad mfn. "long-legged" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghapadm. a heron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dolārohaṇapaddhati(r-) f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadamf(ī-)n. belonging to or descendant from drupada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadāditya varia lectio for drup- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadāyanifr. drupada- gaRa karṇādi-.
draupadeyam. plural metron. of the 5 sons of draupadī- (viz. of prativindhya-, son of yudhi-ṣṭhira-;of suta-soma-, son of bhīma-;of śruta-kīrti- or śrutakarman-, son of arjuna-;of śatānīka-, son of nakula-;and of śruta-sena-, son of sahadeva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīf. patronymic of kṛṣṇā- (wife of the dual number princes) (identified with umā-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīharaṇan. "the forcible abduction of draupadī-", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadijam. plural (for --) the sons of draupadī-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīpariṇayacampūf. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīpramātham. equals -haraṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīsvayaṃvaram. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draupadīvastrāharaṇan. "the seizure of draupadī-'s garments", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyapadārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
droṇapadīf. "trough-footed" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
droṇaśarmapadan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
droṇīpadīf. equals ṇa-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadan. a wooden pillar, a post (to which captives are tied), any pillar or column View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadam. Name of a king of the pañcāla-s (son of pṛṣata- and father of dhṛṣṭa-dyumna-, of śikhaṇḍinī- or śikhaṇḍinī-, and of kṛṣṇā-, the wife of the pāṇḍu- princes, hence called draupadī-)
drupadāf. (with or scilicet sāvitrī- or ṛc-) Name of a sacred formula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadādityam. a form of the Sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadaputram. patronymic of dhṛṣṭa-dyumna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadātmajāf. patronymic of kṛṣṇā- or draupadī- (see above) , who is sometimes identified with umā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drupadīf. a splay-footed female View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drutapadan. a quick pace or step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drutapadan. a form of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drutapadamind. quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhapadī(dh/a-.) f. whose footstep is milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbodhapadabhañjikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbodhapadabhañjinīf. of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgapadaprabodham. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgasampadf. perfection or excellence of a fortress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durjanamukhapadmapādukāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durpaddhita(d/ur--) mfn. badly arranged, untidy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durupadeśam. bad instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durupadiṣṭamfn. badly instructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣpadamfn. unfathomable or inaccessible (river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣprapadanamfn. difficult to be attained or entered on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśāhaprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśapadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 12 words, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaipadam. a combination or compound of 2 words ( dvaipadaśas -śas- ind. ) ; 2 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaipadamfn. relating to a stanza consisting of 2 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaipadaśasind. dvaipada
dvaipadikamf(ī-)n. familiar with the dvi-padā-, gaRa uktlsādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvātriṃśatkarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadmfn. (or dv/i-- ) (m. p/ād- ) (f. p/adī- , or pād- gaRa kumbha-pady-ādi-) (n. p/ād-or pād- ) , two footed, bipedal, biped (m.man; n. sg. men, mankind) etc.
dvipadmfn. consisting of pāda-s (m.a metre of that kind)
dvipadamf(ā-)n. (dv/i--) 2-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 2 pāda-s etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadamf(ā-)n. containing 2 words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadamf(ā-)n. binomial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadam. a biped, (contemptuously) a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadam. a brick 2 pāda-s long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadam. Name of particular signs of the zodiac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadāf. a stanza consisting of 2 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadān. a combination of 2 words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadābhyāsam. (with ratkaṃtara-), Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadānan. the rut-fluid of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadāntaram. (with ratkaṃtara-), Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadapatim. "lord of men", a king, prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadarāśim. any one of the signs Gemini, Libra Aquarius, Virgo, and half of Sagittarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadīf. (padī-) a kind of Prakrit metre
dvipadīf. a song composed in this metre (-khaṇḍa- )
dvipadīf. taking 2 steps
dvipadikāf. equals dvau pādau-, prob. double amount (see -pādya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadikāf. a kind of metre (equals -) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipadikāf. a particular manner of singing (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtapratipadf. the first day of the bright half of the month kārttika- (celebrated by gambling) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadmfn. (pāt-, padī-, pat-and pāt-) having only one foot, limping, lame etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadmfn. incomplete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadmfn. (with 1. aja-Name of one of the marut-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadm. (pāt-) Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadm. of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadan. one and the same place or spot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadan. the same panel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadan. a single word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadan. a simple word, a simple nominal formation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadan. one and the same word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadamf(ā-and ī-[ ])n. taking one step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadamf(ā-and ī-[ ])n. having only one foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadamf(ā-and ī-[ ])n. occupying only one panel
ekapadamf(ā-and ī-[ ])n. consisting of a single word, named with a single word etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadāf. (scilicet ṛc-) a verse consisting of only one pāda- or quarter stanza View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadāf. Name of the twenty-fifth lunar mansion (equals pūrva-bhādra-padā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadam. plural Name of a fabulous race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadamind. (= - pade-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadasthamfn. being in the same word. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadavatind. like one word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadeind. on the spot, in one moment, at once etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadīf. (padī-) a foot-path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadiind. upon or with only one foot gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekapadikamfn. occupying only one panel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaśitipad(pāt-, padī-, pat-) mfn. having one white foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaśrutyupadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaviṃśasaṃpadf. accomplishing the number twenty-one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekoddiṣṭaśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eṇīpadam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eṇīpadīf. a kind of poisonous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadgadapadan. inarticulate speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadyapadyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of prose and verses, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gallopadhānīyan. equals lla-cāturī- varia lectio () for gaṇḍop- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhapuṣpadpadīpam. plural perfumes (and) flowers (and) incense (and) lamps, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvapadan. the abode of the gandharva-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍopadhānan. a pillow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍopadhānīyan. idem or 'n. a pillow ' , 22/23 (varia lectio gallop-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍūpadam. a kind of worm, earth-worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍūpadabhavan. lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍūpadīf. a small or female worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍūpadodbhavan. idem or 'n. lead ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhavyāpadf. equals -vipatti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
geyapadan. a song sung before any one with the lute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanapadan. the cube root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanapadawater, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanapadavīf. "cloud-path", the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtadānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtapadī(t/a--) f. (iḷā-) whose path (pada-) is ghee or whose foot (pād-) drops with ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gīrvāṇapadamañjarif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
godhāpadīf. (gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-) idem or 'f. Cissus pedata ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
godhāpadikāf. Cissus pedata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopadan. the mark or impression of a cow's hoof in the soil (see g/oṣp-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopadalam. the betel-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopadantam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopadattam. Name of a Buddhist author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goprapadanīyan. Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadamfn. (g/oṣ--) ()"showing marks of cow's hoofs" , frequented by kine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadan. "mark of a cow's foot in the soil", water filling up such a mark, any small puddle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadamātramfn. as large as the impression of a cow's hoof (see go-pada-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadapramind. so as to fill only the impression of a cow's hoof on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadapūramind. so as to fill only the impression of a cow's hoof on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadatrirātravratan. idem or 'n. a kind of religious observance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadatṛtīyāvratan. a kind of religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhaprapadanan. (solemn) entrance into a house, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyapaddhatif. Name of work on domestic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhapad Nominal verb -pād- m. "hidden-footed", a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇapadīf. (a woman) having feet thin as cords gaRa kumbha-padyādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇasampadf. great merit, perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haledvipadikāf. (fr. locative case of hala-+ dv-) Name of a particular tax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadan. goose-foot (as a mark), Nar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadan. a particular weight (equals karṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadam. plural See prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadāf. a kind of svara-bhakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadam. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadam. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadīf. Name of various plants (according to to "a species of Mimosa and Cissus Pedata") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsapadikāf. Name of the first wife of duṣyanta- (varia lectio haṃsa-vatī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanumatpaddhatif. Name of work in 5 chapters (four of which are taken from the sudarśana-saṃhitā- and the last from the rāmāyaṇa-) describing the rites to be observed in the worship of hanumat-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harāspadan. idem or 'm. śiva-'s abode, kailāsa- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haricandanāspadan. a place where yellow sandal grows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haripadan. (according to to some) the vernal equinox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haripūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsāspadan. an object of jest or laughter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipadan. the track of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipadam. "elephants-footed", Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāstipadam. (fr. hasti-p-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāstipadamfn. relating or belonging to hasti-pada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyapadavīf. the roar of laughter (vīṃ--,"to incur ridicule") ( hāsyapadavībhāva -bhāva- m. equals -- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyapadavīf. a jest, joke (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyapadavībhāvam. hāsyapadavī
hāsyāspadan. a laughing-stock, butt ( hāsyāspadatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyāspadatvan. hāsyāspada
hatasampadamfn. idem or 'mfn. whose prosperity is blighted, reduced to penury ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hautrakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
havanapaddhatif. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetvapadeśam. the adducing or mentioning of a reason View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetvapadeśam. the second avayava- in a syllogism (see under hetu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyakeśyāgnyādhānapaddhatif. N of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitopadeśam. friendly advice, salutary instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitopadeśam. Name of a popular collection of fables intermixed with didactic sentences and moral precepts (compiled by nārāyaṇa-, and supposed to be narrated by a brahman- named viṣṇu-śarman- to some young princes; it is chiefly founded on the pañca-tantra- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitopadeśam. Name of two works on medicine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitopadeṣṭṛmfn. instructing on what is salutary, a friendly instructor, kind adviser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
homapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrasvopadhamfn. having a short penultimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrīpadan. cause of shame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛtpadman. equals -paṅkaja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
icchāsampadf. fulfilment or attainment of a wish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iḍaspadein the place, of sacred libation id est at the altar or place of offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iḍāyāspade(iḷāy/ās-pad/e-) ind. at the place of iḷā- id est of worship and libation, earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ilāspadan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrapadam. equals indra--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indupadam. a moon-ray, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īṣadupadānamfn. easy to be ruined on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣṭakāsaṃpadf. completeness of the bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣupad(strong form - pād-), m. Name (also title or epithet) of an asura- (varia lectio - pa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālapad(Nominal verb pād-) m. "web-footed", a goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālapadamfn. Name of a locality gaRa varaṇādi- (varia lectio -) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālapadamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalapadavif. equals -nirgama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalapaddhatif. idem or 'f. equals -nirgama- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jālapadīf. of -pāda- gaRa kumbhapady-adi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadam. sg. or plural a community, nation, people (as opposed to the sovereign) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadam. sg. an empire, inhabited country etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadam. mankind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadamfn. (gaRa utsādi-) living in the country (jana-pad/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadam. inhabitant of the country () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadam. belonging to or suited for the inhabitants of the country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadam. one who belongs to a country, subject View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadam. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadādhipam. "country-ruler", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadaghātakam. a plunderer of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadamahattaram. the chief of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadamaṇḍalan. the district formed by a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadāyutamfn. crowded with people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadeśvaram. equals dhipa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadīf. (equals vṛtti-,oxyt. ) a popular expression (scilicet ā-khyā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānapadikamfn. relating to a country or to its subjects, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadinm. "country-ruler", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janapadoddhvaṃsanīyamfn. treating on the epidemics of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janipaddhatif. Name of a, work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmāspadan. equals ma-kṣetra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
januḥpaddhatif. Name of work on nativities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātakapaddhatif. Name of works on nativities by ananta- and keśava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātijānapadamfn. relating to the (4) castes and to the country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinapadmam. Name of a Jain sūri- (died A.D. 1350).
kacchapadeśam. Name of a country. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivalyakalpadrumam. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. the mark of a crow's foot or a similar mark or figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. marks or lines in the skin similar to a crow's foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. the foundation or base of anything so shaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. the sign V in manuscripts marking an omission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. a particular flourish of the pen indicating an oft-recurring word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadam. a modus coeundi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalāpadvīpam. varia lectio for kalāpa-grāma- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālarūpadhṛṣmfn. wearing the form of yama- or death. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaśīpadīf. a woman with feet like a water-jar, gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālātyayāpadiṣṭamfn. invalidated by lapse of time (term for a vain argument[ hetv-ābhāsa-],also called atīta-kāla-and bādhita-) commentator or commentary on (wrongly spelt tyayopad-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadhenuf. Name of the cow of plenty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrum. equals -taru- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrum. Name of various works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrukalikāf. Name of work by lakṣmī- vallabha- expounding the kalpa-sūtra- of the jaina-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumam. equals -taru- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumam. Name of various works ([ see kavi-k-and śabdak-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumakalikāf. equals -drukalikā- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumatāf. state of possessing the qualities of a kalpa-druma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumāvadānan. Name of a Buddhist work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumībhūto become a kalpa-druma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadūṣyan. cloth produced by the kalpa-taru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadvīpam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpānupadan. Name of work belonging to the sāma-veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmarūpadharamfn. assuming any shape at will, protean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmarūpadharatvan. the state of assuming any form at will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmarūpayātrāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāśramapadan. idem or 'm. the hermitage of the god of love ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṃsyopadohamf(ā-)n. equals kāṃsya-doha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṃsyopadohanamf(ā-)n. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. equals kāṃsya-doha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāñcīpadan. the hips, haunches (equals -guṇa-sthāna-)
kandarpadahanan. a section of the śiva-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaniṣṭhapadan. least root (that quantity of which the square multiplied by the given multiplicator and having the given addend added or subtrahend subtracted is capable of affording an exact square root) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotapadadarśanan. the sight of the foot-print of a dove, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karaṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karapadmamn. equals -kamala- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kararuhapadan. a scratch with the finger-nail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryapadavīf. the way to action, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaśyapadvīpam. Name of a dvīpa- (varia lectio kāśyapa-dvīpa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśyapadvīpam. Name of a dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kathitapadan. repetition, tautology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭupadram. Name of a place (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanasūtrapaddhatif. a commentary on the same by yājñika-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇapadantam. Name of bhīṣma- (uncle of the pāṇḍu-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavikalpadrumam. Name of a metrical collection of roots written by vopa-deva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśavajātakapaddhatyudāharaṇan. a commentator or commentary by viśva-nātha- on the work jātaka-paddhati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khurapadavīf. a horse's footmarks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopadīptamfn. incensed or inflamed with anger. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopapadan. appearance of anger, pretended wrath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakacapad(Nominal verb -pād-) m. "saw-footed", a lizard, chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramapadan. the conjunction of words in the krama- reading (more usually pada-krama-)
kramayaugapadyan. dual number successive order and simultaneousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krauñcapadāf. a metre of 4 x 25 syllables. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krauñcapadīf. Name of a locality (varia lectio kroñc-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyāpadan. "action-word", a verb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kroñcapadīSee krauñca-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇapadāmṛtan. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇapadīf. a female with black feet gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtapadamfn. being about to (infinitive mood), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāpadānamfn. one who has completed a great or noble work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāspadamfn. one who takes up a station or residence or abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāspadamfn. supporting, resting on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāspadamfn. governed, ruled. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtyakalpadrumam. idem or 'm. Name of work on jurisprudence.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayasampadf. total loss, ruin, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣepadinan. equals kṣayāha- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrapadan. a place sacred to a deity (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrapadan. "a small foot", a kind of measure of length (equal to 10 aṅgula-s), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulopadeśam. family name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhakapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhapadīf. of -pāda- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍopadhānīyakam. "using a pitcher as a pillow", Name of pūrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇipadīf. gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padanḍam. a mast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padarduram. equals -kacchapa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūrpadṛśmfn. one whose eyes are formed in a particular manner ("having sand in the eyes"commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhāspadamfn. one who has gained a footing or secured a position View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucandrikāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghupaddhatif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusaṃdeśapadamf(ā-)n. (speech) expressing a request in few words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣahomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇasampadf. a multitude of marks or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣapadmavratodyāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadamf(ā-)n. consisting of amorous or graceful words, elegantly composed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadabandhanan. an amorous composition in verse, a metrical composition treating of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsaparyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalapaddhatif. "plough-path", a furrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapadman. a painted lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāpadman. equals -kamala- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgapratiṣṭhāpaddhahtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgopadaṃśam. equals liṅgārśas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgopadhānavādārthaf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokapaddhatif. general or universal way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
luptapadamfn. wanting (whole) words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavapadābhirāmam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhupadhvajam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadan. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopam. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva-,the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva-,the king dear to the era) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopinm. (scilicet samāsa-) a compound which omits the middle member View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepadmamind. in a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāṣyatripadīf. Name of commentaries on the mahā-bhāṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāṣyatripadīvyākhyānan. Name of commentaries on the mahā-bhāṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādānaprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādīpadānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahālakṣmīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahālayaśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahālugipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadan. (perhaps) great space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadapaṅktif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. () or n. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. Name of one of the 9 treasures of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. (with jaina-s) Name of a particular treasure inhabited by a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of one of the 8 treasure connected with the padminī- magical art View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of a hell (one of the 8 cold hells ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. Name of a nāga- dwelling in the mahā-padma- treasure mentioned above etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of nanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of a son of nanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. a kiṃ-nara- or attendant on kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. a species of esculent root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadman. a white lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadman. the figure of a white lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadman. a particular compound of oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadman. Name of a city on the right bank of the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmam. or n. (?) Name of a kāvya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmapatim. "proprietor of millions", Name of nanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmasalilan. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmasarasn. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadyaṣaṭkan. "collection of 6 classical verses", Name of a poem in praise of king bhoja- (ascribed to kālidāsa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārudrakarmakalāpapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārudranyāsapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārudrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārudraprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśāntipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāspada(s-) mfn. "having a great position", mighty, powerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahattamapadamfn. holding a great or high position (said of a saint) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyamantropadeśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāviṣṇupūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvratapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māheśvarapadan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maithilapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitrāyaṇagṛhyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitrāyaṇīyaurdhvadehikapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallāripaddhatiṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsepad(strong from pād-) m. a species of animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍapadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalārcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇipadmam. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrapadan. a sacred or magical word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrārthāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgopadm. "road-shower", a guide, leader View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsikaśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātaṃgīdīpadānavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūrapadakan. a scratch or impression in the form of a peacock's foot made with the fingernails View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghāspadan. "cloud-region", the atmosphere, sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalāpadan. "girdle -place", the hips View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mihirāpadf. eclipse of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāpadārthanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrapadan. " mitra-'s place", Name of a locality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣasādhanopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgapadan. equals mṛryāḥ padam- gaRa kukkuty-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgāreṣṭipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuṃjayapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuṃjayavidhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuṃjayavidhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhavilopadeśam. instruction in beautiful glances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhūrtakalpadrumam. Name of work (and muhūrtakalpadrumīyasaṃkrāntisaṃjñākusuma mīyasaṃkrānti-saṃjñā-kusuma- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhūrtakalpadrumīyasaṃkrāntisaṃjñākusuman. muhūrtakalpadruma
muhūrtapadavīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhapadman. a lotus-face, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlakopadaṃśamind. with a bite at a radish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlaśāntipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
munipadīf. gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgapadam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgarājapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgarūpadhṛkm. Name of an author of mantra-s (among the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgojipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakhapadan. nail-mark, scratch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakhapadan. Unguis Odoratus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatreṣṭipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalikābandhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīpadmakośam. Name of a particular position of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmapadan. name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānāpadan. a different or independent word ( nānāpadavat -vat- ind. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānāpadavatind. nānāpada
nānāpadīyamfn. belonging to it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandapadram. or n. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāndīmukhaśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandipadacchandasn. Name of work on Prakrit metres (in Prakrit.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāracandrapaddhatif. Name of his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāradopadeśam. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naṣṭoddiṣṭaprabodhakadhrauvapadaṭīkāf. Name of work on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātipracurapadyavatmfn. containing not too many verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navapañcāśapadmfn. (n/a-) (Nominal verb pāt-, padī-, pat-) 9-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navārṇavapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanapadavīf. () range or field of sight. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigamakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśabdapadamind. with soundless id est inaudible steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nikṣepadīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlapadman. the blue water-lily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlasarasvatīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlodvāhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlotsargapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nipadA1. -padyate-, to lie down, rest, lie down with (accusative) : Causal -pādayati-, to throw down, fell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrājanapadyālilakṣaṇavibhaktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāpadf. no misfortune, security, prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāpadmfn. prosperous, fortunate, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāspadamfn. restless, homeless, portionless, objectless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāśramapadamfn. (a wood) having no hermitages in it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastāpadmfn. having misfortune removed, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirūḍhapaśupaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadhimfn. guileless, blameless, honest, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadhijīvanamfn. leading an honest life ( nirupadhijīvanatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadhijīvanatāf. nirupadhijīvana
nirupadhipālitaprakṛtikamfn. (prob.) one whose subjects are protected from danger or harm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadhiśeṣamfn. one in whom no remainder of guile is left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadhiśeṣamfn. (said of nirvāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadravamfn. free from affliction or danger, neither inflicting nor incurring adversity, harmless, peaceful, secure, happy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadravamfn. (also -upadruta-) not inauspicious (as stars) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupadravatāf. absence of danger, security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupapadamfn. having no epithet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupapadamfn. not connected with a subordinate word Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśācarapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nisargapadvamf(ī-)n. naturally inclined to, feeling attracted towards (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadmf(ī-)n. footless gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadA1. -padyate-, to fall out (subjunctive -padyātai-) ; to come forth, issue, arise, be brought about or effected, become ripe, ripen etc.: Causal -pādayati-, te-, to bring about, accomplish, perform, do, make (with rājyam-,"to reign"), cause to ripen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadf. excrement, ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadamfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. footless gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadan. (with, yāna-) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityadānādipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityakarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityānuṣṭhānapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāpadattif. sacrificial gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpadīpam. a king compared to a lamp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpadrumam. "king's tree", Cathartocarpus Fistula or Mimusops Hexandra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpadviṣmfn. king-hating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpāspadan. "a king's place", a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhamantrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyapadārthamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyasārapadapañjikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūnapadatāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūnapadatvan. want of one word in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
opadruP. (imperative 2. sg. -drava-) to hasten near to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapaddhatif. a line of footsteps, a track, trail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapadmam. "foot-lotus", a foot beautiful as a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapadmam. Name of a teacher (equals padmapāda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapadmopajīvinm. a dependent, feudatory, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādopadhānan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādopadhānīf. a cushion for the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pākayajñapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcakālapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcākṣarīyantropadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcālapadavṛttif. (prob.) a kind of hiatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadamf(ā-)n. (p/a-) containing 5 pada-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadārthīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadīf. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts (fr. -pad-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadīf. "only 5 steps", a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna- q.v), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadīf. the 5 strong cases (viz. Nominal verb and vocative case sg. dual number plural; accusative sg. dual number), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadīName of a river in śāka-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapadīvivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāyatanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāyatanapratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paniṣpadamf(ā-)n. (Intensive of spand-) quivering, palpitating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padamfn. bringing misfortune, inauspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padarśana mfn. looking at faults, malevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padarśinmfn. looking at faults, malevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padeśanāf. instruction of the wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmfn. evil-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padṛṣṭimfn. evil-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padṛśvanmfn. seeing guilt, knowing an act to be wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parābhavapadan. an object of contempt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramahaṃsapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramāpadf. the greatest misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramapadan. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramapadanirṇāyakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramapadasopānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramapadātmavatmfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (id est brahmā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyopadeśasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramparyopadeśam. traditional instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parapadan. the highest position, final emancipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārāpatapadīf. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or Leea Hirta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārāśarīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāraskarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasmaipadan. "word for another", the transitive or active verb and its terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasmaipadan. (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasmaipadinmfn. taking those terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārāvatapadīf. Cardiospermum Halicacabum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhavapadan. an object or occasion of contempt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhavāśpadan. equals va-pada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīkṣāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariniṣpadA1. -padyate-, to change or turn into (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripadCaus. -pādayati-, to change (m-before r-and the sibilants) into anu-svāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripadf. a trap or snare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripadinm. an enemy (wrong reading for parin-?) .
paropadeśam. giving advice or instruction to others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvaracintāmaṇipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārvaṇaśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parvatadānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parvavipadm. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyapadamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśubandhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśubandhaprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśukalpapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathopadeśakam. equals tha-darśaka- , (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭopadhānan. a silken pillow or cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṇḍarīkadaśadivasapaddhatif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṇḍarīkapaddhatif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurajānapadamf(ī-)n. belonging to town and country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurajānapadam. plural townsmen and country-people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurvapadikamfn. seizing by the fore-foot (?) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurvapadikamfn. relating to the first member of a compound (see auttarap-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavamānahomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavamānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavanapadavīf. path of the wind, the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavitreṣṭipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalasampadf. abundance of fruit, good result, success, prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phullapadmotpalavatmfn. abounding in full-blown lotus flowers of various kinds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍapadan. a kind of arithmetical calculation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītāmbarāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛpadan. the world or state of the pitṛ-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhāpadaśaktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācyapadavṛttif. a term applied to the rule according to which e- remains in particular cases unchanged before a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragṛhītapadamf(ā-)n. having the words pronounced separately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākpadan. the first member of a compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramadāspadan. the gynaeceum of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇapadārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇapaddhatif. equals -patha- (tiṃ na adhy-ās- equals thaṃ na ava-tṝ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇapratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadA1. -padyate- (Epic also P.), to fall or drop down from (ablative), throw one's self down (at a person's feet) ; to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with accusative,rarely locative case) etc. ; to fly to for succour, take refuge with (accusative) etc. ; to fall upon, attack, assail ; to come to a particular state or condition, incur, undergo (accusative) etc. ; (with an adverb in sāt-), to become exempli gratia, 'for example' sarpasāt pra-pad-, to become a serpent ; to obtain, gain (patini-,"as husband") , partake of, share in (accusative) ; to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) ; to undertake, commence, begin, do ; to form (a judgement) ; to assume (a form) ; to enjoy (pleasure) ; to take to (dative case) ; to come on, approach, appear ; to take effect, succeed ; to turn out (anyathā-,"differently" id est without any effect or consequence) ; to admit (a claim) : Causal -pādayati-, te-, to cause to enter, introduce into (accusative or locative case) : Desiderative P. p/itsati-, to wish to enter ; A1. -pitsate- (see ), to be going to incur or undertake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadf. away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadf. Name of particular sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadf. (fr. 3. pad-) the fore part of the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadan. idem or 'f. (fr. 3. pad-) the fore part of the foot ' the point of the foot, tip of the toes ( prapadais dais- ind.on tiptoe) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadaisind. prapada
prapadamind. a term applied to a particular mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of syllables and between these parts particular formulas inserted containing the word pa-padye-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadanan. entering, entrance into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadanan. access, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapadīna wrong reading for ā-prapadīna- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśamitāpadravamfn. one who has all calamities quelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnānuṣṭhānapaddhatif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātaḥpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratāpadeva() m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratāpadhavala() m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadind. (see prati-pad-,p.667) equals -padam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadA1. -padyate- (Epic future also -patsyati-), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, reach, attain etc. ; to walk, wander, roam ; to come back to (accusative), return ; to happen, occur, take place ; to get into (accusative), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. etc. ; to receive back, recover ; to restore to favour ; to undertake, begin (accusative dative case or infinitive mood), practise, perform, accomplish etc. ; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (locative case genitive case or accusative) ; to make, render ; to fall to a person's (accusative) lot or share, ; to let a person (dative case) have anything ; to give back, restore ; to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn etc. ; to deem, consider, regard ; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scilicet tathā-,or tatheti-), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise etc. ; to begin to speak, commence (with accusative or instrumental case) ; to answer (also with uttaram- ) : Causal -pādayati-, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 accusative). give a present to, bestow on (locative case dative case or genitive case) etc. ; to give in marriage ; to spend. ; to present with (instrumental case) ; to put in, appoint to (locative case) ; to produce, cause, effect etc. ; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart etc. ; to deem, consider, regard as (2 accusative) (varia lectio -vadasi-for -pādayasi-): Desiderative -pitsate- () , to wish to attain ; to wish to know : Desiderative of Causal -pipādayiṣati-, to wish or intend to explain or analyze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. access, ingress. entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. the path to be walked, the right path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. beginning, commencement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. an introductory verse or stanza View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf.(also padā-or padī-) the first day of a lunar fortnight (especially of the moon's wane) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. understanding, intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. taste for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. rank, consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadf. a kettle-drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadan. Name of an upāṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadā f. See under pad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadamf(ī-)n. (fr. -pad-) forming the commencement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadamind. (also da- in the beginning of a compound) at every step, on every occasion, at every place, everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadamind. at every word, word by word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadamind. literally, expressly ( Va1rtt.1; vi, 2, 26 Sch. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadamind. each, singly (equals pratyekam- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratīpadarśanī f. "turning away the face", a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadatvan. walking step by step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipaddarśinīf. "looking at every step", a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadīf. See under pad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikamf(ī-)n. (fr. -padam-) express, explicit ( prātipadikānurodhāt nurodhāt- ind.in conformity with express terms, expressly) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikan. the crude form or base of a noun, a noun in its uninflected state ( prātipadikatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikam. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikānurodhātind. prātipadika
prātipadikasaṃjñāvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātipadikatvan. prātipadika
pratīpadīpakan. a particular figure of speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipadmamind. at every lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratirūpadhṛkmfn. offering (id est being) a model or pattern View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhāpanapaddhatif. pratiṣṭhāpana
pratiṣṭhitapadamfn. containing verses of a fixed or constant number of syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyantajanapadan. a bordering country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyantajanapadopapattif. birth in a bordering or barbarous country (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupadeśam. instruction or advice in return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupadP. -dadhāti-, to put or place upon, cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupadP. -diśati- to explain singly or severally ; to teach anything (accusative) in return to (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupadiṣṭamfn. advised or cautioned in return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupadruP. -dravati-, to rush against, fall upon, assail (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadamf(ī-)n. relating to the nakṣatra- proṣṭha-pada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadam. (with or scilicet māsa-), the month bhādra- or August-September (also called pūrva-bhādrapadā-and uttara-bh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadam. Name of one of kubera-'s treasure-keepers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadāf. plural equals proṣṭha-padā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadan. Name of a pariśiṣṭa- of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadīf. full moon in the month bhādra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauṣṭhapadikamf(ī-)n., fr. proṣṭha-padā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravālapadman. a red lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittapaddhatif. Name of work
prayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prohyapadi () ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prohyapadipādi() ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
proṣṭhapadam. (andf(ā-).) sg. dual number and plural "the foot of a stool", Name of a double nakṣatra- of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions (pr/oṣṭhāp-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
protpad( pra-ud-pad-), Causal -pādayati-, to bring forth, produce, cause, effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthagjanapadan. each single country or people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthakpadamfn. consisting of single id est uncompounded words ( pṛthakpadatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthakpadatvan. pṛthakpada
pṛthusampadmfn. possessing large property, rich, wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥpadan. "repeated verse or line", a refrain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥpadamf(ā-)n. containing a repeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāṇapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraścaraṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraścaraṇapaddhatimālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purīṣapadan. Name of particular passages inserted (to fill up) in the recitation of the mahānāmnī- verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇābhiṣekapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣadravyasampadf. abundance of men and material View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvabhadrapadam. (andf(ā-). plural) equals -bhādrap- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvabhādrapadam. (andf(ā-).pl.) the 25th nakṣatra-, the former of the two called bhādrapadā- (containing two stars) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvābhādrapadāf. the 25th nakṣatra- (varia lectio pūrva-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadan. the first member of a compound etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadaprakṛtisvaramfn. having the original accent of the first member of a compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadatvan. Va1rtt. 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadikamfn. relating to the first member of a compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadikamfn. equals pūrva-padam adhīte veda vā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapadyamfn. belonging to the first member of a compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadam. "flower-giving", a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadāmann. a garland of flower, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadāmann. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadaṃṣṭram. "having flower for fangs", Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. "flower-toothed", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of an attendant of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of an attendant of viṣṇu-.
puṣpadantam. (also -ka-) of a gandharva- (author of the mahimnaḥ- stavaḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. (with jaina-s) of the 9th arhat- of present avasarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of a particular being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of the elephant of the north-west quarter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. of the mountain śatruṃ-jaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantam. (dual number) sun and moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantan. Name of a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantan. of a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantan. of a gate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantabhidm. Name of śiva- (prob. wrong reading for pūṣa-danta-bhid-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantānvayam. in an elephant with particular marks (descended from the race of puṣpa-danta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantavatmfn. one who has flowered teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantīf. Name of a rākṣasī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadham. the offspring of an out-caste Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadhanus m. "armed with a bow of flower"Name of the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadhanvanm. "armed with a bow of flower"Name of the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadhāraṇam. "flower-bearer", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadhvajam. equals -ketana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadravam. the juice of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadravam. an infusion of flower (as rose-water etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadrumam. a tree which bears flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadrumakusumitamukuṭam. "having a flowery diadem like a tree in bloom", Name of a gandharvarāja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapadavīf. () "course of the menses", the vulva. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrotpattipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhākṛṣṇapadacihnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapadavīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭipaddhatif. rahasyeṣṭi
rājābhiṣekapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājamātaṃgīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājapadan. the rank of a king, royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājapaddhatif. a main road, principal street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājasātsampad(), to fall to a king's share. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajatapadmadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājñīpadan. the rank or dignity of a queen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyābhiṣekapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyapadan. royal rank, majesty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapadīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapadman. a red lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmahṛdayāspadan. rāmahṛdaya
rāmakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmakṛṣṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmamantrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmanāmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmānujasiddhāntapadavīf. Name of work
rāmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmapūjāvidhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmārcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmārcāpaddhatif. Name of work by rāmānuja-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmayantrapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raśanāguṇāspadan. "place for the cord of a girdle", the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raśanāpadan. "place for the girdle", the hip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasapadmacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasapadmākaram. Name of work (and rasapadmākaracampū ra-campū- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasapadmākaracampūf. rasapadmākara
rāsayātrāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasendrakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathapadan. "carriage-foot", a wheel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnākarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnāvalīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātripadavicāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
reṇupadavīf. a path of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riśyapad(r/iśya--.) mf(padī-)n. deer-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛkpadan. a part of a ṛc-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛśyapadmf(ī-)n. deer-footed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrānuṣṭhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudravidhānapaddhatif. rudravidhāna
padevam. Name of two poets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padharamfn. having the form or shape of, being of the colour of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; exempli gratia, 'for example' go-r-,cow-shaped; see kāma-r-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padharam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhārinmfn. bearing a form, assuming a shape (catur-guṇa-r-,"having a 4 times greater shape") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhārinmfn. endowed with beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhāritvan. the power of assuming any form or shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhātum. the element of form, original seat or region of form (with Buddhists;the other two element being kāma-dh- q.v,and arūpa-dh-,"the element of formlessness") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padheyan. form and colour, external appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padheyan. beauty (see nāma-dh-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhṛkmfn. (See dhṛk-,p.519) equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhṛtmfn. having the form or shape of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; exempli gratia, 'for example' kapi-r-,"monkey-shaped"; see vividha-r-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padīpakapiṅgalam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpasampad() f. perfection or excellence of form, beauty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdakalpadrum. Name of a lexicon by keśava- (also called kalpa-dru-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdakalpadrumam. Name of a modern Encyclopaedia by rādhā-kāntadeva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānuśāsanadurgapadāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdapadamañjarīm. Name of a grammar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadācārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadapadeśamfn. possessing reality only in semblance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśivapadan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhanapaddhatif. Name of work on the worship of rādhā- and kṛṣṇa-.
sādhupadavīf. the path or way of the good View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahakāropadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhapadīnam. Name (also title or epithet) of a Sultan, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍyādiprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragodānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadmfn. (sah/asra--;strong base -pād-) thousand-footed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadmfn. having a thousand columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. Name of puruṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhityakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahopadhamfn. together with a penultimate sound or letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyavyapadeśam. the summons of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivakalpadrumam. Name of work by apyaya- dīkṣita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sajanapadamfn. having the same country, a fellow-countryman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalārthisārthakalpadrumam. the wishing tree for the multitude of all supplicants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedopaniṣatsāropadeśasāhasrīf. the upadeśa-sāhasrī- (by śaṃkarācārya-) on the essence of all the veda-s and upaniṣad-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakṛtpadīf. having ordure at the feet gaRa kumbha-pady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakunopadeśam. the doctrine of omens, augury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālākarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhipadA1. -padyate-, to come to, arrive at, attain (accusative) ; to get one's reward ; to reply, answer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samagrasampadmfn. one who has every happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samākṣarapadakramamfn. containing a succession of pada-s or metrical feet of the succession of syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānajanapadamfn. being of the same people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanupadA1. -padyate- (Epic also P. ti-), to enter into or upon, attain to (varia lectio -vatsyati-for -patsyati-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyahomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyapadārtham. the category of Generality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpadA1. -padyate-, to fall upon, attack, assail ; to fall into any state or condition, attain to, undergo, incur etc. ; to undertake, begin, ; to take place, occur, appear : Causal -padayati-, to cause to come to pass ; to bring about, complete, accomplish ; to restore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadam. "holding the feet even", a particular posture in sexual union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadam. an attitude in shooting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadātiind. gaRa tiṣṭhad-gu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadhyaiP. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpadyanan. (?fr. samāpadya-stem of present tense tense) the being absorbed, absorption into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarthapadavidhim. Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayapadan. plural any matters or points agreed upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandhopadṛśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhūtabhūrigajavijipadātisainyamfn. possessed of an army (consisting) of numerous elephants and horses and foot-soldiers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdehapadamfn. subject to doubt, doubtful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdeśapadan. plural the words of a message View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākramapaddhatif. Name of work treating of the saṃdhyā- ceremonial. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgitakapadan. a situation or office at a conceit or theatre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhitāhomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samīpadeśam. a country or place close at hand, neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpadurgabhañjanan. Name of work (see saṃkalpa-smṛti-d-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketapaddhatif. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyāpadan. a numeral (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapadārthagāthāf. Name of work by rāmānanda-tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptarāgānugāpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptaśāstrārthapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptaśyāmāpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsagrahaṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsagrāhyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsapadamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadA1. -padyate- (in some forms also P.; ind.p. -pādam- q.v), to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dative case or genitive case) etc. ; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to ; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instrumental case or accusative) etc. ; to enter into, be absorbed in (accusative or locative case) ; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise ; to become, prove, turn into (Nominal verb) etc. ; to be conducive to, produce (dative case) vArttika on ; (with adverb in sāt-) to become thoroughly ; to fall into a Person's, power ; (with adverb in tra-) to fall to a person's share ; to produce a particular sound (as that expressed by an onomatopoetic word in ā-) : Causal -pādayati- (rarely te-), to cause to succeed, cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with śuśrūṣām-and genitive case,"to obey") etc. ; to make full, complete ; to transform, make or turn into (accusative) ; to provide or furnish with (instrumental case;with kriyayā-,"to charge or entrust a person with a business") ; to afford to, procure for (dative case or genitive case) etc. ; to attain, obtain, acquire etc. ; to ponder on, deliberate ; to consent, agree : Desiderative of Causal -pipādayiṣati- (See sam-pipādayiṣā-etc., col, 2) : Intensive -panīpadyate-, to fit well
sampadf. success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. a condition or requisite of success etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. concord, agreement, stipulation, bargain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. equalization of similar things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. attainment, acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage, benefit, blessing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. turning into, growing, becoming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. being, existence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ="possessed of") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. right condition or method, correctness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. excellence, glory, splendour, beauty etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. excess, abundance, high degree etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. fate, destiny (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. good fortune, prosperity, riches, wealth (personified equals lakṣmī-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. a kind of medicinal plant (equals vṛddhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadf. a necklace of pearls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampada(for 2.See column 2) equals sam-panna- furnished with (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadan. (for 1.See column 1) standing with the feet together or even (equals samam pada-yugmam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmpadamfn. (fr. sam-pad-) relating to the equipment or preparation of, requisite for (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadinm. Name of a grandson of aśoka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadvaramfn. varia lectio for saṃyad-v-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadvasum. Name of one of the seven principal rays of the sun (supposed to supply heat to the planet Mars; see saṃyad-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadvinimayam. an interchange of benefit or advantage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampadvipadan. (prob.) good and ill-luck on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradāyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradāyapradīpapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprapadA1. -padyate- (in some forms also P.), to go towards or enter together, approach, enter (accusative) ; to set out (on a journey accusative) ; to betake one's self or have recourse to (accusative) ; to succeed, be accomplished ; to become, be turned into (-sāt-) ; to set about, begin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprapadan. plural standing on tiptoe (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipadA1. -padyate-, to go towards together, go near to, approach, arrive at (accusative) ; to addict one's self to, indulge in (accusative) ; to attain to, obtain, recover ; to be fully agreed about, agree upon, assent to (accusative or locative case) ; to consider, regard as (two accusative) ; to come to pass, arise ; to bring about, perform, accomplish : Causal -pādayati-, to cause to come to or receive, bestow, grant, give over to (genitive case or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsārapadavīf. the road of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsārapadavīf. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsarpaddhvajinīvimardavilasaddhūlīmayamf(ī-)n. filled with dust rising from the tramp of a marching army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārapaddhatirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsthāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtatāpadmfn. one whose misfortunes are continuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūḍhadvādaśāhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūḍhapuṇḍarīkapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupadP. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to put together, construct, create, produce
samupadhāvP. -dhāvati-, to run near or towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupadP. -diśati-, to point out or indicate fully, show ; to assign (with accusative of person and of thing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupadṛśCaus. -darśayati-, to cause to see or be seen, show, exhibit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupadruP. -dravati- (Epic also A1. te-), to run together towards, rush upon (accusative) ; to run up to, assail, attack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupadrutamfn. assailed, attacked, overrun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupapadA1. -padyate-, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished ; to meet with (accusative), experience : Causal -pādayati-, to bring about, make ready, prepare. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samutpadA1. -padyate- (Epic also ti-), to spring up together, be brought forth or born of (locative case), arise, appear, occur, take place, happen etc.: Causal -pādayati-, to cause to arise, produce, effect, cause View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyugagoṣpadan. a contest in a cow's footstep (met."an insignificant struggle") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānandagadgadapadamind. speaking indistinctly through joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāndrapadan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkāspada(śaṅkāsp-) n. cause of doubt, ground or matter of suspicion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhapadm. (strong form -pād-) Name of a being enumerated among the viśve- devāḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhapadm. of a son of kardama- (said to have been made regent of the south) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhapadam. Name of a son of manu- svārociṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhapadam. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntikalpadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmfn. being in distress or misery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padeśamind. under a pretext or pretence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapadiind. (sa-+ pada-) at the same instant, on the spot, at once, immediately, quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapadmamfn. having a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapadmakamfn. having a lotus and splendid (fr. padmā- equals śrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptācaladānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptadvīpadharāpatim. the lord of the whole earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadmf(adī-)n. (t/a--) making 7 steps (round the sacred fire for the conclusion of the marriage ceremony or for the ratification of a treaty) , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadmf(adī-)n. ratified, sealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadmf(adī-)n. sufficient for all wants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadamf(ā-)n. making the 7 steps (described above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 7 pāda-s etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāptapadamfn. (fr. sapta-pada-) belonging to seven steps, based or depending on seven steps (="sincere","true") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadārthacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadārthanirūpaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadārthīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadārthīṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadārthīvyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadīf. the 7 steps (round the sacred fire at the marriage ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadīgamanan. () the walking together round the nuptial fire in 7 steps (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptapadīkaraṇan. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāptapadīnamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāptapadīnan. friendship (formed with any one after taking seven paces together, or according to to others after uttering only seven words), intimacy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāptapadīnan. circumanibulation of the nuptial fire by the bride and bridegroom in seven steps, advance of the bride to meet the bridegroom in seven steps , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptaratnapadmavikārinm. Name of a buddha- (varia lectio -padma-vikrāntagāmin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptasomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptasomasaṃsthāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptasūtrasaṃnyāsapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarabhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarabhārcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārapadam. a kind of bird (varia lectio for sāra-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārapadam. "having strong feet", a kind of bird reckoned among the viṣkira-s (varia lectio, śāra-p-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārapadyāvalāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasambandhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaratpadman. an autumnal lotus (others"a white lotus") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārṅgadharapaddhatif. Name of a poetical anthology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāroddhārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadamanīf. a kind of plant (= vandhyā-karkoṭakī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṃṣṭram. a snake's fang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṃṣṭram. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṃṣṭrāf. Tragia Involucrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṃṣṭrīf. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṃṣṭrikā f. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṇḍāf. a kind of pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṇḍīf. a kind of plant (equals go-rakṣī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadantīf. Tiaridium Indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadaṣṭan. a snake-bite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadevajanam. pl. the sarpa-s and deva-jana-s (-vidyā-,f.,) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadevīf. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadhārakam. a snake-catcher or charmer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpadviṣm. "snake-foe", a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvadharmapadaprabhedam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvahomapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalokadhātūpadravodvegapratyuttīrṇam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapad(strong base -pād-; s/arva--) mfn. all-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapadan. plural (or ibc.) words of every kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapaddatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapṛṣṭheṣṭihautrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasampadf. complete agreement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatomukhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavyāpadf. complete failure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvopadhamfn. having any kind of preceding vowel, having any penultimate letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasampadmfn. possessing happiness or prosperity, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasampadamfn. happy, delighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśapadan. a hare's track (easily got over) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśapadaśaktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśikhaṇḍapadam. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrapadan. "knife-mark", incision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstropadeśakramam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīvidhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatagodānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapador (strong form) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapadan. (with cakra-) an astronomical circle with a hundred divisions for exhibiting the various divisions of the nakṣatra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapadacakran. idem or 'n. (with cakra-) an astronomical circle with a hundred divisions for exhibiting the various divisions of the nakṣatra-s ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapadīSee under -pad- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatāpadīf. (mc. for śata-p-) a centipede View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapadman. the flower of the white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapadman. a legends with a hundred petals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭcakradhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satkarmakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satkāvyakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadmf(padī-)n. (ṣ/aṭ--;strong base -pād-) six-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadmf(padī-)n. one who advances or has advanced six steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadmf(padī-)n. (a verse) consisting of six divisions or pāda-s (Nominal verb f. -pāt-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadamfn. having six places or quarters (as a town) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadamfn. six-footed, (a verse) consisting of six divisions or pāda-s etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadam. a six-footed animal, insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadāf. a louse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadāf. a class of prakṛt- metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadan. a particular advantageous position in chess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadābhidharmam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadajyamfn. "having bees for a string", Name of kāma-deva-'s bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadālīf. a line of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadānandavardhanam. "increasing the joy of bees", red and yellow amaranth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadānandavardhanam. Jonesia Asoka: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadānandavardhanam. a kind of acacia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadapriyam. "beloved by bees", Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadārthavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadātithim. "having bees as guests", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadātithim. Michelia Champaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadeṣṭam. "dear to bees", Nauclea Cadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīf. (adī-) (see under -pada-) a louse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīf. a kind of composition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīf. a female bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīf. a louse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīf. the six states (scilicet hunger, thirst, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age, death, or [accord. to ] kāma-krodhau-, śoka-mohau-, mada-mānau-)
ṣaṭpadīf. Name of two works. ( ṣaṭpadīstotra -stotra- n.Name of a hymn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadikāf. a class of Prakrit metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadīstotran. ṣaṭpadī
satpadyaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatrūpajāpadūṣitamfn. śatrūpajāpa
ṣaṭtriṃśatpadakajñānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubhāgyakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubhāgyalatikāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaucācārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyāspadan. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sautrāmaṇīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauvāpadamfn. (fr. śvā-pada-) relating to or coming from a wild beast, ferocious, savage, wild View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracayanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayanāspadan. equals na-bhūmi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyādānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntapaddhatif. = siddha-siddhānta-paddhati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhapadan. Name of a sacred place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasiddhāntapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāśramapadan. (the place of) the hermitage of the Blest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikṣāpadan. moral precept View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikṣāpadaprajñaptif. Name of a part of the vinaya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilānyāsapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāsthāpanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilīpadam. (equals ślī-p-) enlarged or swelled leg, elephantiasis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīlopadeśamālāf. "garland of instruction in virtue", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmantakarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasthasnānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śimiṣīpadam. (see śamanīṣada-) a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śipadaSee a-śipad/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiraspadan. the upper part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitapadman. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītārāmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śitipadmf(padī-)n. (strong form -p/ād-) white-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śitipadmf(padī-)n. black-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapadan. final liberation, emancipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivārcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivāṣṭapadīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śleṣārthapadasaṃgraham. Name of a dictionary of ambiguous words (by śrīharṣa-kavi-).
ślīpadan. (thought by some to be fr. śliṣ-+ pada-;others suppose ślī-to have the meaning "elephant") morbid enlargement of the leg, swelled leg, elephantiasis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślīpadāpaham. "removing or curing elephantiasis", the tree Putranjiva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślīpadaprabhavam. "source of elephantiasis", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślīpadinmfn. having a swelled leg, suffering from elephantiasis
ślīpadinm. a club-footed man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaraṇapadavīf. "road of (mere) memory", death (vīṃ gamitaḥ-= "dead, killed") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaraṇāyaugapadyan. the non-simultaneousness of recollection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smārtānuṣṭhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smārtapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smārtaprāyaścittapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smārtopāsanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtikalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānapaddhatif. Name of a commentator or commentary on the snāna-sūtra-pariśiṣṭa- by hari-hara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānasūtrapaddhatif. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānavidhipaddhatif. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśapadamf(ā-)n. consisting of 16 pada-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somakarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somapadam. plural Name of particular worlds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somapadan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somapadārthakathanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaprayogapaddhatif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somavārāmāvāsyapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇapadmam. () (L.) a red lotus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇapadmakan. (L.) a red lotus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhamfn. full of fraud or deceit, fraudulent, guileful ( sopadham am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhamfn. with the penultimate or preceding letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhamind. sopadha
sopadhānamfn. possessing a pillow, cushioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhāna idem or 'mfn. possessing a pillow, cushioned ' (and"possessing excellent qualities") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhānamfn. furnished with a setting, set (as a jewel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhimfn. fraudulent ( sopadhi i- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadhiind. sopadhi
sopadhiśeṣamfn. one in whom a residue of guile is left (opp. to nir-upadh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadravamf(ā-)n. visited with great calamities or afflictions, dangerous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopadravamf(ā-)n. wealthy, opulent, rich, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopānapaddhatif. idem or 'm. a way of steps, staircase ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopapadamfn. together with a secondary word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhabhāskaraprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhakalpadīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhapaddhatif. (also with pañca-triṃśac-chlokī-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhaprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautādhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautakarmapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautapadārthanirvacanan. an explanation of technical terms occurring in śrauta- sacrifices (compiled about 1880 by Benares Pandits). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautapaddhatif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautasmārtakarmapaddhatif. Name of work (equals kātyāyana-sūtra-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvaṇīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīdharapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaṇṭhapadalāñchanam. "marked by the name śrī-kaṇṭha-", Name of the poet bhava-bhūti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīlaśrīvopadevam. the eminent and illustrious vopadeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpaddhatif. Name of work (on the worship of rādhā-, kṛṣṇa-, and caitanya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpaddhatipradīpam. Name of a commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpadīf. a kind of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpadmam. Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpatipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpūjāmahāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīrāmakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīrāmapaddhatif. Name of work on the proper mode of worshipping rāma- (attributed to rāmānuja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīślokapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīvidyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīvidyāpujāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīvidyārcanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīviṣṇupadīf. clinging to the feet of the divine viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārapadyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotrapadānugamfn. agreeable to the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotrapadavīf. the range of hearing (vīm upa--,"to come within the range of hearing") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutikalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalapadmam. Arum Indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalapadmam. the flower of Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalapadmam. another plant (equals chattra-pattra-, tamālaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalapadminīf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthirapadamf(ā-)n. firmly rooted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlaṣaṭpadam. a kind of large wasp or bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūṇāpadīf. one who has feet or legs like pillars gaRa kumbhapadyādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stobhapadan. Name of a treatise on the stobha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīdharmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strījātakapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutipadan. an object of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhabodhārthamālāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucaritārthapadamfn. (speech) containing well selected sense and words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucipadīf. clean-footed gaRa kumbha-pady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcīpadīf. gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcīpadman. a kind of military array (see under sūci-) (varia lectio śūc-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūkarapadīf. gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhopadhānan. equals upakaraṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūktāmṛtapunaruktopadaṃśanadaśanan. Name of a medicine work by saj-jana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlapadīf. having spear-like feet gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbopadhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sundarīpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūnyapadavīf. "path to non-existence", the way or passage of the soul (equals brahma-randhra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supad(strong base -pād-) mf(-p/adī-)n. having good or beautiful feet, swift-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadan. a good word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadan. the word su- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhūpaka n. "flavouring sauce", Asa Fetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhūpanan. "flavouring sauce", Asa Fetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmamfn. having beautiful lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmam. Name of a grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadf. (prob.) Acorus Calamus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmadhātupāṭham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmapariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmasamāsasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supadmaṣaṭkārakavyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvaṃśam. good spice or condiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padvāramfn. having beautiful side-doors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparṇacitipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprasiddhapadamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāspadan. "god's abode", a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sureṇupuṣpadhvajam. Name of a king of the kiṃ-nara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryādipañcāyatanapratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryārghyadānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryaṣaṭpadīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susampadf. plural plenty, abundance, great wealth or prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrapadīf. having feet as thin as threads gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇapadman. a gold-coloured lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇapadman. a golden lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇapadmadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvastusampadmfn. having abundant wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabandhupaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svacchandapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalpadehāf. a dwarfish girl unfit for marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalpadrāvakan. a particular mineral preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalpadṛśmfn. very shortsighted (metaphorically) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalpaduḥkhan. very little pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvapad(śv/a--) m. a wild animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpad(śv/ā--) m. a beast of prey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvapadan. a dog's foot (or its mark branded on the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadam. (śv/ā--) n. a beast of prey, wild beast etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadam. a tiger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadam. plural Name of a people (wrong reading svāp-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadamfn. relating or belonging to a wild beast (equals śauvāpada-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpada śvā-vidh- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapadan. one's own place or abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapadan. one's own position or rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāpadaSee śvā-pada-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadācaritamfn. overrun or infested by wild beast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadānusaraṇan. the chase after wild beast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadarājanm. a king of the beasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāpadasevitamfn. frequented or infested by wild beasts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarasampadf. euphony or melody of voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svargapadam. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritavākyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarṇapadf. "bearing gold lotuses", the heavenly Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaropadhamfn. having a vowel as penultimate letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvarūpadhārinmfn. wearing or having the form of a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarūpadhārinmfn. having one's own form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastivācanakapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmānandopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmansaṃvidupadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmansaṃvittyupadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svātmāpadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvāspadan. site of ownership, that in which any one has proprietorship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvāspadībhūtamfn. become the subject of proprietary right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapadman. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svopadhim. self-support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svopadhim. (prob.) a fixed star View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmādīpadānan. Name of work
śyāmānityapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmāpūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenopadeśam. injunction to women to burn on a separate funeral pile (see śyena-karaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' causing pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatpadan. the place of that View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatpadan. the word tad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatpadam. Ficus religiosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejaspadan. a mark of dignity, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭhoṇṭhapaddhahatif. Name of work , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭhunṭhupaddhatif. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrṇapadīf. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthapad Nominal verb pād- mfn. having sanctifying feet (kṛṣṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthapadamfn. idem or ' Nominal verb pād- mfn. having sanctifying feet (kṛṣṇa-) ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traipadan. three-fourths View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadm. (p/ād-) f. (pād-[ ]; p/adī- gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-) n. three-footed (dharma-) (viṣṇu-, yajña-, jvara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadmfn. making 3 steps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadmfn. having 3 divisions (a stanza) (sāvitrī-, gāyatrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadmfn. trinomial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadmfn. three-fourths View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadm. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadamfn. three-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadamfn. extending over 3 squares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadamfn. () having 3 divisions (a stanza) and (f. tr/ipadā-) (f. p/adā-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadamfn. measuring 3 feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadamfn. containing 3 words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadan. 3 words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadāf. Cissus pedata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadan. the gāyatrī- metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadaprabhṛtimfn. containing 3 or more words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadīf. an elephant's fetter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadīf. a kind of elephant's gait View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadīf. Cissus pedata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadīf. Name of a Prakrit metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadīf. of a composition (in music). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadikāf. a tripod stand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripadyamf(ā-)n. tripartite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇapadīf. (a woman) having legs as thin as blades of grass gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇaṣaṭpadam. "grass-infesting six-footed", a wasp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulāpaddhatif. Name of work by kamalākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayapad(Nominal verb m. pāt-) mfn. having both feet, with both feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāpadmfn. two-legged, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayapadinmfn. (fr. ubhaya-pada-), having both parasmai-pada- and ātmane-pada-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpadmfn. (Nominal verb m. pāt-) having or using both feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccaiḥpadan. a high situation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccapadan. a high situation, high office.
udāravṛttārthapadamfn. of excellent words and meaning and metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgrāhapadavṛttif. the udgrāha- saṃdhi- before a long vowel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthasaṃpadf. a particular concluding verse of a śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacārapadan. a courteous or polite word, a mere compliment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāP. -dadāti-, to give in addition, add ; to give, grant, offer ; to take upon one's self: Passive voice (irregular parasmE-pada -dady/amāna-) to be offered or granted (as protection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāmfn. giving a present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāf. a present, offering (especially a respectful present to a king or person of rank) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāf. a bribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadadhimfn. placing upon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadadya ind.p. having taken or taking upon one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadagdhamfn. burnt, set on fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadahP. -dahati- (Aorist -adhā-- kṣīt- ) to burn, set fire to
upadambh Causal P. (3. plural -dambhayanti-) to lessen, diminish, destroy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadambhto fail, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśam. anything eaten in addition (to excite thirst or appetite), a relish, spice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśam. a kind of venereal disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśam. the tree Moringa Hyperanthera (the scraped root of which is used for horse-radish) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśam. a kind of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśakam. a particular plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśam ind.p. having taken an additional bit or morsel of (with instrumental case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaṃśinmfn. afflicted with the upadaṃśa- (q.v) disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāna(for 2.See column 2) n. a present, offering. = 2. upa-- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadānan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadānakan. a present, offering. = 2. upa-- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadānavīf. Name of a daughter of the dānava- vṛṣa-parvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadānavīf. of a daughter of vaiśvānara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśakam. one who shows the way, a door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśanan. the act of exhibiting, representing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśanan. a commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśitamfn. caused to appear, shown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśitamfn. perceived, distinguished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadarśitamfn. explained. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadasP. -dasyati- (subjunctive -dasat- ) to fail, be wanting, be extinguished or exhausted, dry up ; to want, lose, be deprived of (instrumental case) : Causal -dāsayati-, to cause to fail or cease, extinguish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaśamfn. nearly ten, almost ten commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāsam. destruction, Sch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāsukamfn. failing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadāsukaSee upa-das-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadaśyaind. p. equals upa-daṃśam- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadātavyamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadātṛ(for 2.See column 2) mfn. one who gives or grants or confers (edition Bombay) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadātṛmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeha(for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) m. a cover, liniment, ointment commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeham. (for 1.See upa-dih-) "a secondary growth of the body", a kind of excrescence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadehavatmfn. having the above excrescence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadehikāf. a species of ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadehikāf. the white ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. pointing out to, reference to etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. specification, instruction, teaching, information, advice, prescription etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. plea, pretext (equals apa-deśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. initiation, communication of the initiatory mantra- or formula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. (in grammar) original enunciation (id est the original form [often having an anubandha-] in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a word is enunciated in grammatical treatises) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. Name of a class of writings () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśam. a name, title View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśakamfn. giving instruction, instructing, instructive, didactic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśakamfn. teacher, instructor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśakarṇikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśamālāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśāmṛtan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśanan. the act of advising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśanan. instruction, information, doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśanāf. idem or 'n. instruction, information, doctrine ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśanavatmfn. furnished with advice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśapañcakan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśarasāyanan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśaratnamālāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśārthavākyan. "a tale for the sake of instruction", a parable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśasāhasrīf. Name of certain works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśatāf. the being a precept or rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśinmfn. advising, teaching, informing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśinm. a teacher, adviser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśinmfn. (in grammar) a word or affix etc. used in an upa-deśa- (q.v) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭavyamfn. to be taught or advised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭavyamfn. fit or proper to be taught View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭṛm. one who teaches, a teacher, adviser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭṛm. a Guru or spiritual guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭṛtvan. the state of being a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśyamfn. to be taught View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśyamfn. taught View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadevam. an inferior or secondary deity (as a yakṣa-, gandharva-, apsaras-, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadevam. Name of several men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadevaf(ā-, ī-). Name of a wife of vasu-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadevatāf. a minor or inferior deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadP. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place or lay upon, place near to, put on or into ; to place, lay, put etc. ; to put to, yoke (horses) ; to give or make over, hand over (knowledge), teach ; to impose, lay upon, commit, consign ; to place under one's self, lie down upon ; to place in addition, add, connect etc. ; to communicate, cause to share in ; to use, employ ; (in grammar) to lie or be placed close to, precede without the intervention of another syllable etc. ; to cause to rest upon or depend on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadf. imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, false pretence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadf. trial or test of honesty (of four kinds, viz. of loyalty, disinterestedness, continence, and courage) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadf. (in grammar) a penultimate letter etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadf. condition, reservation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhābhṛtam. a kind of servant (engaged under particular conditions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhālopam. elision of the penultimate letter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhālopinmfn. subject to the above (as a bahuvrīhi- compound ending in an-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhamanaSee upa-dhmā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhamanan. the act of blowing at, blowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānamfn. placing upon, employed or used in placing upon (as a mantra- in the setting up of the sacrificial bricks) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. the act of placing or resting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. that on which one rests, a pillow, cushion etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. cover, lid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. peculiarity, singularity, excellence (see premopa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. affection, kindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. footstool (See pādopa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānan. (also) fetching, procuring, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānaa jewel-case, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānakan. a pillow, cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānaliṅgamfn. (a verse) containing the word upa-- dhāna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānīf. a pillow, cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānīyamfn. to be put under View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānīyan. a pillow, cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāraṇaSee upa-dhṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāraṇan. the act of considering, consideration, reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadharmam. a minor or subordinate duty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadharmam. a by-law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadharmam. a false faith, heresy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāryamfn. to be comprehended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhārya ind.p. having taken or held up etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāśucimfn. of approved virtue, approved, tried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhātum. a secondary mineral, semi-metal (seven are specified: svarṇa-mākṣika-,pyrites; tāra-mākṣika-,a particular white mineral; tuttha-,sulphate of copper; kāṃsya-,brass; rīti-,calx of brass; sindūra-,red lead; śilājatu-,red chalk) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhātum. secondary secretions and constituents of the body (viz. the milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhaukitamfn. prepared, arranged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāvA1. (parasmE-pada -dh/āvamāna-) to run ; to soar : P. -dhāvati-, to run near, approach hastily ; to have recourse to for assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāvanam. a follower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāya ind.p. having placed or rested upon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāyinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' placing under View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhe Causal A1. (3. dual number -dhāpayete-) to suckle, rear by suckling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhenuind. near the cows, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadheyamfn. to be placed upon, being placed upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. the act of putting to, adding, addition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. the part of the wheel between the nave and the circumference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. fraud, circumvention etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. peculiarity, attribute (;See upā-dhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhione of the requisites for the equipment of a jaina- ascetic (said to be 6, viz. 3 garments, 1 jar, 1 broom, and 1 screen for the mouth), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhim. support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhiSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhikam. a cheat, knave (especially one who imposes by threats) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhikam. ( reads aupadhika-,and probably caupadhikā-is to be read for copadhikā-in the text.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhmāP. -dh/amati-, to blow or breathe at or upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhmāf. idem or 'n. the act of blowing at, blowing ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhmāf. the effort of the voice which produces the sound upadhmānīya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhmānamf(ī-)n. breathing or blowing upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhmānīyam. the visarga- (q.v) as pronounced before the letters p- and ph- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhṛ Causal P. -dhārayati-, to hold up, support, bear ; to hold as, consider as, regard, think : etc. ; to hold in the mind, reflect or meditate on ; to perceive, comprehend, hear, experience, learn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhṛṣP. (perfect tense -dadharṣa-) to venture to undertake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhṛtif. a ray of light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhūmitāf. (scilicet diś-,fr. upadhūmaya-),"enveloped in haze", the quarter of the heavens to which the sun is proceeding (opposed to dagdhā-, dīptā-,and the five śāntā-), vasantarāja- (see pra-dhūmitā-, saṃ-dhū-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhūpayaNom. (fr. dhūpa-) P. -dhūpayati-, to fumigate, envelop in smoke ; to envelop in mist ; to darken, cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhūpitamfn. fumigated, enveloped in smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhūpitamfn. near death, dying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhūpitāf. (scilicet diś-) = the next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhvaṃs Passive voice -dhvasyate-, to be afflicted or attacked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhvastamfn. speckled, spotted (see dhvasta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhyātamfn. remembered, thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadī(kṣaye- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīf. a parasitical plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadidikṣāf. (fr. Desiderative), the wish or intention to teach or inform commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadidikṣumfn. ( diś-) intending to teach, , Introduction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadigdhaSee upa-dih-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadigdhamfn. smeared, covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadigdhamfn. fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadigdhatāf. the state of being smeared or covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīkamf(ā-) a species of ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīkṛtamfn. offered as a present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīkṣCaus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīkṣinmfn. one who has been initiated in addition to ; 4. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīkṣya ind.p. having initiated in addition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīpCaus. -dīpayati-, to kindle, set fire to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīpayitvā(irregular) ind.p. having kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadP. A1. -diśati-, -te-, to point out to ; to indicate, specify, explain, inform, instruct, teach & etc. ; to advise, admonish ; to mention, exhibit, speak of etc. ; to settle, prescribe, command, dictate, govern etc. ; to name, call : Passive voice -diśyate-, to be taught, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadmfn. (for 3.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') pointing out to, showing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadmfn. See māropadiś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadf. an intermediate region or point of the compass. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiśam. Name of a son of vasu-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiśāf. idem or 'ind. between two regions, in an intermediate region ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiśamind. between two regions, in an intermediate region
upadiṣṭamfn. specified, particularized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiṣṭamfn. taught, instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiṣṭamfn. mentioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiṣṭamfn. prescribed, commanded etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiṣṭamfn. initiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiṣṭan. counsel, advice, (in dramatic language) a persuasive speech in conformity with the prescribed rules View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiśya ind.p. having indicated or taught etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadiśyaindicating, teaching etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadoham. idem or ' dhuk- m. ( duh-), a milk-pail ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadohaSee upa-duh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadohanan. idem or 'm. idem or ' dhuk- m. ( duh-), a milk-pail ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadraṣṭṛm. a looker-on, spectator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadraṣṭṛm. a witness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadraṣṭṛkāf. a female witness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadraṣṭṛmatmfn. having witnesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadraṣṭṛmatiind. locative case before witnesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravam. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident, misfortune, calamity, mischief, national distress (such as famine, plague, oppression, eclipse, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravam. national commotion, rebellion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravam. violence, outrage etc.
upadravam. a supervenient disease or one brought on whilst a person labours under another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravam. the fourth of the five parts of a sāman- stanza commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravinmfn. attacking suddenly, falling on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravinmfn. tyrannical, violent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravinmfn. factious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravinm. a tyrant, oppressor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadravinm. a rebel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadṛśP. (Aorist subjunctive 2. dual number -darśathas- ) to descry, perceive ; to look at or regard (with indifference) : Passive voice -dṛśyate- (Aorist -adarśi-;3. plural -adṛśran- ) to be perceived, be or become visible, appear : Causal -darśayati-, to cause to see, show, exhibit etc. ; to cause to appear, present a false show, deceive, illude ; to explain, illustrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadṛśf. aspect, look, appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadṛṣadind. near or on a mill-stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadṛṣadamind. idem or 'ind. near or on a mill-stone ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadṛṣṭif. idem or 'f. aspect, look, appearance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadruP. -dravati- (Aorist -/adudrot- ) to run near or towards ; to run at, rush at, oppress, assault, attack ; to sing the upa-drava- or fourth of the five parts of a sāman- stanza View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadrutamfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by calamities), tyrannized over etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadrutamfn. (in astrology) eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadrutan. a kind of saṃdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaduh dhuk- m. ( duh-), a milk-pail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaduṣP. -duṣyati-, to become corrupt or depraved (as a woman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadvāran. a side-door (see padvāra-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadvīpam. a small adjacent island, minor island View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahāsāspadan. a laughing-stock. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanipadA1. (parasmE-pada -p/adyamāna-) to lie down at the side of : Causal -padayati-, to cause to lie down at the side of ; to lay down at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadA1. -padyate-, (rarely P.) -ti-, to go towards or against, attack ; to approach, come to, arrive at, enter ; to approach or come to a teacher (as a pupil) ; to approach for succour or protection ; to approach or join with in speech ; to reach, obtain, partake of ; to enter into any state ; to take place, come forth, be produced, appear, occur, happen ; to be present, exist ; to be possible, be fit for or adequate to (with locative case) etc. ; to be regular or according to rules ; to become, be suitable etc.: Causal P. -pādayati-, to bring to any state (with two accusative) ; to cause anything (accusative) to arrive at (locative case or dative case), cause to come into the possession of, offer, present etc. ; to cause to come forth or exist ; to accomplish, effect, cause, produce etc. ; to get ready, prepare, make fit or adequate for, make conformable to ; to furnish or provide or endow with etc. ; to make anything out of ; to examine ; to find out, ascertain etc. ; to prove, justify commentator or commentary on etc. ; to attend on a patient, physic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadf. the act of happening, occurring, taking place. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadan. a word standing near or accompanying another to which it is subordinate (either a subordinate word in a compound [but not in a bahu-vrīhi- compound] generally forming the first member, or a discriminative appellation at the end of proper names, as varman-, śarman-etc.;or a preposition, particle etc. prefixed to a verb or noun;or a secondary word of any kind which is governed by or limits the general idea contained in the principal word) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadan. (vṛkṣāḥ kalpo-papadāḥ-,"those trees which have the word kalpa-as accompanying word "equals kalpa-vṛkṣāḥ- ; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadan. a bit, little View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadasamāsam. a compound containing an upa-pada- (exempli gratia, 'for example' kumbha-kāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃpadA1. -padyate-, to come to, arrive at, reach, obtain ; to come up to, be equivalent to : Causal P. -pādayati-, to bring near to, lead near to, procure, give ; to receive into the order of monks, ordain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃpadāf. the act of entering into the order of monks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthapadāf. a particular artery leading to the generative organs (of a male) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upopadA1. (Potential -dadhīta-) to bring near or procure in addition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpad(ud-pad-) A1. -padyate-, to arise, rise, originate, be born or produced ; to come forth, become visible, appear ; to be ready etc. ; to take place, begin on : Causal P. -pādayati- (rarely A1. -te-), to produce, beget, generate ; to cause, effect ; to cause to issue or come forth, bring forward ; to mention, quote (See ut-panna-).
utsargapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamapadan. a high office. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamopapadamfn. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, good. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānapadf. (uttān/a-) one whose legs are extended (in parturition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānapadf. Name of a peculiar creative agency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānapadf. vegetation, the whole creation of upward-germinating plants, ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarabhadrapadā f. Name of a lunar mansion (see bhādrapadā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarabhādrapadāf. Name of a lunar mansion (see bhādrapadā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapadan. the last member of a compound word etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapadakīyamfn. relating to or studying the last word or term commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapadārthapradhānamfn. (a compound) in which the sense of the last member is the chief one (said of tatpuruṣa- compounds) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapadika mfn. relating to or studying the last word or term commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaraproṣṭhapadāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttripadan. an upright tripod View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācakapadamfn. containing expressive (not senseless) words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācakapadan. an expressive or significant word, explicit term View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vagalāmukhīdīpadānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vagalāmukhīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyahitopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyarahasyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavācārapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavadharmānuṣṭhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavadīkṣāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadīf. relating to vyāghra-pad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadīf. a patronymic ( vaiyāghrapadīputra -putra- m.Name of a teacher ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadīputram. vaiyāghrapadī
vaiyāghrapadyamfn. composed by vyāghrapad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadyam. patronymic from vyāghra-pad- (also plural) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadyam. Name of a muni- (the founder of a family called after him) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāghrapadyam. of an author (also pād-or pāda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇapadamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāpadamfn. (fr. vyāpad-), Kaiy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakrapadan. a cloth marked with various patterns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyapadan. a word in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyapaddhatif. the manner or rule of constructing sentences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyapadīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyapadīyan. Name of a celebrated work on the science of grammar by bhartṛ-hari- (divided into brahma-kāṇḍa- or āgama-samuccaya-, vākya-kāṇḍa-, pada-kāṇḍa- or prakīrṇaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vallīpadan. a kind of cloth with various markings or patterns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyātvakārakopadravaharavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaṇḍam. a weaver's loom (see vāna--and vāya-d-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāpīkūpataḍāgādipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varasampadf. the accomplishments of a bridegroom, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vargapadan. a square root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣagraṇitapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣapadan. a calendar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣapaddhatif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣaphalapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāruṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsanāvāsudevasyetipadyavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsiṣṭhanavagrahapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastivyāpad() f. disease of the bladder. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstūpaśamapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupraveśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupūjanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuśāntipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasukalpadattam. Name of poets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātopadhūtamfn. shaken or impelled by the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyvāspadan. "wind-place", the atmosphere, sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryaprapadanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryavigrahadhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārapadyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapadadarpaṇam. Name of a treatise on the pada--text of the veda- (see padapāṭha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapadastava(prob.) wrong reading for -pādastava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaprapadf. Name of particular formulas (in which pra-pad-occurs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhopadeśam. Name of a vocabulary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidheyapadan. an object to be accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidvadbhūṣaṇapadyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyābhaṭṭapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāpaddhatif. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighnitapadamfn. one whose steps are impeded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṣepadhruvam. (in astronomy) the greatest inclination of a planet's orbit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilīnaṣaṭpadamfn. having bees clinging or attached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakaśāntipaddhatif. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadA1. -padyate-, to fall or burst asunder ; to come between, intervene, prevent, hinder ; to go wrongly, fail, miscarry, come to nought, perish die etc.: Causal pādayati-, to cause to perish, destroy, kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadf. going wrongly, misfortune, adversity, calamity, failure, ruin, death etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadāf. misfortune, adversity, calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadākrāntamfn. fallen into misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaddaśāf. a state of misfortune, calamitous position View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadgatamfn. fallen into misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadgrastamfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadīf. gaRa kumbha-pady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadmamfn. deprived of a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadrahitamfn. free from misfortune, prosperous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaduddhāram. extrication from misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaduddharaṇan. extrication from misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadumaka(?) n. a dead body gnawed by worms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipadyuktamfn. attended with misfortune, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipadA1. -padyate-, to go in different or opposite directions, turn here and there ; to roam, wander (said of the senses) ; to be perplexed or confounded, be uncertain how to act, waver, hesitate ; to differ or diverge in opinion, be mutually opposed ; to be mistaken, have a false opinion about (locative case) ; to reply falsely or erroneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipadyamfn. to be opposed or contested View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipadyamfn. to be variously acquired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitapadamfn. (a speech or song etc.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virahavyāpadmfn. decreased by separation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamapadamf(ā-)n. having unequal steps (as a path) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamapadamfn. having unequal pāda-s (a stanza) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamapadavṛttif. Name of various commentaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇapadan. a title of honour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣapadārtham. (in nyāya-) the category of particularity (see above under viśeṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇumāhātmyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadan. "station or footmark of viṣṇu-", the zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadan. the sky etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadan. the mark of viṣṇu-'s foot worshipped at gayā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadan. Name of a sacred hill (also called viṣṇupadagiri da-giri-,m.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadan. a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadam. n. the sea of milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadam. Name of the Ganges (as issuing from viṣṇu-'s foot) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadam. of the town dvārikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadagirim. viṣṇupada
viṣṇupadaśrāddhan. Name of a particular śrāddha- (performed in the temple containing viṣṇu-'s footprint) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadatīrthan. the sacred place called gayā- (equals viṣṇu-pada-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadīf. the sun's passage (into the zodiacal signs of Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadīcakran. a particular astrological circle or diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadyutpattif. Name of chapter in the padma-- purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupratiṣṭhāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuṣaṭpadīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuśrāddhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusvarūpadhyānādivarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣupadan. the autumnal equinox(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvajidaṭirātrapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvapad(-pād-) wrong reading for -- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaprakāśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvarūpadarśanan. Name of two chs. in the krīḍā-khaṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvarūpadevam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvarūpadharamfn. wearing various forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvataspad(śv/atas--;strong form -pād-) mfn. one who has feet on every side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitarkapadavīf. the path of conjecture or supposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṭṭhalīpaddhatif. Name of an astronomy work by viṭṭhalācārya-.
vivādapadan. the subject of a dispute or lawsuit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivādāspadan. the subject of a lawsuit ( vivādāspadibhūta di-bhūta- mfn.become the subject of a lawsuit, litigated, contested at law) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivādāspadibhūtamfn. vivādāspada
vivāhadvirāgamanapaddhatif. Name of work (containing rules to be observed on a bride's coming for the second time from her father's to her husband's house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhakarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekapadavīf. "path of discrimination", reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vividharūpadhṛtmfn. having various forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vopadevam. Name of the author of the mugdha-bodha- grammar (also of the kavi-kalpadruma- and various other works, including, according to some, the bhāgavata-- purāṇa-;he was a son of keśava- and pupil of dhaneśvara-, and is said to have flourished about the latter half of the thirteenth century at the court of hemādri-, king of deva-giri-, now Dowlatabad). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vopadevaśatakan. Name of a kāvya- by vopa-deva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratabandhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛndāvanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣotsargapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttakalpadrumam. Name of a metrical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhikaraṇapadamfn. containing words in different cases (as a bahuvrīhi-, exempli gratia, 'for example' kaṇṭhe-kāla-,"one who has black colour in the throat"[= kālakaṇṭha-,"black-throated"]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadmfn. (Nominal verb -pād-) "tiger-footed" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadm. Flacourtia Cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadm. Name of the author of (having the patronymic vasiṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadm. of various other authors ( patsmṛti pat----smṛti- f. equals vyāghrasm-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadam. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapadya wrong reading for vaiyāghrapadya- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyañjanopadhamfn. preceded by a consonant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpadA1. -padyate-, to fall away, fall into misfortune, perish, be lost, fail, miscarry ; to disappear, be changed into another sound or symbol Sch (see vy-āpanna-): Causal -pādayati-, to cause to perish, make worse, injure, hurt, spoil, kill, destroy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpadf. (see vi-pad-) misfortune, calamity, derangement, disorder, failure, ruin, death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. representation, designation, information, statement etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. a name, title View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. a family, race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. summons (of an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. appeal to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. talk, speech () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. a particular form of speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. fame, renown (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśam. fraud, stratagem, pretext, excuse (ena-,under pretext or excuse [also -tas-] in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = under the pretext of) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśakamfn. designating, indicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśārthamind. for the purpose of (acquiring) renown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśavatmfn. having a particular designation or name (with pitṛ-tas-,designated by the name of the father) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśinmfn. having a name or designation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') denoting, indicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') conforming to, following the advice of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeṣṭṛmfn. one who represents or shows or names View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeṣṭṛmfn. one who represents falsely, a cheat, impostor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśyamfn. to be designated or indicated or named View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadeśyamfn. to be censured or blamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadP. -diśati-, to point out, indicate, intend, mean, designate, name, mention etc. (often Passive voice -diśyate-,"so it is represented or intended or signified") ; to represent falsely, feign, pretend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadiṣṭamfn. pointed out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadiṣṭamfn. informed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadiṣṭamfn. tricked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadiṣṭamfn. pleaded as an excuse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapadṛś Passive voice -dṛśyate-, to be clearly seen, be distinctly visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsapūjāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastapadan. confused statement of a case (in a law-court;as, when a man is accused of debt, it is stated in defence that he has been assaulted), counter-plaint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastapadan. (in gram.) a simple or uncompounded word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārapadan. a title or head of legal procedure, occasion or case of litigation (see -mātṛkā-below ), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavapadA1. -padyate-, to fall down or asunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyupadeśam. ( dis-) pretext, pretence (prob. wrong reading for vy-apa-deśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyupadravamfn. undisturbed by any misfortune, not liable to unlucky accidents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpadA1. -padyate- (Aorist vyud-apādi-), to proceed from, arise, originate, have origin or derivation (especially in gram.), be derived (from a root etc.) ; (P.) to come back (from sea see vy-utthā-) ; to resist (?) : Causal -pādayati-, to cause to arise or come forth, produce, cause ; (in gram.) to derive, trace back to a root etc., ; to discuss in detail : Desiderative See vy-utpitsu-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñapadīf. (prob.) taking a step or steps with the feet during a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñarūpadhṛkm. yajñarūpa
yājñikapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñopavītanirmāṇapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñopavītapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedapadan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvivāhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yakārādipadan. a word beginning with ya- (euphemistically applied to any form of yabh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamapadan. a repeated word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamunāṣṭapadī(ṣṭ-) f. Name of a short poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarājapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathājanapadamind. according to countries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathājātarūpadharamfn. stark naked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāpadamind. according to word, word by word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsampadind. according to the event, as may happen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathopadeśamind. according to advice or suggestion, according to precept or instructions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathopadiṣṭamfn. as indicated, as before stated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathopadiṣṭamind. in the manner before mentioned or prescribed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathopapadamind. as it happens, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatyantakarmapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatyanuṣṭhānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaugapadan. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaugapadyan. (fr. yuga-pad-) simultaneousness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaugapadyenaind. simultaneously, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yauvanapadavīf. the path of youth (vīm ārūḍhaḥ-,having entered on adolescence) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogapadan. a state of self-concentration or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogapadakan. wrong reading for -paṭṭaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogasiddhāntapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogeśvarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yonivyāpadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugapadind. "being in the same yoke or by the side of each other", together, at the same time, simultaneously ("with" instrumental case ; see yuga-ś/aram-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugapadbhāvam. simultaneousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārun. the wood for a sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padhvajam. "having the sacrificial post as an emblem", Name of the Sacrifice (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padru m. Acacia Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padrumam. Acacia Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
Results for pad228 results
pad पद् I. 1 Ā. (पदयते) To go or move. -II. 4. Ā. (पद्यते, पन्न; caus. पादयति-ते; desid, पित्सते) 1 To go, move. -2 To go to, approach (with acc.) -3 To attain, obtain, gain; ज्योतिषामाधिपत्यं च प्रभावं चाप्यपद्यत Mb. -4 To observe, practise; स्वधर्मं पद्यमानास्ते Mb. -5 Ved. To fall down with fatigue. -6 Ved. To perish. -7 To fall out. -III. 1 P. (पदति) To stand fast or fixed.
pad पद् m. [पद्-क्विप्] (This word has no forms for the first five inflections; it is optionally substituted for पद after acc. dual) 1 A foot. -2 A quarter, a fourth part (as of a stanza). -Comp. -काषिन् a. 1 rubbing or scratching the feet. -2 going on foot, pedestrian. (-m.) a footman; पत्काषिणस्तीर्थजला$र्थमाशु Bk.3.4. -गः (पद्गः) a foot-soldier. -जः (-ज्जः) 1 a footman. -2 a Śūdra; cf. पद्भ्यां शूद्रो अजायत. -नद्धा, -नध्री a shoe, boot. -निष्कः one quarter of a Niṣka. -रथः (पद्रथः) a footsoldier, footman; त्वं पद्रथानां किल यूथपाधिपः Bhāg.3.18. 12. -शब्दः noise of footsteps. -हतिः, -ती f. (-पद्धतिः, -ती) 1 a way, path, road, course (fig. also); इयं हि रघुसिंहानां वीरचारित्रपद्धतिः U.5.22; R.3.46;6.55;11.87; कविप्रथमपद्धतिम् 15.33; 'the first way shown to poets'. -2 a line, row, range. -3 a surname, title or epithet, a word denoting caste or profession in compounds which are used as proper names; e. g. गुप्त, दास, दत्त &c. -4 N. of a class of writings. -हिमम् (पद्धिमम्) coldness of the feet.
padakam पदकम् A step, position, office; see पद. -कः 1 An ornament of the neck. -2 One conversant with the पदपाठ q. v. -3 A निष्क or weight of gold.
padam पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print.
padanīya पदनीय a. To be investigated or known (ज्ञातव्य); तदेतत्पदनीयमस्य सर्वस्य यदयमात्मानेन ह्येतत्सर्वं वेद Bṛi. Up.1.4.7.
padāraḥ पदारः 1 The dust of the feet. -2 A boat.
padaśaḥ पदशः ind. 1 Step by step, gradually. -2 Word by word. पदाजिः padājiḥ पदातः padātḥ पदातिः padātiḥ पदाजिः पदातः पदातिः [पद्भ्यामतति, अत्-अच्] 1 A foot-soldier; 'पदातिपत्तिपदगपादातिकपदाजयः' Ak.; R. 7.37. -2 A pedestrian (walking on foot); U.5.12. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः the commander-in-chief of the infantry. -लव (पदातिलव) a. most humble.
padātin पदातिन् a. 1 Having foot-soldiers (as an army). -2 Being or going on foot. -m. A foot-soldier. पदातिकः padātikḥ पदातीयः padātīyḥ पदातिकः पदातीयः 1 A foot-man. -2 A peon.
padaviḥ पदविः वी f. [पद्-अवि वा ङीप] A way, road, path, course (fig. also); पवनपदवी Me.8; अनुयाहि साधुपदवीम् Bh.2.77 'follow in the footsteps of the good'; Ś.4. 14; R.3.5;7.7;8.11;15.99; Bh.3.46; Ve.6.27; so स यौवनपदवीमारूढः Pt.1, 'he attained his majority' (grew up to man's estate). -2 Position, station, rank, dignity, office, post; एतत् स्तोत्रं प्रपठता विचार्य गुरवाक्यतः । प्राप्यते ब्रह्मपदवी सत्यं सत्यं न संशयः ॥ Tattvamasi Strotra.12. -3 A place, site. -4 Good conduct or behaviour.
padekaḥ पदेकः A falcon.
padga पद्ग पद्रथ &c. See under पद्.
padiḥ पदिः Ved. 1 An animal moving with its feet. -2 A bird.
padika पदिक a. 1 Going on foot, pedestrian. -2 One Pada long. -3 Containing only one division. -कः A footman. -कम् The point of the foot.
padīkṛ पदीकृ To raise to the square root.
padma पद्म a. [पद्-मन्] Lotus-hued. -द्मम् 1 A lotus (m. also in this sense); Nelumbium Speciosum (variety red); पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम्. -2 A lotus-like ornament. -3 The form or figure of a lotus. -4 The root of a lotus. -5 The coloured marks on the trunk and face of an elephant; कालः किरातः स्फुटपद्मकस्य वधं व्यधा- द्यस्य दिनद्विपस्य N.22.9; -6 An army arrayed in the form of a lotus; पद्मेन चैव व्यूहेन निविशेत सदा स्वयम् Ms.7. 188. -7 A particular high number (one thousand billions). -8 Lead. -9 N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Chakras. -1 A mark or mole on the human body. -11 A spot. -12 N. of a particular part of a column. -द्मः A kind of temple. -2 N. of a quarter-elephant. ये पद्मकल्पैरपि च द्विपेन्द्रैः Bu. Ch.2.3. -3 A species of serpent. -4 An epithet of Rāma. -5 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -6 A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -7 A particular posture of the body in religious meditation. -8 One of the eight treasures connected with the magical art called पद्मिनी. -द्मा 1 N. of Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, and wife of Viṣṇu; (तं) पद्मा पद्मातपत्रेण भेजे साम्राज्य- दीक्षितम् R.4.5. -2 Cloves. -Comp. -अक्ष a. lotuseyed; रामं दूर्वादलश्यामं पद्माक्षं पीतवाससम् Rāmarakśā 25, (-क्षः) an epithet of Viṣṇu or the sun; (-क्षम्) the seed of a lotus. -अटः Cassia Tora (Mar. टाकळा). -अन्तरम्, -रः a lotus-leaf. -आकरः 1 a large tank of pond abounding in lotuses. -2 a pond or pool or water in general. -3 a lotus-pool. -4 an assemblage of lotuses; पद्माकरं दिनकरो विकचीकरोति Bh.2.73. -आलयः an epithet of Brahman, the creator. (-या) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī. -2 cloves. -आसनम् 1 a lotus-seat; प्रणेमतुस्तौ पितरौ प्रजानां पद्मासनस्थाय पितामहाय Ku.7.86. -2 a particular posture in religious meditation; ऊरुमूले वाम- पादं पुनस्तु दक्षिणं पदम् । वामोरौ स्थापयित्वा तु पद्मासनमिति स्मृतम् ॥; ध्यायेदाजानुबाहुं धृतशरधनुषं बद्धपद्मासनस्थम् Rāmaraṣā 1. -3 a kind of coitus. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the sun. -आह्वम् cloves. -उद्भवः an epithet of Brahman. -कर, -हस्त a. holding a lotus. (-रः, -स्तः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a lotus like hand. -3 N. of the sun. (-रा, -स्ता) N. of Lakṣmī. -कर्णिका 1 the pericarp of a lotus. -2 the central part of an army arrayed in the form of a lotus. -कलिका a lotus-bud, an unblown lotus. -काष्ठम् a fragrant wood used in medicine. -केशरः, -रम् the filament of a lotus. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the calyx of a lotus. -2 a position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus. -खण्डम्, -षण्डम् a multitude of lotuses. -गन्ध, -गन्धि a. lotus-scented, or as fragrant as or smelling like a lotus. (-न्धम्, -गन्धि n.) = पद्मकाष्ठ q. v. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Buddha. -5 the sun. -6 the inside or middle of a lotus; पद्मगर्भादिवोद्धृतम् Kāv.2.41. -गुणा, -गृहा 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 cloves. -जः, -जातः, -भवः, -भूः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of Brahman, the lotus-born god. -तन्तुः the fibrous stalk of a lotus. -नाभः, -भिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; शान्ताकारं भुजगशयनं पद्मनाभं सुरेशम्. -नाभः 1 N. of the eleventh month (reckoned from मार्गशीर्ष). -2 a magical formula spoken over weapons. -नालम् a lotus-stalk. -निधिः a treasure of the value of a Padma. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 N. of Buddha. -3 N. of the sun. -4 of Viṣṇu. -पुष्पः the Karṇikāra plant. -प्रिया the goddess Manasā, the wife of sage Jaratkāru. -बन्धः a kind of artificial composition in which the words are arranged in the form of a lotus-flower; see K. P.9. ad. loc. -बन्धुः 1 the sun, -2 a bee. -बीजम् the seed of a lotus. -भासः an epithet of Śiva. -मालिनी the goddess of wealth. -मुद्रा (-द्रिका) a particular pose according to Tantraśāstra; हस्तौ तु संमुखौ कृत्वा तदधः प्रोथिताङ्गुली । तलान्तर्मिलिताङ्गुष्ठौ कृत्वैषा पद्ममुद्रिका ॥ Tantrasāra. -रागः, -गम् a ruby; R.13.53;17.23; Ku.3.53; Kau. A.2.11.29; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः ॥ H. -रूपा an epithet of the goddess of wealth. -रेखा a figure on the palm of the hand (of the form of a lotus-flower) which indicates the acquisition of great wealth. -लाञ्छनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 Kubera. -3 the sun. -4 a king. (-ना) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 or of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -3 N. of Tārā. -वनबान्धवः the sun. -वर्चस् a. lotus-hued. -वासा an epithet of Lakṣmī. -समासनः an epithet of Brahman. -स्नुषा 1 an epithet of Gaṅgā. -2 of Lakṣmī. -3 of Durgā. -हस्तः a particular measure of length. -हासः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
padmakam पद्मकम् 1 An army arrayed in the form of a lotusflower. -2 The coloured spots on the trunk and face of an elephant. -3 A particular posture in sitting. -4 A kind of wood (of Cerasus Puddum); Rām. 2.76.16; Mb.4. -5 N. of a particular constellation.
padmakin पद्मकिन् m. 1 An elephant. -2 The Bhūrja. or birch tree.
padmaśaḥ पद्मशः ind. By thousands of billions.
padmāvatī पद्मावती 1 An epithet of Lakṣmī. -2 N. of a river; Māl.9.1. -3 The goddess Manasā.
padmeśayaḥ पद्मेशयः An epithet of Viṣṇu.
padmin पद्मिन् a. [पद्म-इनि] 1 Possessing lotuses. -2 Spotted; शतं गजानामपि पद्मिनां तथा Mb.1.198.16. -m. 1 An elephant; पद्मीशनाथैः परिशीलनीया लक्ष्मीव संभाति नरेन्द्र ते सभा Sūkti.5.3. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu.
padminī पद्मिनी 1 The lotus plant; पद्मिनी नक्तमुन्निद्रा Kāv.4.45; सुरगज इव बिभ्रत् पद्मिनीं दन्तलग्नाम् Ku.3.76; R.16.68; Me.83; M.2.13; निरास भृङ्गं कुपितेव पद्मिनी Bk.2.6. -2 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -3 A pond or lake abounding in lotuses; पुष्पैश्चान्यैः परिक्षिप्तं पद्मिन्या च सपद्मया Rām.3.1.6; क्षीणतोयानिलार्काभ्यां हतत्विडिव पद्मिनी । बभूव पाण्डवी सेना तव पुत्रस्य तेजसा ॥ Mb.7.153.2. -4 The fibrous stalk of a lotus. -5 A female elephant. -6 A woman of the first of the four classes into which writers on erotical science divide women; the रतिमञ्जरी thus defines her:-- भवति कमलनेत्रा नासिकाक्षुद्ररन्ध्रा अविरलकुच- युग्मा चारुकेशी कृशाङ्गी । मृदुवचनसुशीला गीतवाद्यानुरक्ता सकलतनु- सुवेशा पद्मिनी पद्मगन्धा ॥ -Comp. -ईशः, -कान्तः, -वल्लभः the sun. -कण्टकः a. kind of leprosy. -खण्डम्, -षण्डम् a multitude of lotuses; a place abounding in lotuses.
padraḥ पद्रः 1 A village. -2 A village road. -3 The earth. -4 N. of a district.
padvaḥ पद्वः द्वम् 1 The world of human beings (भूलोक). -2 A car. -3 A road; (also पद्वन् in this sense). -4 The earth.
padvan पद्वन् m. A road, way; Uṇ.4.112.
padya पद्य a. 1 Consisting of Padas or lines. -2 Measuring a pada. -3 Belonging to the foot; श्रीविष्णुपद्या मनुज- स्तुलस्याः श्वसन् शवो यस्तु न वेद गन्धम् Bhāg.2.3.23. -4 Marked with footsteps. -5 Belonging to a word. -6 Final. -द्यः 1 A Sūdra. -2 A part of a word. -द्या 1 A footpath, path, way. -2 Sugar. -द्यम् 1 A stanza or verse (consisting of four lines); मदीयपद्यरत्नानां मञ्जूषैषा मया कृता Bv.4.45; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.2. -2 Praise, panegyric (स्तुति).
atipad अतिपद् 4 A. 1 To go beyond; spring over. -2 To neglect, omit, transgress. -Caus. To allow to pass by.
atipada अतिपद a. [अतिक्रान्तः पदम्] 1 Having no feet. -2 Too long by one foot.
atyupadha अत्युपध a. [उपधाम् अतिक्रान्तः] Above guiles, trustworthy, tried; अमात्ये चात्युपधे Ak.
adupadha अदुपध a. A word with अ as the Penultimate letter (P.III.1.98.).
anāpad अनापद् f. Absence of calamity or misfortune; या वृत्तिस्तां समास्थाय विप्रो जीवेदनापदि Ms.4.2.
anipadyamāna अनिपद्यमान a. Not falling down (to sleep), untiring; अपश्यं गोपामनिपद्यमानमा च परा च पथिभिश्चरन्तम् Rv.1. 164.31 and 1.177.3.
anupad अनुपद् 4 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); उतथ्यस्य यवीयास्तु ममतामन्वपद्यत Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the earth); वसुधामन्वपद्येतां वातनुन्नाविव द्रुमौ Mb. -5 To enter upon, betake oneself to; जितमित्येव तानक्षान्पुनरेवान्वपद्यत, ध्यानमेवान्वपद्यत Rām.; पुत्रौ दृष्ट्वा सुसंभ्रान्ता नान्वपद्यत किंचन Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, see, notice; दीर्घं दध्यौ. ... निमित्तं सो$न्वपद्यत Bhāg. -7 To lose (with abl.) महत्त्वान्नान्वपद्येताम् Mb. -8 to handle. -9 To fall to the share of (Ved.)
anupad अनुपद् a. [पद्-क्विप्] Ved. Coming to pass. -f. Food (got every day) (अनुदिनलभ्यमन्नम्).
anupada अनुपद a. [पदान्यनुगतः] 1 Following the feet closely. -2 Following every word; ˚सूत्रम् a commentary (of a Brāhmana) explaining the text word for word. -दः N. of a man or tribe. -दम् A chorus, burden of a song or words sung again at regular intervals. -ind. [पदानां पश्चात्] 1 Along the feet, near the feet; अनुपदं बद्धा अनुपदीना Sk. -2 Step by step, at every step; स्खलिताभिरप्यनुपदं प्रमदाः प्रणयातिभूमिमगमन्गतिभिः Śi.9.78. -3 Word for word. -4 On the heels of, close behind or after, immediately after (of time or space); अनुपदमन्वेष्टा अनुपदी Sk.; गच्छतां पुरो भवन्तौ । अहमप्यनुपदमागत एव Ś.3 I shall be close behind you, just follow you; ˚दमुच्चलित एव K.263,264; oft. with gen. or in comp. in this sense; लक्ष्मीवाननुपदमस्य संप्रतस्थे Ki.12. 54; (तौ) आशिषामनुपदं समस्पृशत् पाणिना R.11.31; अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमाशिषः 1.44.14.81; दर्शनानुपदमेव Śi. 14.48.
anupadika अनुपदिक a. [अनुपदमस्त्यस्य गन्तृत्वेन, ठन्] Following, gone after.
anupadin अनुपदिन् a. [अनुपद्-इनि P.V.2.9] Following, seeking after or for a searcher, inquirer; अनुपदमन्वेष्टा गवामनुपदी Sk.; क्षणदाकरे$नुपदिभिः प्रयये Śi.9.7; मृगस्यानुपदी रामो जगाम गजविक्रमः Bk.5.5.
anupadīnā अनुपदीना [आयामार्थे अनु, पदस्यायामतुल्यायामः, तेन वद्धा ख] A shoe (boot, buskin, or slippers) of the length of the foot (अनुपदं बद्धा अनुपदीना उपानत् P.V.2.9. Sk.).
anupadavī अनुपदवी A way, road.
anupadhaḥ अनुपधः 'Having no उपधा or penultimate', a letter or syllable not preceded by another.
anupadhi अनुपधि a. [न. ब.] Guileless, without fraud; रहस्यं साधूनामनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2.
apad अपद् पाद a. (पदी f.) [न पद्यते ज्ञायते पद्-क्विप्-न. त.] ncomprehensible, unknowable. -2 Having no feet, footless.
apada अपद a. 1 Footless. -2 Having no office or post. -दः A reptile. -दम् No place or abode. -2 A wrong or bad place or abode; wrong timer चिरमपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1 my doubts were out of place, ill-founded; प्रेम पश्यति भयान्यपदे$पि Ki.9.7 unreasonably. -3 A word which is not a pada or an inflected word. -4 Ether. -Comp. -अन्तर a. adjoining, cont iguous, very near. धर्मराजमिदं वाक्यमपदान्तरमब्रवीत् Mb.7.17.38. (-रम्) proximity, contiguity. -रुहा, -रोहिणी N. of a parasitical plant; (Mar. बादांगुळ, बांडगूळ).
apadakṣiṇam अपदक्षिणम् ind. To the left side.
apadama अपदम a. 1 Without self-restraint. -2 Of wavering fortune.
apadava अपदव a. Free from forest fire.
apadaśa अपदश a. 1 Far from ten. -2 Without a fringe (दशा) as a garment; तथानान्यधृतं धार्यं न चापदशमेव च Mb.13.14.86.
apadānam अपदानम् दानकम् [अपदायति परिशुध्यति येन कर्मणा, दै करणे ल्युट्] 1 Pure conduct, approved course of life; (परिशु- द्धाचरणम्). -2 A great or noble work, excellent work दृष्टापदाना विक्रान्तास्त्वया सत्कृत्य मानिताः Rām.2.1.31. (perhaps for अवदानम् q. v.). -3 A work well or completely done, an accomplished work; कथितेषु जनैरमुष्य राजन् अपदानेषु विशिष्य कौतुकं नः Rām. ch.2.18. -4 A legend treating of former and future births of men and exhibiting the consequences of their good and evil actions.
apadārthaḥ अपदार्थः 1 Nothing, non-entity. -2 Not the meaning of words actually used in a sentence; अपदार्थो$पि वाक्यार्थः समुल्लसति K. P.2.
apad अपदिश् 6 P. 1 To point out, indicate, show; तदा- गतित्वेनाहमपदेश्यः Dk.6; assign, allot. -2 To declare, put forward, adduce, communicate; announce, say, tell; inform against, accuse; अपदिश्यापदेश्यं च Ms.8.54. -3 To feign, pretend, hold out or plead as a pretext or excuse; मित्रकृत्यमपदिश्य R.19.31.32,54; शिरःशूलस्पर्शन- मपदिशन् Dk.56 pleading head-ache as an excuse. -4 To refer to, have reference to; रहसि भर्त्रा मद्गोत्रापदिष्टा Dk. 12 referred to, called by the name of.
apadiṣṭa अपदिष्ट a. Assigned as a reason or pretext.
apadeśaḥ अपदेशः 1 Statement, adducing (उपदेश); pointing out, mentioning the name of; अपदेशो मे जनकान्नोत्पत्ति- र्वसुधातलात् Rām.6.116.16. नैष न्यायो यद्दातुरपदेशः Dk.6; हेत्वपदेशात् प्रतिज्ञायाः पुनर्वचनं निगमनम् Nyāya S.; दीक्षाया अप- देशात् Kāty. -2 (a) A pretext, pretence, plea, excuse; contrivance; अवेक्ष्यमाणा शनकैर्जगाम कृत्वाग्निहोत्रस्य तदापदेशम् Mb.3.111.18 केनापदेशेन पुनराश्रमं गच्छामः Ś.2; रक्षापदेशा- न्मुनिहोमधेनोः R.2.8; व्रतापदेशोज्झितगर्ववृत्तिना V.3.12. (b) Guise, disguise, form; विकटदुष्टश्वापदापदेशकालगोचरं गता Māl.7; मन्त्रिपदापदेशं यौवराज्यम् Dk.11. -3 Statement of the reason, adducing a cause, the second (हेतु) of the five members of an Indian syllogism (according to the Vaiśeṣikas). -4 A butt, mark (लक्ष्य). -5 A place, quarter. -6 Refusal, rejection. -7 Fame, reputation. -8 Deceit. -9 (अपकृष्टो देशः) A bad or wrong place. -1 Danger or peril. cf. अपदेशः पदे लक्ष्ये स्यात् प्रसिद्धनिमित्तयोः । औदार्यशौर्यधैर्येषु निःसीमव्यपदेशयोः । Nm.
apadeśin अपदेशिन् a. Pretending to be, assuming the appearance of (in comp.)
apadeśya अपदेश्य pot. p. 1 To be feigned, adduced &c. -2 Being in a wrong place. -3 To be indicated or stated; अपदिश्यापदेश्यं च Ms.8.54.
apadiśam अपदिशम् ind. Half a point between two regions of the compass (दिशयोर्मध्ये), in an intermediate region.
apadevatā अपदेवता A goblin, evil spirit.
apadravyam अपद्रव्यम् A bad thing.
apadrutam अपद्रुतम् To run away in a bent posture; Rām.6. 4.25. (परस्परजान्वादिग्रहायावनतकायया धावनम् इति टीका)
apadvāram अपद्वारम् A side door or entrance, an entrance other than the proper door; अपद्वारैवींक्षते निर्यियासुः Suśr.
apad अपधा Ved. Shutting up, hiding (वारणार्थं निरोधः) यो गा उदाजपधा वलस्य Rv.2.12.3.
apadhāv अपधाव् 1 P. To prevaricate.
apadhāvanam अपधावनम् Prevarication.
apadhūma अपधूम a. Free from smoke; ˚त्व Smokelessness; कृशानुरपधूमत्वात्प्रसन्नत्वात्प्रभाकरः (विशुद्धशुचौ) R.1.74.
apadhyai अपध्यै 1 P. To think ill of, have evil thoughts about, curse mentally; अपध्याता च विप्रेण न्यपतद्धरणीतले Mb.
apadhyānam अपध्यानम् 1 Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, cursing mentally; तदपध्यानात् पिशाचतामुपगतम् K.29. -2 Meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. (Jain).
apadhvaṃs अपध्वंस् 1 A (rarely P.) 1 To pack off, clear out; अपध्वंसेति बहुशो वदन् क्रोधसमन्वितः Hariv. आः अपध्वंस Dūtavākya 1. -2 To abuse, revile, scold; न चाप्यन्यमपध्वंसेत्क- दाचित्कोपसंयुतः Mb. -Caus. To free from dust; blow away (as dust &c.).
apadhvaṃsaḥ अपध्वंसः 1 Degradation, falling off or from, disgrace. -2 Concealment. -Comp. -जः, -जा a person of a mixed, degraded and impure caste (where the mother belongs to a higher caste than the father's) एको विड्वर्ण एवाथ तथा$त्रैवोपलक्षितः । षडपध्वंसजास्ते हि...Mb.13.49.8. अपध्वंसजाः स्मृताः Ms.1.41.46.
apadhvaṃsin अपध्वंसिन् a. Destroying, removing; सर्वैनसामपध्वंसि जप्यं त्रिष्वघमर्षणम् Ak.
apadhvasta अपध्वस्त p. p. 1 Reviled, cursed, accursed, contemptible, to be disdained. अपध्वस्ता दस्युभूता भवन्ति ये ब्राह्मणान्क्षत्रियाः सन्त्यजन्ति Mb.12.73.1. -2 Pounded badly or imperfectly (अवचूर्णित). -3 Abandoned. शरैरपध्वस्त- विनीतवेषम् Rām.7.8.5. -स्तः A vile wretch, lost to all sense of right and virtue; मूर्ख अपध्वस्तो$सि Mk.8. cf. अपध्वस्तः परित्यक्ते निन्दितेष्वथ चूर्णिते । Medinī.
apadhvānta अपध्वान्त a. Sounding wrongly. अपध्वान्तं वरुणस्य Cha. Up.2.22.1. -न्तम् A wrong or harsh sound.
apratipad अप्रतिपद् a. Not going (विकल).
aprapadanam अप्रपदनम् Ved. A bad place of refuge.
abhiniṣpad अभिनिष्पद् 4 A. 1 To go or come to. -2 To enter into, become. -3 To appear, become visible -Caus. To bring to, help to.
abhipadma अभिपद्म a. Very beautiful; पञ्चाभिपद्मानिव वारणेन्द्रान् Mb.1.187.9.
abhiprapad अभिप्रपद् = प्रपद् q. v.
abhisamāpad अभिसमापद् 4 A. To enter upon; चितामभिसमापेदे Rām.2.12.1.
abhisaṃpad अभिसंपद् 4 A. 1 To become (anything); to be changed to, be similar to, assume the state of; ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंपद्यते Ch. Up.8.15.1. इष्टकामग्निरभिसंपद्यते Śat. Br. श्रोत्रे हीमे सर्वे वेदा अभिसंपन्नाः ibid. -2 To come or go, arrive at. -3 To get, to obtain. -Caus. To make similar to, change into.
abhisaṃpad अभिसंपद् f. Becoming complete; complete number.
abhyavapad अभ्यवपद् To protect; ततस्तामभ्यवपत्तुकामो यौगन्धरायणः Svapna.
abhyupapad अभ्युपपद् 4 A. 1 To deliver (from distress), protect; to console, comfort, take compassion or pity on, pity, favour; स सुहृद्यो विपन्नार्थं दीनमभ्युपपद्यते Rām.6.63. 27; रतिमभ्युपपत्तुमातुरां मधुरात्मानमदर्शयत्पुरः Ku.4.25; (कदा) तपः कृशामभ्युपपत्स्यते सखीं वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् 5.61; U.2; 3.7; Māl.4. -2 To ask for help, seek protection, submit; अभ्युपपन्नवत्सलः Mk.7. -3 To furnish with.
ayugapad अयुगपद् ind. Not all together, gradually, seriatim; अयुगपदुन्नमितभ्रु वीक्षितम् Ki.1.61. -Comp. -ग्रहणम् apprehending gradually. -भावः successive order, successiveness.
ayaugapadyam अयौगपद्यम् Absence of simultaneity.
ātmanepadam आत्मनेपदम् [आत्मने आत्मार्थफलबोधनाय पदं अलुक् स˚] 1 A voice for oneself, one of the two voices in which roots are conjugated in Sanskrit. -2 The terminations of this voice.
ānupadika आनुपदिक a. (-की f.) [अनुपदं धावति ठक् P.IV.4.37; IV.2.59. वेद अधीते वा] Following, pursuing, tracking, studying. आनुपूर्वम् ānupūrvam र्व्यम् rvyam र्वी rvī आनुपूर्वम् र्व्यम् र्वी [अनुपूर्वस्य भावः ष्यञ् ततो वा ङीषि यलोपः] 1 Order, succession, series; देव्या चाख्यातं सर्वमेवानु- पूर्व्याद्वाचा संपूर्णं वायुपुत्रः शशंस Rām.5.65.28 वसीरन्नानुपूर्व्येण शाणक्षौमाविकानि च Ms.2.41. -2 (In law) The regular order of the castes; षडानुपूर्व्या विप्रस्य क्षत्रस्य चतुरो$वरान् Ms.3.23. -3 (In logic) Conclusion regularly or syllogistically drawn. -वत् Having a (definite) order; आनुपूर्व्यवतामेकदेशग्रहणेषु आगमवदन्त्यलोपः स्यात् । Ms.1.5.1. आनुपूर्वे ānupūrvē र्व्ये rvyē ण ṇ अनुपूर्व्या anupūrvyā आनुपूर्वे र्व्ये ण अनुपूर्व्या ind. One after another, in due order; आनुपूर्व्येणोत्थितराजलोकः K.95.
āpad आपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go near, walk towards, approach; एष रावणिरापादि वानराणां भयंकरः Bk.15.89. -2 To enter into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); वक्त्रमापद्य मारुतः Śik.9; निर्वेदमापद्यते becomes disgusted Mk.1.14; आपेदिरे$म्बरपथम् Bv.1.17; क्षीरं दधिभावमापद्यते Ś. B. milk turns into curds; पाण्डुरतामापद्यमानस्य K.69 becoming pale; 16; विस्मयमापेदे 179; श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः R.14.7 assumed the form of a verse; चिन्तामापेदे Dk.13 fell a-thinking; so विश्वासम्, निर्वृतिम्, संशयम्, वशम्, पञ्चत्वम् &c. पुनः पुनर्वशमापद्यते मे Kaṭh.1.2.6. -3 To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; अर्थधर्मौ परित्यज यः काममनुवर्तते । एवमापद्यते क्षिप्रं राजा दशरथो यथा ॥ Rām.; see आपन्न below. -4 To happen, occur; जित्सोर्नूनमापादि ध्वंसो$यं तां निशाचरात् Bk.6.31; एवमापद्यते M.1 so it is. -Caus. 1 To bring about, bring to pass, accomplish, effect; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12; Śānti. 3.19. -2 To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer; आपाद्यते न व्ययमन्तरायैः R.5.5. -3 To cause, to produce, bring on; लघिमानमापादयति K.15,19; दोषमपि गुणत्वमापादयति makes the best of a bad matter. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To spread, circulate (as news). -6 To turn or change into; एकामपि काकिणीं कार्षापणलक्षमापादयेम Dk.156.
āpad आपद् f. [आ-पद्-क्विप्] A calamity, misfortune, danger, distress, adversity; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3,14; प्रायो गच्छति यत्र भाग्यरहितस्तत्रैव यान्त्यापदः Bh.2.9; आपदि स्था, आपदं प्राप् to fall into difficulty. -Comp. -कल्पः an alternative to be used in times of difficulty; -कालः days of adversity, time of distress, hour of danger; अब्राह्मणादध्ययनमापत्काले विधीयते Ms.2.241,11.28. -कालिक a. (-का, -की f.) occurring in time of difficulty. -गत, -ग्रस्त, -प्राप्त 1 fallen into misfortune, involved in difficulties. -2 unfortunate, unhappy, distressed. -धर्मः [आपदि कर्तव्यो धर्मः] a practice, profession, or course of procedure, not usually proper for a caste, but allowable in times of extreme distress or calamity; Ms.1.116, एते चतुर्णां वर्णानामापद्धर्माः प्रकीर्तिताः 1.13. (-मम्) 1 N. of a पर्व in Bhārata. -2 A series of calamities; पीडा चापदकालश्च Mb.12.59.47.
āpadā आपदा f. Misfortune, calamity.
āpadevaḥ आपदेवः 1 N. of the god Varuṇa. -2 N. of the author of मीमांसान्यायप्रकाश.
āprapadam आप्रपदम् [प्रपदं पदाग्रं तत्पर्यन्तं अव्ययी˚] A dress reaching to the feet. -ind. To the end of the foot, reaching to the feet.
āprapadīna आप्रपदीन a. [आप्रपदं व्याप्नोति ख] Reaching to the feet (as dress); भाति स्म दामाप्रपदीनमस्य Śi.3.1; K.13; (आप्रपदीनकम् also).
āspadam आस्पदम् [आ-पद्-घ सुट् च] 1 A place, site, seat, room; तस्यास्पदं श्रीर्युवराजसंज्ञितम् R.3.36; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवेश Ku.3.43,5.1,48,69; कथं तादृशानां गिरि वैतथ्यमास्पदं कुर्यात् K.174; राजन्यास्पदमलभत Dk.16 obtained a hold on the king. -2 (Fig.) An abode, subject, receptacle; निधनता सर्वापदामास्पदम् Mk.1.14; करिण्यः कारुण्यास्पदम् Bv.1.2. आस्पदं त्वमसि सर्वसंपदाम् Ki.13.39; so दोष˚, उपहास˚ &c. -3 Rank, position, station; काव्यार्थभावनेनायमपि सभ्यपदास्प- दम् D. -4 Dignity, authority, office; लब्धास्पदो$स्मीति विवादभीरोः M.1.17. -5 Business, affair. -6 Prop, support. -7 The tenth place from the लग्न (in Astrol.) q. v.
uttripadam उत्त्रिपदम् An upright tripod.
utpad उत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To be born or produced, arise, originate, spring up; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; वायोर्ज्योतिरुत्पद्यते Ms.1.77. -2 To occur, happen; उदपादि चास्य मनसि K.132 it occurred to his mind; युद्धमुत्पत्स्यते महत् Mb.; उत्पन्नावसरमर्थित्वम् M.3. for which an occasion has presented itself; Ms.5.48. -Caus. 1 To produce, beget, cause, effect, bring about, prepare; वस्त्राण सदैवो- त्पादयति Pt.2; Ms.1.63,2.147,9.6; so दुःखम्, दोषम्, भयम्, शङ्काम् &c. -2 To bring forward.
upadaṃś उपदंश् 1 P. To bite or eat anything (as a relish or condiment).
upadaṃśaḥ उपदंशः 1 Anything which excites thirst or appetite, a relish, condiment &c.; मूलकेनोपदंशं भुङ्क्ते Mbh. on P. IV.1.48; cf. P.III.4.47. द्वित्रानुपदंशानुपपाद्य Dk.133; अग्रमांसोपदंशं पिव नवशोणितासवम् Ve.3. -2 Biting, stinging. -3 The venereal disease, chancre. -4 (a) A tree the root of which is used for horse-radish (शिग्रु). (b) N. of another plant (समष्ठिल). -नम् Context; छागोपकरण- मस्योपदंशितं यदुपदंशने पशुशब्दच्छागाभिप्राय इति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.
upadaṃśitam उपदंशितम् Context, mention of a thing by way of context; छागोपकरणमस्योपदंशितम् । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35; युगवरत्रे उपदंशिते ईषाचक्रादिसन्निधाने चेदक्षमानय इत्युच्यते &c. ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.
upadaṃśin उपदंशिन् a. Afflicted with chancre.
upadaśa उपदश a. (pl.) About or nearly ten; अथोपदशा इति को$यं समासः बहुर्वीहिरित्याह Mbh. on P.II.2.25.
upadas उपदस् 4 P. To fail, be wanting, dry up or be consumed. -Caus. To cause to fail or cease, extinguish; अनुगच्छन्ती प्राणानुप दासयति ब्रह्मगवी ब्रह्मज्यस्य Av.12.5.27.
upadāsuka उपदासुक a. Ved. Wanting.
upadā उपदा 3 U. 1 To give in addition. -2 To offer, give, grant (in general). उपेद् ददाति न स्वं मुषायति Rv.6.28.2. -3 To add. -4 (1 Ā.) (Ved.) (a) To take upon oneself. (b) To erect, raise, support.
upadā उपदा a. Ved. Giving a present; Vāj.3.9. -दा (cf. आतश्चोपसर्गे P.III.3.16) 1 A present, an offering to a king or a great man, a Nazarāṇā; पञ्च उपदा दीयन्ते$स्मै पञ्चकः Mbh.V.1.47. उपदा विविशुः शश्वन्नोत्सेकाः कोसलेश्वरम् R.4.7,5.41,7.3; P.V.1.47. cf. also प्रीणयित्वोपदाभिः Śiva B.15.53. -2 A bribe.
upadātṛ उपदातृ a. One who gives, or grants; उपदेशोपदातॄणां नराणाम् Pt.4.17.
upadīkṛ उपदीकृ 8 U. To offer as a present; तस्य रत्नमुपदीकृतं नृपाः Śi.14.39.
upadānam उपदानम् नकम् 1 An oblation, a present (in general). -2 A gift made for procuring favour or protection, such as a bribe.
upadānavī उपदानवी 1 N. of the daughter of the demon Vṛiṣaparvan and mother of Duṣyanta. -2 N. of a daughter of Vaiśvānara; Bhāg.
upadigdha उपदिग्ध a. 1 Smeared, covered, anointed. -2 Spotted over.
upadehaḥ उपदेहः 1 An ointment, liniment. -2 A cover. -3 A minor or secondary body (such as that which grows on diseased parts of the body).
upad उपदिश् 6 U. 1 To instruct, teach, explain, advise; यद्यत्प्रयोगविषये भाविकमुपदिश्यते मया तस्य ... तत्तत्प्रत्युपदिशतीव मे बाला M.1.5; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K.156 it is easy to advise others; ज्ञानमुपदिश् Bg.4.34; R.16.43. -2 To point, indicate, refer to; गुणशेषामुपदिश्य भामिनीम् R.8.73; सुवर्णपुरमार्गमुपदेक्ष्यति K.12,92 point out or tell. -3 To assign the right place to a thing, arrange. -4 (a) To mention, specify, tell; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7; पृषोदरादीनि यथोपदिष्टम् P.VI.3.19. (b) To inform, announce. -5 To prescribe, settle, sanction, lay down; न द्वितीयश्च साध्वीनां क्वचिद् भर्तोपदिश्यते Ms.5.162,2. 19,3.14,43. -6 To rule over, govern, command. -7 To name, call; द्रुतविलम्बितमित्युपदिश्यते Śrut.28; Ms.12.89.
upad उपदिश् f., उपदिशा An intermediate quarter, such as ऐशानी, आग्नेयी, नैर्ऋती and वायवी. चतस्रो दिशश्चतस्र उपदिशः Maitrī Up.6.2.
upadiśya उपदिश्य a. Being in an intermediate quarter.
upadiṣṭa उपदिष्ट p. p. 1 Specified, pointed out, particularized; पृथूपदिष्टां दुदुहुर्धरित्रीम् Ku.1.2. पृषोदरादीनि यथोपदिष्टम् P. VI.3.19. -2 Taught, instructed, advised. -3 Put forward as a plea or reason. -4 Initiated. -ष्टम् Advice, counsel; (in drama) a persuasive speech; S. D.449.
upadeśaḥ उपदेशः 1 Instruction, teaching, advice, prescription; एष आदेशः, एष उपदेशः Tait. Up.1.11.4. सुशिक्षितो$पि सर्व उपदेशेन निपुणो भवति M.1 (see the act inter alia); स्थिरोपदेशामुपदेशकाले प्रपेदिरे प्राक्तनजन्मविद्याः Ku.1.3; अचिरप्रवृत्तोपदेशं नाट्यम् M.1,2.1; Ś.2.3; Ms.8.272; Amaru.29; R.12.57; K.26; M.6; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम् H.1.99. -2 Pointing out or referring to; शब्दानामितरे- तरोपदेशः Nir. -3 Specification, mentioning, naming. -4 A plea, pretext. -5 Initiation, communication of an initiatory Mantra or formula; चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तीर्थे सिद्धक्षेत्रे शिवालये । मन्त्रमात्रप्रकथनमुपदेशः स उच्यते ॥ -6 (In gram.) A form in a rule, an indicatory form (any word or part of a word, such as an affix, augment &c. with its anubandhas which show what particular grammatical rules are to be applied. उपदेश आद्योच्चारणम् Sk. -Comp. -अर्थवाक्यम्, -वचनम् a parable, moral fable. -साहस्री N. of a philosophical work by Śaṅkarāchārya.
upadeśaka उपदेशक a. Giving instruction, teaching. -कः An instructor, a guide, preceptor.
upadeśatā उपदेशता 1 The state of being a precept or rule; तप- स्विनामप्युपदेशतां गतम् Ku.5.36. -2 Instruction, teaching. -3 Doctrine.
upadeśanam उपदेशनम् Advising, instructing; किं पुनरुपदेशनम् शास्त्रम् Mbh. on P.I.3.2. -ना Information, doctrine.
upadeśin उपदेशिन् a. Advising, instructing. m. 1 A teacher, adviser. -2 A word or affix &c. in the form in which it appears in grammatical rules.
upadeṣṭṛ उपदेष्टृ a. Giving instruction or advice. m. (ष्टा) A teacher, preceptor; especially a spiritual preceptor; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः स भगवान्कर्मोपदेष्टा हरिः Ve.1.25.
upadī उपदी N. of a plant (वंदाक).
upadīkā उपदीका A kind of ant.
upadīkṣin उपदीक्षिन् a. 1 Partaking in an initiatory or other religious rites. -2 A near relation.
upadṛś उपदृश् 1 P. 1 To see, behold, look at, perceive. -pass. 1 To be or become visible. -Caus. 1 To cause to see, show or exhibit. -2 To place before, show up, communicate, make (one) acquainted (with); राज्ञः पुरो मामुपदर्श्य H.3; नयविद्भिर्नवे राज्ञि सदसच्चोपदर्शितम् R.4.1. -3 To present a false appearance, deceive a person by a false appearance, illude. -4 To explain, illustrate; चतुष्पाद्व्यवहारो$यं विवादेषूपदर्शितः Y.2.8.
upadarśaka उपदर्शक a. Showing. -कः 1 One who shows the way, a guide. -2 A door-keeper. -3 A witness.
upadarśanam उपदर्शनम् 1 Exhibiting, representing. -2 A commentary.
upadṛś उपदृश् a. Seeing, witnessing (as the sun and moon). f. Aspect, view (Ved.).
upadṛṣṭiḥ उपदृष्टिः f. Show, view, appearance.
upadraṣṭṛ उपद्रष्टृ a. Seeing, overlooking. m. 1 A supervisor. inspector; आर्यावर्तमुपद्रष्ट्रे सदस्येभ्यस्ततः परम् Bhāg.9.16.22, -2 A witness; उपद्रष्टानुमन्ता च Bg.13.22; त्रिभिः साक्षाद् दृष्टं भवति यश्च ददाति यस्मै च दीयते यश्चोपद्रष्टा Mbh. on V.2.91.
upadevaḥ उपदेवः देवता A minor or inferior god (as the Yakṣas, Gandharvas and Apsarasas).
upadehikā उपदेहिका A kind of insect, white ant (Mar. वाळवी).
upadohaḥ उपदोहः 1 A nipple of the udder of a cow. -2 A milking vessel, also उपदुहः.
upadru उपद्रु 1 P. 1 To run near to, run towards; स व्रीहिणां यावदपासितुं गताः शुकात्मृगैस्तावदुपद्रुतश्रियाम् Śi.12.42. -2 To attack, assault, rush at; तमुपाद्रवदुद्यम्य दक्षिणं दोर्निशाचरः R.15.23; प्राग्ज्योतिषमुपाद्रवत् Mb.
upadravaḥ उपद्रवः 1 An unhappy accident, misfortune, calamity. -2 Injury, trouble, harm; पुंसामसमर्थानामुपद्रवाया- त्मनो भवेत्कोपः Pt.1.324; निरुपद्रवं स्थानम् Pt.1. -3 Outrage, violence. -4 A national distress (whether caused by the king or famine, seasons &c.). -5 A national disturbance, rebellion. -6 A symptom, a supervenient disease (one brought on whilst a person is suffering from another). -7 The sixth part of a Vedi sāman consisting of seven limbs. अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत ...... यदुपेति स उपद्रवः Ch. Up.2.8.2. -8 A servant; अनृय्यजुरसामा च प्राजापत्य उपद्रवः Mb.12.6.44. -9 Loss, waste; अष्टकापितृदेवत्यमित्ययं प्रसृतो जनः । अन्नस्योपद्रवं पश्य मृतो हि किमशिष्यति ॥ Rām.2.18.14.
upadravin उपद्रविन् a. 1 Attacking, oppressive, tyrannical, factious. m. 1 A tyrant, an oppressor. -2 A rebel.
upadruta उपद्रुत p. p. 1 Visited by calamities, oppressed, attacked, infested; वेदनाभिरुपद्रुतम् H.4.88. -2 (In astr.) Eclipsed. -3 Boding evil, inauspicious. -तम् A term used by the Bāṣkalas for a kind of Sandhi, also called उद्ग्राहवत् q. v.
upadvāram उपद्वारम् A side-door.
upadvīpaḥ उपद्वीपः An adjacent small island, minor island.
upadharmaḥ उपधर्मः A bylaw, a secondary or minor religious precept (opp. पर); एष धर्मः परः साक्षादुपधर्मो$न्य उच्यते Ms.2.237,4.147. -2 A heretic, false faith.
upad उपधा 3 U. 1 To place or lay upon, place under or in; अधिजानु बाहुमुपधाय Śi.9.54; उपहितं शिशिरापगमश्रिया मुकुलजालमशोभत किंशुके R.9.31; Bk.15.47; Ku.1.44; हृदि चैनामुपधातुमर्हसि R.8.77 treasure up-lay to heart; Ms.4.54; उपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना Ś.1.19. -2 To place, lay; वामहस्तोपहितवदना Ś.4 resting on. -3 (a) To place near; अक्ष्णोर्मुखेन्दुमुपधेहि Mv.4.56. (b) To put to or yoke (as a horse to a carriage &c.); उप त्मनि दधानो धुर्याशून्. -4 To cause, bring on or produce; नरः कृतान्तोपहितां (दशां) प्रपद्यते Mk.1.53. -5 To impose, entrust with, charge with (as a duty); तदुपहितकुटुम्बः R.7.71. -6 To lay a command upon, enjoin, instruct in (with acc.); स्त्रीषु नृत्यमुपधाय शिक्षयन् R.19.36. -7 To lie down upon, use as a pillow; उपधाय वामभुजमशयिषि Dk.111. -8 To apply, employ, lay or bestow upon, क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. -9 To place over, cover, conceal. -1 To add, place in addition. -11 To communicate, impart, give, bestow; उपहितशोभा Bk.2.55. -12 To locate; एतदुपहितं चैतन्यम् Vedānta S. -13 (In gram.) To precede without the intervention of another syllable. -14 To deceive (वञ्च्); स्वयं चापहृता भृत्या ये चाप्युपहिताः परैः Mb.12.111.77.
upad उपधा 1 Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; उपधाभिश्च यः कश्चित्परद्रव्यं हरेन्नरः Ms.8.193. -2 Trial or test of honesty, (भेदोपजापौ उपधा धर्माद्यैर्यत्परी- क्षणम्); (said to be of 4 kinds:- 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage i. e. धर्मोपधा Religious allurement, अर्थोपधा Monetary allurement, कामोपधा Love allurement, भयोपधा Allurement under the pressure of fear. 'भिया धर्मार्थकामैश्च परीक्षा या तु सोपधा' इत्यभिधान- चिन्तामणिः); (शोधयेत्) धर्मोपधाभिर्विप्रांश्च सर्वाभिः सचिवान् पुनः Kālikā P. उपधाभिः शौचाशौचज्ञानममात्यानाम् । Kau. A.1.1; अमात्यानुपधातीनान् Mb.15.5.14. -3 A means or expedient; अयशोभिदुरा लोके कोपधा महणादृते Śi.19.58. -4 (In gram.) A penultimate letter (अन्त्याद्वर्णात्पूर्वं उपधा). अलोन्त्यात् पूर्व उपधा P.I.1.65. -Comp. -भृतः a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty. -लोपः Elision of the penultimate letter (e. g. in the case of a बहुव्रीहि compound ending in अन्) P.IV.1.28. -शुचि a. tried, of approved loyalty.
upadhāna उपधान a. Used (as a Mantra) in the putting up of the sacrificial bricks; P.IV.4.125. -नम् 1 Placing or resting upon. -2 A pillow, cushion; रामबाहुरुपधानमेष U.1. विपुलमुपधानं भुजलता Bh.3.79. -3 Peculiarity, individuality (विशेषम्); फलोपाधानाभावात् P.VI.3.39. Sk. -4 Affection, kindness. -5 A religious observance among especially the Jainas for preparing the ground for future monkhood. -6 Excellence or excellent quality; सोपधानां धियं धीराः स्थेयसीं खट्वयन्ति ये Śi.2.77. (where उ˚ also means a pillow). -7 Poison. -8 A small wooden pin of a stringed musical instrument; पाशोपधानां ज्यातन्त्रीं चापदण्डां महास्वनाम् Mb.4.35.16. -नी 1 A pillow, cushion. -2 A foot-stool.
upadhānakam उपधानकम् A pillow, cushion; Hemādri.
upadhānīya उपधानीय a. To be placed near. -यम् A pillow; अशेत भूमौ सह पाण्डुपुत्रैः पादोपधानीयकृता कुशेषु Mb.1.192.1.
upadhāyin उपधायिन् a. Using as a pillow; अशेत सा बाहुलतो- पधायिनी Ku.5.12.
upadhiḥ उपधिः [उप-धा-कि] उपसर्गे घोः किः P.III.3.92. 1 Fraud, dishonesty; निरुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U. अरिषु हि विजयार्थिनः क्षितीशा विदधति सोपधि सन्धिदूषणानि Ki.1.45, also Mb.12.57.17; see अनुपधि also. -2 (In law) Suppression of the truth, a false suggestion; यत्र वाप्युपधिं पश्येत्त- त्सर्वं विनिवर्तते Ms.8.165. -3 Terror, threat, compulsion, false inducement; बलोपधिविनिर्वृत्तान् व्यवहारान्निवर्तयेत् Y.2. 31,89. -4 The part of a wheel between the nave and the circumference, or the wheel itself; नभ्येव न उपधीव प्रधीव Rv.2.39.4. -5 Foundation (with the Buddhists).
upadhikaḥ उपधिकः A cheat, knave, one who imposes by threats, fraud &c.; see औपधिक, the more correct form. उत्कोचकाश्चौपधिका वञ्चकाः कितवास्तथा Ms.9.258.
upadhātuḥ उपधातुः An inferior metal, semi-metal. They are seven; सप्तोपधातवः स्वर्णं माक्षिकं तारमाक्षिकम् । तुत्थं कांस्यं च रातिश्च सुन्दूरं च शिलाजतु ॥ -2 A secondary secretion of the body (six in number); e. g. milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph; स्तन्यं रजो वसा स्वेदो दन्ताः केशास्त- थैव च । औजस्यं सप्तधातूनां क्रमात्सप्तोपधातवः ॥
upadhāv उपधाव् 1 U. 1 To run towards, approach hastily; येन साम्ना स्तोष्यन् स्यात् तत्सामोपधावेत् Ch. Up.1.3.8. -2 To resort to; to have recourse to for assistance; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -3 To run, glide (Ā.); Rv.8.3.21. -4 To worship.
upadhāvanaḥ उपधावनः A follower. -नम् 1 Going after, following. -2 Meditating upon. -3 Worship; Bhāg.7.1.6.
upadhiḥ उपधिः See under उपधा.
upadhūpita उपधूपित a. 1 Fumigated. -2 Being at the point of death; -3 Suffering extreme pain. -तः Death. -ता, उपधूमिता The quarter of the heavens to which the sun is proceeding.
upadhṛ उपधृ 1, 1 P. 1 To hold up, support, sustain. -2 To bear, carry. -3 To hold as, consider or regard as; सत्त्वं तदुपधारयेत् Ms.12.27; एतद्योनीनि भूतानि सर्वाणीत्युपधारय Bg.7.6,9.6. -4 To comprehend, perceive, hear, experience, observe; पुरुषो रामचरितश्रवणैरुपधारयन् Bhāg. -5 To reflect or meditate upon.
upadhāraṇam उपधारणम् 1 Consideration, reflection. -2 Drawing, pulling (as by a hook).
upadhṛtiḥ उपधृतिः f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Holding up.
upadhmā उपध्मा 1 P. To blow or breathe out; excite by blowing, fan; नाग्निं मुखेनोपधमेत् Ms.4.53.
upadhmā उपध्मा 1 Blowing upon, breathing. -2 The effort of the voice which gives rise to the sound उपध्मानीय q. v. below.
upadhmānaḥ उपध्मानः A lip. -नम् Blowing upon, breathing. (a.) पूतिरज्जुरुपध्मानी Av.8.8.2.
upadhmānin उपध्मानिन् a. Blowing upon, fanning.
upadhmānīyaḥ उपध्मानीयः The aspirate Visarga before the letters प् and फ्; उपूपध्मानीयानामोष्ठौ Sk.
upadhvasta उपध्वस्त a. 1 Destroyed. -2 Mixed.
upapad उपपद् 4 Ā. 1 To reach, come to, approach, go near; यमुनातटमुपपेदे Pt.1; उपपद्यख स्वकर्मोचितां गतिम् Dk.93. -2 To be got or obtained, fall to one's share; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.39;13.18. -3 To take place, occur, happen, be produced; देवि एवमुपपद्यते M.1 even as you say, just so; अर्थास्तस्योपपत्स्यन्ते Mb.; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5.26. -4 To be possible; कर्तव्यं वो न पश्यामि स्याच्चेत्किं नोपपद्यते Ku.6.61; Ms.9.121,4; 1.12; नेश्वरो जगतः कारणमुपपद्यते Ś. B. -5 To be suitable, be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.); क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ नैतत्त्वरय्युपपद्यते Bg.2.3;18.7; उपपद्यते it is fit; ते गुणाः परस्मिन् ब्रह्मण्युपपद्यन्ते Ś. B. -6 To go against, attack. -7 To put in a word or statement; इति ह विश्वामित्र उपपपाद Ait. Br. -Caus. 1 To bring into any state, cause to arrive or be obtained; विश्वासमुपपादिता Rām. inspired with confidence; get ready; रथमुपपादय Ve.2. -2 To offer, present any one with (acc.), bring to; दिष्टया त्वमसि मे धात्रा भीतेनेवोपपादितः R.15.18,14.8;16.32; Ms.9.72,73;3.96; sometimes with dat.; सर्वस्वं वेद- विदुषे ब्राह्मणायोपपादयेत् Ms.11.76;9.244; or with loc.; अक्षयो$यं निधी राज्ञां यद्विप्रेषूपपादितम् Y.1.315. -3 (a) To cause to happen or occur, bring about; मरणमुपपादयेत K.36. (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform; यावत्तु मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुम् K.62,113,12,134; देव- कार्यम् R.11.91;17.55; Me.29. -4 (a) To make a statement, adduce, put forward. (b) To justify. -5 To make good, establish, prove; कथमीश्वरं विनाशधर्मिणमुप- पादयसि Prab. -6 To pronounce, declare. -7 To make fit or adequate for; कालोपपादिते क्षेत्रे Ms.9.36. -8 To furnish with, endow with; Kām.11.57; K.2; आत्मानं प्रथमं राजा विनयेनोपपादयेत् Subhāṣ. -9 To find out, ascertain; दक्षिणाप्रवणं चैव प्रयत्नेनोपपादयेत् Ms.3.26. -1 To examine.
upapadam उपपदम् 1 A word prefixed or previously uttered; धनुरुपपदं वेदम् Ki.18.44 (धनुर्वेदम्); तस्याः स राजोपपदं निशान्तम् R.16.4. -2 A title, a degree; epithet of respect, such as आर्य, शर्मन्; कथं निरुपपदमेव चाणक्यमिति न आर्यचाणक्यमिति Mu.3. -3 A secondary word of a sentence, a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or a noun derived from a verb which determines or qualifies the sense of the verb; उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; (see Sk. thereon). ˚तत्पुरुषः a kind of Tat. comp. in which the last member is some form of a verbal character; e. g. वेदविद्, ग्रामणी, आकर्णलम्बिन् &c. उपपरीक्षा upaparīkṣā क्षणम् kṣaṇam उपपरीक्षा क्षणम् Investigation, examination.
upasaṃpad उपसंपद् 4 Ā. 1 To come to, arrive at; गान्धारानेवोप- संपद्येत Ch. Up.6.14.2; परं ज्योतिरुपसंपद्य Ch. Up.8.3.4. तं देशमुपसंपेदे Mb. -2 To get, obtain. -Caus. 1 To bring or lead near. -2 To give, grant. -3 To receive into the order of priests, ordain. (Buddh).
aikapadika ऐकपदिक a. (-की f.) 1 Belonging to a simple word. -2 Consisting of single words. -कम् The name given to the Naigama section of Yāska's commentary on the Nighaṇṭavas.
aikapadyam ऐकपद्यम् 1 Unity of words. -2 Being formed into one word.
aupadeśika औपदेशिक a. (-की f.) [उपदेश-ठक्] 1 Living by उपदेश or teaching. -2 Got by instruction (as wealth).
aupadravika औपद्रविक a. (-की f.) [उपद्रव ठक्] Relating to, or treating of, symptoms (of diseases).
aupadraṣṭryam औपद्रष्ट्र्यम् [उपद्रष्ट्ट-ष्यञ्] 1 Superintendence. -2 The state of being an eye-witness.
aupadharmyam औपधर्म्यम् [उपधर्म-ष्यञ्] 1 A false doctrine, heresy वेशं विधाय बहुभाष्यत औपधर्म्यम् Bhāg.2.7.37. -2 Inferior virtue, or a degraded principle of virtue.
aupadhika औपधिक a. (-की f.) Deceitful, deceptive. -कः An extortioner of money; Ms.9.258.
aupadheya औपधेय a. (-यी f.) [उपधि-ठञ्] Serving for the part of the wheel of a carriage called उपधि, q. v. -यम् The wheel of a carriage (रथाङ्गम्). यद्धि तद्रथाङ्गं तदौपधेयमित्युच्यते Mbh. V.1.13.
kauṇapadantaḥ कौणपदन्तः N. of an author on अर्थशास्त्र mentioned by Kauṭilya in connection with राजपुत्ररक्षण; Kau. A.1.17.
goṣpadam गोष्पदम् 1 A cow's foot. -2 The mark or impression of a cow's foot in the soil. -3 The quantity of water sufficient to fill such an impression; i. e. a very small puddle; गोष्पदे संप्लुतोदके Mb.1.31.9. ˚प्रम् (णमुल्) in such a manner that a cow's foortprint be filled; ददाल भूर्नभो रक्तं गोष्पदप्रं ववर्ष च Bk.14.2. -4 As much as a cows foot-step will hold. -5 A spot frequented by cows.
jānapadaḥ जानपदः [जानेन उत्पत्त्या पद्यते पद् अप्; जनपदे भवः, अण् वा] 1 An inhabitant of the country, a rustic, boor, peasant (opp. पौर); ततः कतिपयाहःसु वृद्धो जानपदो युवा Rām.7.73.2. -2 A country. -3 A tax &c. from peasants. -4 subject. -दा A popular expression. -दी Profession, business.
jānapadika जानपदिक a. Relating to a country.
drupadaḥ द्रुपदः N. of a king of the Pāñchālas [He was a son of Prisata. He and Drona were school-fellows, as they learnt the science of archery from Droṇa's father, Bharadvāja. After Drupada had succeeded to the throne, Droṇa, when in pecuniary difficulties, went to him on the strength of his former friendship; but the proud monarch disrespected and slighted him. For this Droṇa afterwards got him captured by his pupils the Pāṇḍavas, but was kind enough to spare his life, and allowed him to retain half his kingdom. But the defeat sustained by him at Droṇa's hands rankled in his soul, and with the desire of getting a son who would avenge the wrong done to him, he performed a sacrifice, when a son named Dhṛiṣtadyumna (and a daughter called Draupudī) sprang up from the fire. This son afterwards treacherously cut off the head of Droṇa. See Droṇa also.]
draupadī द्रौपदी [द्रुपदस्यापत्यं स्त्री-अण् ङीप्] N. of the daughter of Drupada, king of the Pāñchālas. [She was won by Arjuna at her Svayaṁvara ceremony, and when he and his brothers returned home they told their mother that they had that day made a great acquisition. Whereupon the mother said, "Well, then, my dear children, divide it amongst yourselves." As her words once uttered could not be changed, she became the common wife of the five brothers. When Yudhiṣṭhira lost his kingdom and even himself and Draupadī in gambling, she was grossly insulted by Duhśāsana (q. v.) and by Duryodhana's wife. But these and the like insults she bore with uncommon patience and endurance, and on several occasions, when she and her husbands were put to the test, she saved their credit (as on the occasion of Durvāsas begging food at night for his 6, pupils). At last, however, her patience was exhausted, and she taunted her husbands for the very tame way in which they put up with the insults and injuries inflicted upon them by their enemies (see. Ki.1.29-46). It was then that the Pāṇḍavas resolved to enter upon the great Bhāratī war. She is one of the five very chaste women whose names one is recommended to repeat; see अहल्या.)
draupadeyaḥ द्रौपदेयः 1 A son of Draupadī; Bg.1.6,18. -2 A son of Drupada; स हतो द्रौपदेयेन पाञ्चाल्येन शिखण्डिना Mb.6.12.7.
niṣpad निष्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To issue out of, spring from. -2 To be produced, be brought about, arise, to be effected; निष्पद्यन्ते च सस्यानि Ms.9.247. -3 To be got ready or prepared. -4 To become ripe, ripen. -Caus. To produce, bring about, cause, effect, prepare; द्रव्यक्षित्यात्म- लिङ्गानि निष्पाद्य प्रोक्ष चासनम् Bhāg.11.3.5; त्वं नित्यमेकमेव पटं निष्पादयसि Pt.5.
paraṃpadam परंपदम् 1 The abode of Viṣṇu. -2 Eternal felicity. -3 A high position.
paripad परिपद् f. Ved. 1 A snare, trap. -2 A living being. -3 Walking about. -4 A bird. -Caus. verb To change into Anusvāra; Rv. Pr. [परिपन्नम् the change of m into Anusvāra].
puṣpadhaḥ पुष्पधः An outcaste progeny of a Brāhmaṇa; s. v. पुष्प.
paurvapadika पौर्वपदिक a. (-की f.) Relating to the first member of a compound.
pratipad प्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To step or go towards, approach, resort or betake oneself to; उमामुखं तु प्रतिपद्य लोलाद् द्विसंश्रयां प्रीतिमवाप लक्ष्मीः Ku.1.43. -2 To enter upon, step upon, take, follow (as a way &c.); इतः पन्थानं प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तवं Ku.4.1. -3 To arrive at, reach; attain; मरणमप्यपराः प्रतिपेदिरे Śi.6.16. -4 To get, gain, obtain, share, partake; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5,13;4.1,41; 11.34;12.7;19.55; तदोत्तमविदां लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg. 14.14; Śi.1.63. -5 To accept, take to; प्रतिपत्तुमङ्ग घटते च न तव नृपयोग्यमर्हणम् Śi.15.22;16.24. -6 To recover, reobtain, regain, receive; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात् प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31; Ku.4.16;7.22. -7 To admit, acknowledge; न मासे प्रतिपत्तासे मां चेन्मर्तासि मैथिलि Bk.8.95; Ś.5.23; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -8 To hold, grasp, seize; सुमन्त्रप्रतिपन्नरश्मिभिः R.14.47; -9 To consider, regard, deem, look upon; तद्धनुर्ग्रहणमेव राघवः प्रत्यपद्यत समर्थमुत्तरम् R.11.79. -1 To undertake, promise to do, take in hand; निर्वाहः प्रतिपन्नवस्तुषु सतामेतद् हि गोत्रव्रतम् Mu.2.18; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; R.1.4. -11 To assent or agree to, consent; तथेति प्रतिपन्नाय R.15.93. -12 To do, perform, practise, observe; आचार प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; V.2 'do the formal obeisance'; शासनमर्हतां प्रतिपद्यध्वम् Mu.4.18 'act up to or obey'. -13 To act or behave towards, deal, do anything to any one (with gen. or loc.); स कालयवनश्चापि किं कृष्णे प्रत्यपद्यत Hariv.; स भवान् मातृपितृवदस्मासु प्रतिपद्यताम् Mb.; कथमहं प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5; न युक्तं भवतास्मासु प्रतिपत्तुमसांप्रतम् Mb. -14 To give or return (as a reply); कथं प्रतिवचनमपि न प्रतिपद्यसे Mu.6; न जाने किं तातः प्रतिपत्स्यत इति Ś.4. -15 To perceive, become aware of. -16 To know, understand, become acquainted with, learn, discover. -17 To roam, wander. -18 To take place, occur. -19 To restore. -2 To permit, allow. -21 To take place, happen. -22 To go back, return. (-Caus.) 1 To give, present, bestow, confer upon, impart; अर्थिभ्यः प्रतिपाद्यमानमनिशं प्राप्नोति वृद्धिं पराम् Bh.2.16; Ms.11.4; गुणवते कन्या प्रतिपादनीया Ś.4. -2 To substantiate, prove, establish by proof; उक्तमेवार्थ- मुदाहरणेन प्रतिपादयति. -3 To explain, expound. -4 To bring or lead back, convey or transport (to a place) -5 To regard, consider. -6 To assert, declare to be represent. -7 To procure. -8 To effect, accomplish. -9 To communicate, teach. -1 To appoint to, install (loc.) -11 To prepare, get ready. -12 To dispose off; एष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थमन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यते ŚB on MS.4.2.21
pratipad प्रतिपद् f. 1 Access, entrance, way. -2 Beginning, commencement. -3 Intelligence, intellect. -4 The first day of a lunar fortnight. -5 A kettle-drum. -6 An introductory stanza. -7 Rank. -Comp. -चन्द्रः the new moon (the moon on the first day) particularly revered and saluted by people; प्रतिपच्चन्द्रनिभो$यमात्मजः R.8. 65. -तूर्यम् a kind of kettle-drum.
pratipadā प्रतिपदा दी The first day of lunar fortnight.
pratyupadeśaḥ प्रत्युपदेशः Advice in return; व्यनीयत प्रत्युपदेशलुब्धैः Ku.1.34.
prapad प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.
prapadam प्रपदम् 1 The forepart of the foot; स तं गृहीत्वा प्रपदो- र्भ्रामयित्वैकपाणिना Bhāg.1.15.32. -2 Tip of the toe.
prapadanam प्रपदनम् 1 Entrance. -2 Access, approach; लोकद्वारं विदुषां प्रपदनं निरोधो$विदुषाम् Ch. Up.8.6.5. -3 Approaching for protection; प्रपदनधनतुष्टाः पञ्चसंस्कारदानात् Viś. Guṇa.255.
prapadīna प्रपदीन a. Relating or extending to the forepart of the foot.
prātipada प्रातिपद a. (-दी f.) 1 Forming the commencement. -2 Produced in, or belonging to, the day called प्रतिपद् q. v.
prātipadika प्रातिपदिक a. Express, explicit. -कः Fire. -कम् The crude form of a substantive, a noun in its uninflected state (before receiving the case-terminations); अर्थवद- धातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् P.I.2.45.
prauṣṭhapadaḥ प्रौष्ठपदः = प्रोष्ठपद q. v.
yugapad युगपद् ind. Simultaneously, all at once, all together, at the same time; सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत् पपात Ku.3.1; oft. in comp; तेजोद्वयस्य युगपद्व्यसनोदयाभ्याम् Ś.4.2.
yaugapadam यौगपदम् द्यम् 1 Simultaneity; तुल्यानां तु यौगपद्यम् etc. MS.11.1.54; Bhāg.4.4.2. -2 Simultaneous perception of one and the same thing in many more places than one; आदित्यवद् यौगपद्यम् MS.1.1.5. ˚द्येन ind. simultaneously; न हि यौगपद्येन विधातुं शक्यते लक्षणत्वेन चोच्चारयितुम् ŚB. on MS.3.1.14.
vipad विपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go badly; fail, miscarry (as a business &c.). -2 To fall into misfortune or bad state; स बन्धुर्यो विपन्नानामापदुद्धरणक्षमः H.1.29. -3 To be disabled or incapacitated. -4 To die, perish; नाथवन्तस्त्वया लोकास्त्व- मनाथा विपत्स्यसे U.1.44; हा तात एष तें नरेन्द्रचित्ताराधनोपकरणं जनो विपद्यते Māl.5; Mk.1.38. -5 To obstruct. -6 To come to naught; यदि त्वभिहितं राज्ञा त्वयि तन्न विपत्स्यते Rām. 2.18.26. -Caus. To destroy, kill.
vipad विपद् f. 1 Calamity, misfortune, adversity, distress; तत्त्वनिकषग्रावा तु तेषां (मित्राणां) विपद् H.1.183. -2 Death; सिंहादवापद्विपदं नृसिंहः R.18.35. -Comp. -उद्धरणम्, उद्धारः relieving or extricating (one) from misfortune. -कालः times of need, season of calamity, adversity. -ग्रस्त, -युक्त a. overtaken by or involved in calamity, unhappy, unfortunate. -सागरः 'sea of misery', a very heavy calamity or disaster.
vipadā विपदा See विपद्.
vipratipad विप्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To differ, be mutually opposed, conflict. -2 To waver, vacillate; मिथ्यावृत्तिरनार्यः सन्नद्य विप्रतिपद्यसे Mb.5.128.18. -3 To reply falsely.
vyapad व्यपदिश् 6 P. 1 To name, call; व्यपदिश्यसे जगति विक्रमी- त्यतः Śi.15.28. -2 To name or call falsely; मित्रं च मां व्यपदिशस्यपरं च यासि Mk.4.9. -3 To speak of, profess; जन्मेन्दोर्विमले कुले व्यपदिशसि Ve.6.7. -4 To pretend, feign; व्यपदिशति नः शैवप्रीत्या कथंचिदनास्थया Mv.2.11. -5 To indicate, show. -6 To signify, mean, denote.
vyapadiṣṭa व्यपदिष्ट p. p. 1 Named. -2 Shown, represented, signified. -3 Pleaded as a pretext or excuse.
vyapadeśaḥ व्यपदेशः 1 Representation, information, notice; अलं वै व्यपदेशेन धनुरायच्छ राघव Mb.3.99.49. -2 Designation by name, naming. -3 A name, an appellation, a title; एवं व्यपदेशभाजः U.6. -4 A family, race; अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; व्यपदेशमाविलयितुं किमीहसे जनमिमं च पातयितुम् Ś.5.21. -5 Fame, reputation, renown; also in adjectival senses; व्यपदेशकुले जाताः पूजिताश्चाप्यभीक्ष्णशः Rām.4.64.21.; Ms.7 168. -6 A trick, pretext, excuse, device; भारतव्यपदेशेन ह्याम्नायार्थश्च दर्शितः Bhāg.1.4.29. -7 Fraud, craft. -8 Concealment, dissimulation; Māl.7.
vyapadeśin व्यपदेशिन् a. 1 (In comp.) Conforming to, following the advice of; महावंशप्रसूतस्य वसिष्ठव्यपदेशिनः (तवैव भुवि नान्यतः) Rām.1.19.2. -2 Having a designation.
vyapadeṣṭṛ व्यपदेष्टृ m. A cheat, an impostor.
vyāpad व्यापद् 4 Ā. 1 To die, perish. -2 To come down to the earth), fall down. -3 To be inaudible (as a sound). -Caus. 1 To kill, slay. -2 To hurt, injure, spoil.
vyāpad व्यापद् f. 1 Calamity, misfortune, affliction; त्वद्- व्यापदो गणयता भयमन्वभावि तत् सर्वमेकपद एव मम प्रशान्तम् Māl. 9.36; Bh.3.15. -2 Disease. -3 Derangement. -4 Death, decease.
vyutpad व्युत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To be produced from, originate in. -2 To be derived from (a root &c.); नाम रूढमपि च व्युद- पादि Śi.1.23. -3 To become proficient in or conversant with. -Caus. 1 To produce, cause. -2 To derive, trace to a root (as a word); ब्रह्मशब्दस्य व्युत्पाद्यमानस्य Ś. B.
vyupadeśaḥ व्युपदेशः Pretext, pretence.
śilīpadaḥ शिलीपदः Elephantiasis.
śauvāpada शौवापद a. (-दी f.) [श्वापद-अण्] 1 Relating to a wild beast; A. Rām. -2 Savage, fierce, wild.
ślīpadam श्लीपदम् Swelled leg, elephantiasis. -Comp. -अपहः removing elephantiasis, the पुत्रजीवी tree, Putrañjiva Roxburghii. -प्रभवः the mango tree.
ślīpadin श्लीपदिन् m. A club-footed man.
śvāpada श्वापद a. (-दी f.) Savage, ferocious. -दः 1 A beast of prey, wild beast. -2 A tiger.
sapadi सपदि ind. 1 Instantly, in a moment, immediately; सपदि मदनानलो दहति मम मानसम् Gīt.1; Ku.3.76;6.2. -4 Quickly, swiftly.
samāpad समापद् 4 Ā. 1 To get, obtain, attain to. -2 To take place, happen, occur. -3 To fall upon, attack. -4 To undergo. -5 To begin. -6 To be finished or ended. -Caus. To complete, accomplish.
samutpad समुत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To happen, take place, occur. -2 To arise, spring up. -3 To present oneself. -Caus. To cause, effect, produce.
saṃpad संपद् 4 Ā. 1 To turn out well, succeed, prosper, be accomplished or fulfilled; संपत्स्यते वः कामो$यं कालः कश्चित् प्रतीक्ष्यताम् Ku.2.54; R,14.76; Ms.3.254;6.69. -2 To be completed, to amount to (as a number); त्र्याहताः पञ्च पञ्चदश संपद्यन्ते. -3 To turn out to be, become; संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11.23; संपेदे श्रमसलिलोद्गमो विभूषाम् Ki.7.5. -4 To arise, be born or produced. -5 To fall or come together, unite -6 To be provided or furnished with, be possessed of; अशोक यदि सद्य एव कुसुमैर्न संपत्स्यसे M.3.16; see संपन्न. -7 To tend to, bring about, produce (with dat.); साधोः शिक्षा गुणाय संपद्यते नासाधोः Pt.1; Mu.3.32. -8 To obtain, attain to, acquire, get. -9 To enter into, be absorbed in (with loc.). -Caus. 1 To cause to happen, bring about, produce, accomplish, fulfil, effect; इति स्वसुर्भोज- कुलप्रदीपः संपाद्य पाणिग्रहणं स राजा R.7.29. -2 To procure, obtain, make ready, prepare. -3 To obtain, acquire, attain to. -4 To furnish, provide, endow with. -5 To change or transform into. -6 To make an agreement.
saṃpad संपद् f. Wealth, riches; नीताविवोत्साहगुणेन संपद् Ku.1.22; आपन्नार्तिप्रशमनफलाः संपदो ह्युत्तमानाम् Me.55. -2 Prosperity, affluence, advancement; (opp. विपद् or आपद्); ते भृत्या नृपतेः कलत्रमितरे संपत्सु चापत्सु च Mu. 1.15. -3 Good fortune, happiness, luck; Bg.16.3. -4 Success, fulfilment, accomplishment of desired objects; तव प्रसादस्य पुरस्तु संपदः Ś.7.3. -5 Perfection, excellence; as in रूपसंपद्; त्वष्टुः सदाभ्यासगृहीतशिल्पविज्ञानसंपत् प्रसरस्य सीमा Śi.3.35. -6 Richness, plenty, exuberance, abundance, excess; तुषारवृष्टिक्षतपद्मसंपदाम् Ku.5.27; R.1.59. -7 Treasure. -8 An advantage, a benefit, blessing. -9 Advancement in good qualities. -1 Decoration. -11 Right method. -12 A necklace of pearls. -13 Attainment, acquisition; अथ संपदः Bṛi. Up.3.1.6. -Comp. -वरः a king. -वसुः N. of one of the principal rays of the sun. -विनिमयः an interchange or reciprocity of benefits or services; संपद्विनिमयेनोभौ दधतुर्भुवनद्वयम् R.1.26.
saṃpratipad संप्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To deem, consider, regard; न मां परं संप्रतिपत्तुमर्हसि Ku.5.39. -3 To assent to, agree upon, concur in. -4 To admit, acknowledge. -5 To attain to, reach. -6 To obtain, receive. -7 To regain, recover. -8 To perform, accomplish. -Caus. To grant, bestow.
saṃprapad संप्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To set out (on a journey). -2 To come to, arrive at. -3 To have recourse to, betake oneself to. -4 To set about, begin. -5 To succeed. -6 To become, turn out to be.
saṃprapadaḥ संप्रपदः दम् Roaming about; standing on tip-toe, (cf. Ms.6.22 com.); स्वप्याद्भूमौ शुची रात्रौ दिवा संप्रपदैर्नयेत् Y.3.51.
padeśam सापदेशम् ind. Under a pretence.
sāptapada साप्तपद a. (-दी f.), साप्तपदीन a. [cf. P.V.2.22] Formed by walking together seven steps, or by talking together seven words; यतः सतां संनतगात्रि संगतं मनी- षिभिः साप्तपदीनमुच्यते Ku.5.39 (where the latter sense appears better); सतां साप्तपदं मैत्रमित्याहुर्विबुधा जनाः Pt.2.43; 4.13. -दम्, -दीनम् 1 Circumambulation of the nuptial fire by the bride and bridegroom in seven steps (which makes the marriage tie irrevocable). -2 Friendship, intimacy.
sopadrava सोपद्रव a. Visited with calamities or afflictions.
sopadha सोपध a. 1 Full of fraud or deceit, deceitful. -2 What is given away with an end in view; Dānasāgara, Bibl. Ind.274, Fas.1 p.45. -3 With penultimate letter.
sopadhāna सोपधान a. 1 Cushioned. -2 Possessing (excellent) qualities; सोपधानं धियं धीराः स्थेयसीं खट्वयन्ति ये Śi.2.77. -3 Furnished, set.
sopadhi सोपधि a. Fraudulent. -ind. Deceitfully, fraudulently; अरिषु हि विजयार्थिनः क्षितीशा विदधति सोपधि संधि- दूषणानि Ki.1.45. सोपन्यास sōpanyāsa सोपपत्तिक sōpapattika सोपन्यास सोपपत्तिक a. Well-founded or substantiated.
svāpadaḥ स्वापदः See श्वापद.
Macdonell Vedic Search
Results for pad6 results
pad pad fall, IV. Ā. pádya; pp. papāda, x. 34, 11. áva- fall down, vi. 54, 3.
pad pád, foot, du. ab. padbhyá̄m, x. 90, 12. 14 [Gk. ποδ-, Lat. ped-, Eng. foot].
pada pad-á, n. step, i. 154, 3. 4. 5. 6; ii. 35, 14 [pad walk; Gk. πέδ-ο-ν ‘ground’].
padvant pad-vánt, a. having feet, x. 127, 5.
apad apa-dhá̄, f. unclosing, ii. 12, 3.
śitipad śiti-pád, a. (Bv.) white-footed, i. 35, 5.
Macdonell Search
Results for pad86 results
pad m. (strong base p&asharp;d; f. --°ree; a. pad or padî) foot; step; quarter: in. sg., du., pl. also on foot.
pada (m.) n. step; stride; footstep; trace; mark, sign; footing, place, abode, home; station, position, office; dignity, rank; object (of contempt, dispute, etc.); cause, oc casion; foot (also as a measure); quarter verse; word; nominal base before consonant terminations (so-called because treated like a word in external Sandhi); word-reading of the Veda (in which the words are given sepa rately irrespective of the rules of Sandhi): padam kri, set foot on, enter (lc.); have a regard for (prati); have to do with (lc.): mûrdhni, place one's foot on the head of (g.) =overcome, surpass, hridaye or kitte --, take complete possession of the heartor mind; padam â-tan, gain ground; -dhâ, gain a footing; -ni-dhâ, set foot on=make an im pression on (lc.): -padavyâm, set foot on the path of=emulate (g.); padam ni-bandh= engage in (lc.); pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion.
padaka n. step; office, position; -krama, m. kind of gait; peculiar method of reciting and writing the Veda; -gati, f. gait; -kihna, n. footprint; -tâ, f. original form of a word; condition of a word; -nyâsa, m. putting down the foot, step; footprint; inditing of verses; (á)-pa&ndot;kti, f. series of footsteps, track; a metre (5 X 5 syllables); series of words; -paddhati, f. series of foot steps, track; -pâtha, m. word-reading, a mode of reciting and writing the Veda in which every word is given in its original form irrespective of Sandhi; -pûrana, a. verse filling; -yópana, a. (î) pace-retarding; -rak anâ, f. arrangement of words, literary work; -vigraha, m. separation of words; -víd, a. (knowing the place), familiar with (g.).
padāṅka m. footprint.
padānuga a. following on the heels of (g.); pleasant to (--°ree;); m. attendant; -½anusâsana, n. science of words; -½anta, m. end of a quarter-verse; end of a word, final; -½antara, n. another word; interval of a step: e sthitvâ, stopping after a step; -½anveshin, a. following a track.
padārtha m. thing corresponding to a word, substance, object; subject, topic; category (ph.); meaning of a word.
padasaṃdhi m. euphonic combi nation of words; -stha, a. pedestrian; in vested with office; -sthâna, m. footprint; -sthita, pp. invested with office.
padaśas ad. step by step, by de grees; word for word.
padaśāstra n. science of words written separately in the Veda; -sreni, f. line of footsteps, track.
padāti a. [going (√ at) on foot], being on foot, pedestrian; m. foot-soldier; -in, a. consisting of or provided with foot soldiers; m. foot-soldier; (-âti)-lava, m. (non entity of a=) humble servant.
padāvalī f. series of pâdas or words; -½âvritti, f. repetition of a word; repetition of the same word with another meaning (rh.).
padavī m. (nm. -s) leader, guide (V.); f. (nm. î) track, path; way or road, to (--°ree;); sphere, ken (of eyes, ears, memory); post, office: -m abhi½i, tread the path of (--°ree;), equal, resemble; -pra½âp or sam-â-ruh, enter the path of, devote oneself to (--°ree;); -yâ, enter the path of, become an object of, e. g. laughter (--°ree;).
padavṛtti f. hiatus between two words in a sentence.
paddhati f. [pad-hati, foot-tread], track, trace; way, path (also fig.); line, row; guide (a class of manuals).
padma m. n. lotus flower (which closes at night: nelumbium speciosum); lotus-shaped array; kind of sitting posture during religious absorption; one of the nine treasures of Kubera; 1000 billions;N. of a Nâga; N.; â, f. the Lotus-coloured, ep. of the goddess of fortune, Srî.
padmaka m. N.; kind of sitting posture during religious absorption; n. a tree; -kûta, m. N. of a fairy prince; -kosa, m. calix of a day-lotus; position of the fingers resem bling the calix of a lotus; -kosâ-ya, den. Â. resemble the calix of a day-lotus; -khanda, n. group of day-lotuses; -garbha, m. (produced from a lotus), ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and Siva; N.; inside of a lotus; n. Lotus-filled, N. of a lake; -tâ, f.condition of a day-lotus; -darsana, m. (lotus-like), N.; -nâbha, m. (having a lotus in his navel), ep. of Vishnu; N.; -nidhi, m. one of the nine treasures of Kubera (also personified); treasure having the value of a Padma = 100,000,000 pieces of money; -nibha½îkshana, a. having lotus-like eyes; -pura, n. N. of a city; -prabhâ, f. N.; -mihira, m. N. of a historian; -yoni, m. (sprung from a lotus), ep. of Brahma; -rati, m. N.; -râga, m. (lotus-coloured), ruby: -ka, m. id.; -râga, m. N.; -lekhâ, f. N.; -varkas, a. lotus-coloured; -varna, a. id.; -vishaya, m. N. of a country; -vesha, m. N.; -vyâkosa, n. breach of a certain shape; -sekhara, m. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; -srî, f. N.; -samkâsa, a. lotus-like; -sadman, m. (seated on a lotus), ep. of Brahma; -saras, n. lotus-lake; N. of a lake; -sena, m. N.; -svâmin, m. N. of a shrine.
padmākara m. group of day-lotuses; -½aksha, a. (î) lotus-eyed; -½âdi-tva, n. condition of a lotus etc.
padmāsana n. lotus-seat; kind of sitting posture in religious absorption.
padmāvatī f. ep. of Lakshmî; N.; ep. of Uggayinî in the Krita age; T. of the 17th Lambaka in the Kathâsaritsâgara.
padmin a. spotted (elephant): -î, f. lotus (nelumbium speciosum: flower & plant); multitude of lotuses; lotus-pond: -khanda, n. group of lotuses.
padmodbhava a. produced from a lotus; m. ep. of Brahma; N.
padvat a. having feet, running; n. running animals.
padya a. relating to the foot; n. verse.
anapadeśya fp. not to be distin guished, hermaphrodite.
anāpad f. absence of calamity: lc. except in distress or trouble.
anupadeṣṭavya fp. not to be reported; -nyasta, pp. unexplained.
anupadin a. pursuing, search ing.
anupadam ad. immediately after (g., --°ree;); repeatedly; at every step.
antarniviṣṭapada a. having a footing gained within, having taken possession of his heart (curse).
apadravya n. bad ware; -dh&asharp;, f. hiding-place; -dhûma, a. smokeless: -tva, n. -ness; -dhyâna, n. disfavour, malice; -dhvam sá, m. degradation: -ga, m. child of a mixed marriage; -dhvasta,pp. degraded.
apadma a. lacking a lotus.
apadāna n. heroic deed; -desa, m. advice; designation; pretext, appearance; -desin, a. disguised as (--°ree;); -desya, fp. to be indicated; -dosha, a. faultless: -tâ, f. -ness.
apada a. footless.
apada n. no abode; wrong place.
apad a. (f.=m., or -î) footless.
aṣṭapada a. consisting of 8 words; -pâda, a. eight-footed; -pushpikâ, f. wreath of 8 kinds of flowers; -bhâga, m. eighth part.
aṣṭāpada m. n. dice-board with 64 squares: -vyâpâra, m. game of dice; -pâdya, a. eightfold.
aṣṭāpad a. (nm. -pâd, f. -padî), eight-footed.
ātmanepada n. the middle terminations (gr.); -in, a. having the middle terminations.
āpad f. [getting into trouble], mis fortune, disaster, adversity, distress: -uddha rana, n. relieving from distress; -gata, pp. fallen into misfortune; -dharma, m. rules ap plying in case of distress.
āprapadam ad. to the tip of the foot; -îna, a. reaching to the tip of the foot.
āspada n. position, seat, abode, site; place for, object of (g.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -î-bhû, become an object of (g.).
upapada n. secondary word accom panying another (gr.).
upadigdhatā f. being covered with (--°ree;).
upadā f. offering, present.
upadhenu ad. near the cows.
upadhi m. addition; fraud; part of wheel between nave and felly.
upad f. fraud; intrigue; moral test; penultimate or preceding letter (gr.); (&asharp;)-na, a. putting on; n. placing upon; cushion, pillow; -nîya, n. cushion; -yin, a. making a pillow of (--°ree;).
upadharma m. subordinate duty.
upadrava m. mischance, accident; adversity, distress; mischief, evil; infirmity; symptom (of disease).
upadeṣṭavya fp. to be advised or taught; -tri, m. instructor.
upadeśa m. reference; direction, instruction; precept, rule, lesson; advice; grammatical designation: -tâ, f. instructive ness for (g.); -anâ, f. direction, instruction, lesson, rule; -in, a. (-î) instructing;m. teacher; prescribed form of a word, suffix &c. as stated in grammatical works.
aupadhika a. fraudulent; m. cheat, extortioner.
aupadharmya n. false doctrine, heresy.
kṛtapada a. having found a foot ing; -punya, a. happy; -pûrva, a. done be fore: -nâsana, n. non-recognition of previous benefits, ingratitude; -pûrvin, a. having done something (ac.) before; -pragña, a. wise; -pratikrita, n. attack and resistance; -pra yatna, a. well cared for; -prayogana, a. having attained his object; -buddhi, a. whose mind is matured, discriminating; resolved (to, d. or inf.); -bhûmi, f. spot prepared for the purpose; -mati, a. having made up his mind; -manda-pada-nyâsa, a. stepping slowly and using few words; -mandâra, m. N.; -mâr ga, a. made accessible, pervious; -mûla, a. firmly rooted, having gained firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence: -tva, n. abst. n.
gaṇḍopadhāna n. pillow: î-ya, n. id.; -½upala, m. large boulder.
goṣpada n. cow's footprint; small puddle: fig.=mere trifle.
catuṣpad kátush-pad, -˚pād a. (f. -pad î) four-footed; consisting of four parts or padas; f. having taken four steps; m. n. quad ruped; -pada, a. four-footed; having four pâdas; m. quadruped; -pâda, a.(î) four-footed; m. quadruped; -puta, a. having four folds.
cūrṇapada n. forward and back ward movement performed with varying speed.
jānapada a. living in the country; relating to districts; referring to or meant for the country-people; m. countryman; subject: î, f. provincial expression; -padika, a. con cerning a realm.
jātijānapada a. relating to the castes and to the districts; -bhâg, a. sub ject to birth; -bhramsa, m. loss of caste; -bhrashta, pp. having lost caste; -mat, a. high-born; capable of being classed under a general notion; -mâtra, n. mere rank: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by the name of his caste only; -vakana, n. generic term; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good family, high-born; -smara, a. remembering one's former exist ence: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -smarana, n. remembrance of a former birth; -hîna, pp. destitute of good family, of low birth or rank.
tatpada n. its place; the word tad; -padavî, f. his path: y-âm padam dhâ, set foot in his path=imitate or vie with him; -para, a. 1. following upon that; 2. (having that as the highest), occupied with that only; exclusively devoted to, intent on, (lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. exclusive devotion, intentness; -pará yana, a. having that as their final aim; -pârsva, n. his side; -purusha, m. his servant: the example used to designate the class of determinative compounds (i. e. those in which the first part determines or limits the second, specifically those in which the first part has the sense of a case); -pûrva, a. happening for the first time; -pradhâna, a.dependent on her; -prahrishta, pp. pleased with that.
tripad a. (-î) three-footed; taking three steps; -î, f. kind of gait in the elephant; -pada, a. having three feet; having three (metrical) pâdas; -pala, a. weighing three palas; -pâthin, a. studying the three Vedas; -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) three-footed; -pitaka, n. the three literary collections (lit. baskets) of the Buddhists (i. e. the Sûtra-, Vinaya-, and Abhidharma-pitaka); -piba, a. drinking with threeorgans (ears and tongue); -pishtapa, n. Indra's heaven; -pun- dra: -ka, n. three streaks marked on various parts with ashes, esp. on the forehead by Siva-worshippers.
traipada n. three quarters.
drupada n. wooden column, post; m. N. of a king of the Pâñkâlas; â, f. N. of a verse in the TB. (II, vi, 6, 3).
draupadī f. pat. of Krishnâ, wife of the five Pândus; e-ya, m. pl. the sons of Draupadî.
dvipadī f. a metre containing two pâdas; kind of song in this metre: -khanda, m. n. kind of stanza.
dvipadāna n. temple juice of elephants in rut.
dvipada a. id.; m. man; n. a metre; â, f. verse containing two pâdas.
dvipad a. two-footed; having two pâdas (verse); m. biped, man; n. coll. men; m. metre containing two pâdas.
dvādaśapada a. consisting of twelve words; -râtra, n. period of twelve days; -vârshika, a. (î) twelve years old; lasting twelve (years); -vidha, a. twelvefold; -sata, n. 112: î, f. 1200; -sâhasra, a.(î) con sisting of 12,000 years.
dvaipada a. consisting of dvipadâs.
pathopadeśaka m. guide (Pr.).
parasmaipada n. (word for an other), transitive form, personal endings of the active (gr.).
prauṣṭhapada a. (î) relating to the lunar mansion Proshthapada; m. a month (=Bhâdrapada); â, f. pl. a certain double lunar mansion; î, f. day of full moon in the month Praushthapada.
madhyamapadalopin a. in which the middle word is dropped (com pound: e. g. sâka-pârthiva=vegetable, sc. loving, king); -purusha, m. kind of personi fication; second person (gr.); -pûrusha, m. mediocre person; -bhâva, m. moderate dis tance; -râtra, m. midnight; -loka, m. mid dle world=earth: -pâla, m. protector of earth, king, -½indu, m. moon of earth, king; -vayas-á, n. middle age; -½ashtakâ,f. eighth day in the dark fortnight of Mâgha.
yaugapadya n. simultaneousness: in. simultaneously (=yuga-pad).
padhara a. (--°ree;) having a form; having the form or colour of; m. N. of a prince; -dhâr-in, a. having a form (-i-tva, n. assumption of a form); endowed with beauty; -dhéya, n. form and colour (V.); beauty; -bhâg, a. endowed with beauty; -bhrit, a. having the appearance of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. difference of form; -mâtra-viyogita, pp. deprived of his (real) form only.
ślīpadin a. suffering from ele phantiasis.
ślīpada n. elephantiasis.
śvāpada m. n. beast of prey: -râg an, m. king of the beasts; -sevita, pp. in fested by beasts of prey.
ṣoḍaśapada a. consisting of sixteen Pâdas; -bhâga, m. one-sixteenth; -bhuga, a. sixteen-armed; -vidha, a. of sixteen kinds; -½amsa, m. sixteenth part.
sapadi ad. on the spot, instantly, in a moment; -padma, a. provided with lotuses: -ka, a. provided with a lotus and splendid (padmâ = srî); -parâkrama, a. mighty; -parikrama, a. accompanied byone's retinue; -parikkhada, a. together with one's belongings, -goods and chattels; -pa ritosham, ad. with satisfaction; -parivâra, a. together with one's retinue; -parihâsa, a. jocose.
svapada n. one's own (his etc.) place or abode; one's own position or rank.
hitopadeśa m. instruction in what is salutary, good counsel; T. of a well known collection of fables; -½upadeshtri, m. instructor in what is salutary.
haraîpada n. cause of shame; -bhaya, n. fear of shame; -mat, a. embarrassed, bash ful; ashamed; -mûdha, pp. bewildered with shame.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
Results for pad86 resultsResults for pad21 results
pad In the Atharvaveda and the śatapatha Brāhmana denotes a ‘quarter.’ This sense is derived from the primary meaning of foot,’ which as applied to quadrupeds would represent one-fourth.’ Cf. Pāda.
pada In the sense of quarter of a stanza ’ is found as early as the Rigveda and often later. In the Brāhmanas it also denotes a word ’ as opposed to a letter ’ (Varna).
indradyumna bhāllaveya vaiyāghrapadya Is mentioned as a teacher who with others was unable to agree as to the nature of Agni Vaiśvānara, and who was instructed by Aśvapati Kaikeya. As Bhāllaveya he is cited several times in the śatapatha Brāhmana on ritual points.
upadhāna Denotes the * cushion * of a seat (Ásandī) in the Atharvaveda. It corresponds to the Upabarhana of other texts.
upadhi occurs once each in the Rigveda and the Athar­vaveda, in conjunction with Pradhi, denoting part of the wheel of a chariot. It is impossible to decide exactly what part is meant. Roth, Zimmer and Bloomfield, agree in thinking that the word denotes the spokes collectively. Whitney, considering this improbable, prefers to see in it the designation of a solid wheel, Pradhi being presumably the rim and Upadhi the rest. Other possibilities are that the Upadhi is a rim beneath the felly, or the felly itself as compared with the tire (ordinarily Pavi).
gośruti vaiyāghrapadya (‘Descendant of Vyāghrapad’) is mentioned as a pupil of Satyakāma in the Chāndogya Upanisad. In the śāñkhāyana Aranyaka the name appears as Gośruta.
catuṣpad ‘Quadruped,’ is a regular name for animals from the Rigveda onwards, being frequently contrasted with Dvipad, * biped.’ Catus-pāda, as an adjective applying to pasavafr, ‘ animals,’ is also found.
janapada In the Brāhmanas denotes both the ‘people,’ as opposed to the king, and the ‘land’ or ‘realm.’ The * subjects ’ are also denoted by the adjectival jāηapada,
jānapada See Janapada.
traipada neut., occurs as a measure of distance, ‘ three- quarters ’ of a Yojana, in the Pañcāvimśa Brāhmana, where half a Yojana is termed Gavyūti and a quarter Krośa.
drupada A ‘wooden pillar’ or ‘ post,’ is several times referred to in the Rigveda and later. śunahsepa was bound to three posts for sacrifice. Thieves, there is some evidence to show, were tied to posts as a penalty for stealing.
dvipad ‘Two-footed,’ ‘biped,’ denotes man, as opposed to quadrupeds, from the Rigveda onwards.
paripad Seems in the Rigveda to denote a pitfall used to capture lions.
proṣṭhapada m., -padā, f. (‘ foot of a bench ’), is the name of a double Nakçatra.
bhadrapadā See Nakṣatra.
vaiyāghrapadīputra ‘Son of a female descendant of Vyā- ghrapad,’ is the name of a teacher, a pupil of Kāṇvī-putra, in the Kāṇva recension of the last Vamśa (list of teachers) in the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad.
vaiyāghrapadya ‘Descendant of Vyāghrapad,’ is the patro­nymic of Indradyumna Bhāllaveya in the śatapatha Brāh­maṇa and the Chāndogya Upaniṣad, of Budila Áśvatarāśvi in the Chāndogya Upaniṣad, and of Gośruti in that Upaniṣad and in the śāñkhāyana Araṇyaka. In the Jaiminiya Upaniṣad Brāhmaṇa the patronymic is applied to Rāma Krātiyāteya.
vyāgιirapadya Is a false reading in the Chāndogya Upaniṣad for Vaiyāghrapadya.
śipada Occurs only in the Rigveda in the negative form a-śipada, together with a-śimida. Both śipada and śimida are perhaps names of unknown diseases.
śvapad Denotes a ‘savage animal,’ ‘beast of prey,’ in the Atharvaveda.
śvāpada Like śvapad, denotes a ‘ savage animal ’ or ‘ beast of prey.’ It is mentioned in the Rigveda, in the Atharvaveda, and occasionally later.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
Results for pad86 resultsResults for pad21 resultsResults for pad149 results
padā kṣumpam iva sphurat RV.1.84.8b; AVś.20.63.5b; SV.2.693b; N.5.17b.
padā te krīṇāni MS.3.7.7: 84.14; Apś.10.25.6.
padā te 'rdhena te gavā te krīṇāmi śB.3.3.3.3. Cf. Kś.7.8.11.
padā paṇīṃr (SV. -ṇīn) arādhasaḥ RV.8.64.2a; AVś.20.93.2a; SV.2.705a.
padā pra vidhya pārṣṇyā AVś.8.6.17e.
padā vatsaṃ bibhratī gaur ud asthāt RV.1.164.17b; AVś.9.9.17b; 13.1.41b.
padā varāho abhy eti rebhan RV.9.97.7d; SV.1.524d; 2.466d; JB.3.174.
padā vā gām upārima AVP.9.23.1c.
padābhi tiṣṭha tapuṣim RV.1.42.4c.
padair āpnoti nividaḥ VS.19.25b.
padajñā stha ramatayaḥ AVś.7.75.2a.
padaṃ yad asya parame vyomani RV.9.86.15c.
padaṃ yad asya matuthā ajījanan RV.9.71.5d.
padaṃ yad viṣṇor upamaṃ nidhāyi RV.5.3.3c.
padaṃ yujāna ṛkvabhiḥ RV.9.64.19b.
padaṃ vindanti vidyutaḥ RV.1.105.1d; AVś.18.4.89d; SV.1.417d.
padaṃ kalyāṇy avapaśyamānā AVP.12.10.7b.
padaṃ juṣanta yad divi RV.8.13.29b.
padaṃ devasya namasā vyantaḥ (TB. viy-) RV.6.1.4a; MS.4.13.6a: 206.11; KS.18.20a; TB.3.6.10.2a; N.4.19.
padaṃ devasya mīḍhuṣaḥ RV.8.102.15a; SV.2.922a.
padaṃ na gor apagūḍhaṃ vividvān RV.4.5.3c.
padaṃ na tāyur guhā dadhānaḥ RV.5.15.5c.
padaṃ navīyo akramuḥ RV.9.23.2b; SV.1.502b.
padaṃ na vety odatī RV.1.48.6b.
padam ekasya piprataḥ RV.9.10.7c; SV.2.475c.
padapaṅktiś chandaḥ VS.15.4; TS.4.3.12.3; MS.2.8.7: 111.15; KS.17.6; śB.8.5.2.4.
padāvidan nihitā yajñiyāsaḥ RV.1.72.6b.
padbhiḥ sedim avakrāman AVś.4.11.10a; AVP.3.25.12a.
padbhiś caturbhiḥ prati tiṣṭha dikṣu AVś.4.14.9d.
padbhiś caturbhir akramīt AVś.3.7.2b; AVP.3.2.2b. See paḍbhiś etc.
padbhyaḥ svāhā TS.7.3.16.2; KSA.3.6.
padbhyāṃ śūdro ajāyata RV.10.90.12d; AVś.19.6.6d; AVP.9.5.6d; VS.31.11d; TA.3.12.6d; VāDh.4.2d.
padbhyāṃ dakṣiṇasavyābhyām AVś.12.1.28c.
padbhyām udareṇa śiśnā TA.10.24.1c; 25.1c; MahānU.14.3c,4c.
padbhyāṃ bhūmir diśaḥ śrotrāt (AVP. śrotrāṅ, followed by t-) RV.10.90.14c; AVś.19.6.8c; AVP.9.5.16c; VS.31.13c; TA.3.12.6c.
pade iva nihite dasme antaḥ RV.3.55.15a.
pade gṛbhāya māpade AVP.1.47.2b.
pade rebhanti kavayo na gṛdhrāḥ RV.9.97.57b.
pade-pade kalpayantaḥ AVP.12.11.1a.
pade-pade pāśinaḥ santi setavaḥ (AVś.AVP. setave) RV.9.73.4d; AVś.5.6.3d; AVP.6.11.4d; KS.38.14d; Apś.16.18.7d.
pade-pade me jarimā ni dhāyi RV.5.41.15a.
padena gām anu yanti AVP.1.64.2a.
padena padam ud yuje AVś.6.70.2b.
padena maryā mat tvam AVP.1.64.2c.
padenāśvaṃ padā ratham AVP.1.64.2b.
padghoṣaiś chāyayā saha AVś.5.21.8b.
padi ṣitām amuñcatā yajatrāḥ RV.4.12.6b; 10.126.8b; AVP.5.39.8b; TS.4.7.15.7b; MS.3.16.5b: 192.9; KS.2.15b; Apś.6.22.1b.
padīṣṭa tṛṣṇayā saha RV.1.38.6c.
padmakośapratīkāśam TA.10.11.2c; MahānU.11.7c.
padmākṣi padmasaṃbhave RVKh.5.87.21b.
padmanābhaṃ tarpayāmi BDh.2.5.9.10.
padmānane padmaūrū RVKh.5.87.21a.
padmānane padmini padmapatre RVKh.5.87.26a.
padmaprabhe padmasundari dharmarataye svāhā MahānU.4.10.
padmapriye padmadalāyatākṣi RVKh.5.87.26b.
padmāsanāya dhīmahi MS.2.9.1b: 120.2.
padme sīda Apś.16.31.1.
padme sthitāṃ padmavarṇām RVKh.5.87.4c.
pado rogād upānahau AVP.7.15.8b.
pador asyā adhiṣṭhānāt AVś.12.4.5a.
padoṣ ṭe padyam ā dade AVP.2.90.1c.
pad nāmāsi srutiḥ somasaraṇī somaṃ gameyam Apś.10.1.5.
padvad viveda śaphavan name goḥ RV.3.39.6b.
padvantaṃ garbham apadī dadhāte RV.1.185.2b; MS.4.14.7b: 224.11; TB.2.8.4.8b.
padvat sṛjata satyajñeyam AVP.3.9.1b.
padvatā patayiṣṇunā AVP.9.8.1b.
padvate svāhā TS.7.5.12.1. See pādavate.
pad vaste pururūpā vapūṃṣi RV.3.55.14a.
padyābhir āśuṃ vacasā ca vājinam RV.2.32.3c.
ajāyaikapade svāhā # TB.3.1.5.10.
atītapad yajñe yajñam # KS.5.1a; 32.1.
adhaspadaṃ śatravas te bhavantu # AVP.1.75.1b.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇutāṃ (AVś.7.34.1c, kṛṇuṣva; TS. kṛṇute) ye pṛtanyavaḥ # AVś.7.34.1c; 62.1d; VS.15.51d; TS.4.7.13.3d; MS.2.12.4d: 147.12; KS.18.18d; śB.8.6.3.20.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇuṣva durdharāyataḥ # AVP.2.72.5b.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇuṣva ye pṛtanyavaḥ # see prec. but one.
adhaspadaṃ tam īṃ kṛdhi # RV.10.133.4c; 134.2c; SV.2.442c; TS.1.6.12.4c; MS.4.12.3c: 183.13.
adhaspadaṃ dviṣatas pādayāmi # AVś.11.1.12d,21d.
adhaspadaṃ pṛtanyavaḥ # AVP.5.29.8c.
adhaspadā ic caidyasya kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.5.38c.
adhaspadād āmayataḥ # AVP.7.15.8a.
adhaspadān ma ud vadata # RV.10.166.5d. Cf. adhastād.
adhaspadena te padam # AVś.10.4.24c.
anupad asi # VS.15.8. Cf. anuroho.
anupadasyam annādyam āpnavāni # śś.4.8.6.
anupade tvā # VS.15.8. Cf. anurohāya.
apadagdhaṃ duḥṣvapnyam # AVP.7.7.9a.
apadagdhā arātayaḥ # AVP.7.7.9b.
apad asi na hi padyase # śB.14.8.15.10; BṛhU.5.15.10.
apade pādā pratidhātave 'kaḥ # RV.1.24.8c; VS.8.23c; TS.1.4.45.1c; MS.1.3.39c: 45.4; KS.4.13c; śB.4.4.5.5c.
apadyamānaḥ pṛthivyām # TA.4.3.2a; 5.3.6a; Apś.15.4.7a. See next, and avyathamānaḥ pṛthivyām.
apadyamānā pṛthivi # TS.4.1.6.3a; 5.1.7.3a; Apś.16.5.11a. See prec., and avyathamānā etc.
apāvapad bharatā somam asmai # RV.2.14.6d.
avapadyasva svapathāt # HG.2.3.3c.
aśvopadāna bhagavaḥ # AVP.11.3.8a.
aṣṭapad idam antarikṣam # TA.1.13.1b.
aṣṭāpadī caturakṣī # AVś.5.19.7a; AVP.9.18.10a.
aṣṭāpadī navapadī babhūvuṣī # RV.1.164.41c; AVś.9.10.21c; 13.1.42b; TB.2.4.6.11c; TA.1.9.4c; N.11.40c.
aṣṭāpadīṃ bhuvanānu prathantām # VS.8.30d; śB.4.5.2.12d. See ekapadī ... aṣṭāpadī.
irāpadī prathamā śataudanā # AVP.14.6.7a.
upadraṣṭre namaḥ # KS.26.12; GB.2.2.19 (bis); Vait.18.15; Apś.12.20.6; 20.1.17; Mś.9.2.1.10.
upadhvastāḥ sāvitrāḥ # VS.24.14; MS.3.13.12: 170.12; 3.13.13: 171.3; 3.13.15: 171.9; 3.13.16: 171.12; Apś.20.14.7.
ekapadī dvipadī tripadī catuṣpadī # śB.14.8.15.10; BṛhU.5.15.10.
ekapadī dvipadī tripadī catuṣpadī pañcapadī ṣaṭpadī saptapady aṣṭāpadī bhuvanānu prathatāṃ svāhā # TS.3.3.10.2. P: ekapadī dvipadī Apś.9.19.10. See ekapadīṃ, ekapādaṃ, and aṣṭāpadīṃ.
ekapadī dvipadī sā catuṣpadī # RV.1.164.41b; AVś.9.10.21b; 13.2.42a; TB.2.4.6.11b; TA.1.9.4b; N.11.40b.
ekapadīṃ dvipadīṃ tripadīṃ catuṣpadīm # VS.8.30c; śB.4.5.2.12c. See ekapadī ... pañcapadī etc. for this and the next pāda (VS.8.30cd); see also next but two.
aupadraṣṭāya (!) saṃgrahītāram # TB.3.4.1.7. See next.
aupadraṣṭryāyānukṣattāram # VS.30.13; VSK.34.13. See prec., and cf. under adhyakṣāyā-.
kṣipad aśastim apa durmatiṃ han # RV.10.182.1c--3c.
ghṛtapadī śakvarī somapṛṣṭhā # RVKh.9.86.1c; AVś.7.27.1c.
catuṣpadāṃ dvipadāṃ yac ca dhānyam # AVś.19.31.5b; AVP.10.5.5b.
catuṣpadām uta yo (TS. ca) dvipadām # AVś.2.34.1b; TS.3.1.4.2b. See next, and catuṣpāda uta.
catuṣpadām uta vā ye dvipādaḥ # AVP.3.32.2b; 5.22.4b. See under prec.
catuṣpadīm anv emi (AVś. aitad) vratena # RV.10.13.3b; AVś.18.3.40b.
catuṣpade ca paśave # RV.3.62.14b.
catuṣpade dvipade 'sya mṛḍa # AVś.11.2.28d.
catuṣpade naryāya dvipāde # RV.1.121.3d.
catuṣpado dvipada ā veśayeha # AVś.13.1.2d; AVP.7.6.10d; Kauś.43.13d.
padrām abhicakṣaṇam # AVP.1.90.2d. See next.
chinnabhinnopadhvastaḥ # GB.2.2.5a.
tavaivādhaspadaṃ carān # AVP.2.89.5b.
tripadād dhārayad devaḥ # TA.1.8.3c.
tripadā yā ca ṣaṭpadā (VS. yāś ca ṣaṭpadāḥ) # VS.23.34b; TS.5.2.11.1b; MS.3.12.21b: 167.5; KSA.10.5b.
tvatpādapadmaṃ hṛdi saṃ ni dhatsva # RVKh.5.87.26d.
drupadād iva muñcatām (TB. muñcatuḥ) # AVś.6.115.2d; TB.2.4.4.9d.
drupadād iva (MS.KSṭB.Apś.BDh. iven) mumucānaḥ # AVś.6.115.3a; VS.20.20a; MS.3.11.10a: 157.11; KS.38.5a; śB.12.9.2.7a; TB.2.4.4.9a; 6.6.3a; Apś.19.10.5; BDh.4.4.4. P: drupadād iva Vait.30.23; Kś.19.5.16. Designated as drupadā (sc. ṛk) ViDh.64.21; ParDh.11.20; BṛhPDh.2.55,135.
dvipadaṃ chanda indriyam (TB. ihendriyam) # VS.28.32e; TB.2.6.17.7e.
dvipadā chanda indriyam # VS.21.20c; MS.3.11.11c: 158.15; KS.38.10c. See dvipāc chanda.
dvipadā chandasendriyam # VS.28.43d; TB.2.6.20.5d.
dvipadā yā catuṣpadā (VS. yāś catuṣpadāḥ) # VS.23.34a; TS.5.2.11.1a; MS.3.12.21a: 167.5; KSA.10.5a.
dvipade me catuṣpade # AVP.15.21.2b.
dvipado naś catuṣpadaḥ # TB.3.3.11.2c; Apś.3.13.6c.
dvipado 'sya catuṣpadaḥ # AVP.5.22.8b. Cf. RV.10.121.3c.
nipadyata upa tvā martya pretam # AVś.18.3.1b; TA.6.1.3b.
nipadyamānāya svāhā # TS.7.1.19.2; KSA.1.10.
pūrvapadyam id āritha # AVP.3.16.6b.
pratipad asi pratipade tvā # VS.15.8.
prapad or prapada (formula) # see tapaś ca tejaś ca, and bhūḥ pra padye.
prāvīvipad vāca ūrmiṃ na sindhuḥ # RV.9.96.7a; SV.2.295a.
proṣṭhapadā nakṣatram # TS.4.4.10.3 (bis); MS.2.13.20 (bis): 166.7; KS.39.13.
proṣṭhapadāsa iti yān vadanti # TB.3.1.2.9b.
proṣṭhapadāso anuyanti sarve # TB.3.1.2.8d.
proṣṭhapadāso abhirakṣanti sarve # TB.3.1.2.9d.
proṣṭhapadāso amṛtasya gopāḥ # TB.3.1.2.8d.
proṣṭhapadebhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.1.5.10,11.
balāyopadām # VS.30.9; TB.3.4.1.4.
brahmaṇāpīpadāma tam # AVś.10.5.42d; AVP.1.63.2b.
brahmopadraṣṭā sukṛtasya sākṣāt # Kauś.97.8c.
yajñapadīrākṣīrā # AVś.10.10.6a.
yugapad agnīn prajvālayata # AG.4.4.1.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"pad" has 351 results
agnipadādigaṇaa class of words headed by the word अग्निपद to which the taddhita affix. affix अण् is added in the senses of 'given there' or 'done there' e. g. अग्निपदम्. confer, compare अण्प्रकरणे अग्निपदादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् P. V.1.97 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
anudāttopadeśa(a root)pronounced originally i. c. pronounced in the Dhātupāṭha with a grave accent; see the word अनुदात्त a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.: confer, compare अनुदात्तोपदेशवनतितनोत्यादीनामनुनासिकलोपो झलि ङ्किति P. VI.4.37. See also the word अनिट् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anupapadyamānāimpossibility of being explained; confer, compare तत्र सिद्धायां अनुपपद्यमानायां इतरथा उपपादयिषेत्, Nir II.2.
anyapadārthaanother sense, sense different from what has been expressed by the wording given; confer, compare अनेकमन्यपदार्थे P.II.2.24; also अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
asvapadavigrahaa term used for those compounds, the dissolution of which cannot be shown by the members of the compound: e. g. सुमुखी; confer, compare भवति वै कश्चिदस्वपदविग्रहोपि बहुव्रीहिः । तद्यथा । शोभनं मुखमस्याः सुमुखीति । M.Bh. on V.4.5.
ācāryasaṃpadnecessary qualification to teach the Veda with all its pāṭhas having the necessary knowledge of accents, matrās and the like. confer, compare पदक्रमविभागज्ञो वर्णक्रमविचक्षणः स्वरमात्राविशेषज्ञो गच्छेदाचार्यसंपदम् R. Prāt.I.8.
ātmanepadaa technical term for the affixes called तड् (त, आताम् et cetera, and others) and the affix अान ( शानच् , चानश्, कानच् ), called so possibly because, the fruit of the activity is such as generally goes to the agent (आत्मने) when these affixes are usedition Contrast this term (Ātmanepada) with the term Parasmaipada when the fruit is meant for another. For an explanation of the terms see P. VI.3.7 and 8.
aātmanepadina root which always takes the Ātmanepada affixes. (See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.).
aānpadword ending with अान् which has the consonant dropped and the preceding आ nasalized; e. g. सर्गा इव सृजतम् Ṛk.Saṁ. VIII. 35. 20, महा इन्द्रः Ṛk Saṁ VI.19.1; confer, compare दीर्घादटि समानपादे, अातोऽटि नित्यम् P. VIII.3.9, VIII.3.3; confer, compare also हन्त देवो इति चैता अान्-पदाः पदवृत्तयः R.Pr.IV.26,27.
āpadevason of अनन्तदेव, the author of Sphoṭanirūpaṇa (17th cent. A.D.).
ikpadopasthitithe presence of the word इक् (vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ) in a rule, where the operations गुण and वृद्धि are prescribed by putting the words गुण and वृद्धि; exempli gratia, for example सिचि वृद्धिः परस्मैपदेषु P.VII.2.1; confer, compare इको गुणवृद्वी P.I.1.3.
uktipadaउक्तिपदानि a short anonymous treatise on case-relations, compounds et cetera, and others written mostly in Gujarati.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uttarapadathe latter member or portion of a compound word as contrasted with पूर्वपद; confer, compare पतिरुत्तरपदमाद्युदात्तम् Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II. 3. 11; cf also अलुगुत्तरपदे P. VI. 3.1.
utpadto be produced, to be placed after to be annexed; (causal) to produce, to get annexed, to add; confer, compare धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति Āpiśali's Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). quoted in M; Bh. on P.IV.2.45.
udupadhatvapossession of short उ as the penultimate letter, e. g. इदुदुपधस्य चाप्रत्ययस्य P.VII.3.41.
udgrāhapadavṛttiname given in the Rk. Prātiśākhya to the Udgrāhasaṁdhi where the vowel अ is followed by a long vowel; e.g, कः ईषते =क ईषते R.Pr.II.10.
upadeśainstruction; original enunciation; first or original precepts or teaching; confer, compare उपदेश आद्योच्चारणम् S. K. on T the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2. confer, compare वर्णानामुपदेशः कर्तव्यः; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. I. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. For difference between उपदेश and उद्देश see उद्देश; confer, compare also उपदिश्यतेनेनेत्युपदेशः । शास्त्रवाक्यानि, सूत्रपाठः खिलपाठश्च Kāśikā on P. I.3.2; confer, compare also Vyāḍi. Pari. 5; (2) employment (of a word) for others confer, compare उपेदश: परार्थः प्रयोगः । स्वयमेव तु बुद्धया यदा प्ररमृशति तदा नास्त्युपदेशः Kāś. on अदोनुपदेशे P.I.4.70.
upadeśinsuch a word as is found in the original instruction.
upadeśivadbhāvaoccurrence in the original statement before the application of any affixes et cetera, and others, confer, compare एवमप्युपदेशिवद्भावो वक्तव्यः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.56, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 23.
upadeśivadvacanastatement to the effect that a word should be looked upon as occurring in the original instruction although it is not there. See उपदेश.confer, compare नुम्विधावुपदेशिवद्वचनं प्रत्ययविध्यर्थम् P. VII.1.58. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
upadrutaname of a saṁdhi which is described as उद्ग्राहवत् in R.Pr: e. g. न ऋते. See उद्ग्राह.
upadpenultimate letter, as defined in the rule अलोन्त्यात्पूर्वं उपघा P. I. 1.65, exempli gratia, for example see ह्रस्वोपध, दीर्घोपध, लघूपध, अकारोपध et cetera, and others; literally उपधीयते निधीयते सा that which is placed near the last letter.
upadhālopina word or a noun which has got the penultimate letter omitted; confer, compare अन उपधालेपिनोन्यतरस्याम् P. IV. 1. 28.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upapadaliterallya word placed near; an adjoining word. In Pāṇini's grammar, the term उपपद is applied to such words as are put in the locative case by Pāṇini in his rules prescribing kṛt affixes in rules from 1 II. 1, 90 to III. 4 end; confer, compare तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम् P.III.1.92; exempli gratia, for example कर्मणि in कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1. The word is also used in the sense of an adjoining word connected in sense. e. g. युष्मद्युपपदे as also प्रहासे च मन्योपपदे P.I.4.105,106; confer, compare also क्रियार्थायां क्रियायामुपपदे धातोर्भविष्यति काले तुमुन्ण्वुलौ भवतः Kāś. on P.III.3.10; confer, compare also इतरेतरान्योन्योपपदाच्च P.I.3.10, मिथ्योपपदात् कृञोभ्यासे P.I.3.71, as also उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; and गतिकारकोपपदात्कृत् P. VI.2.139. Kaiyaṭa on P.III.1. 92 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 explains the word उपपद as उपोच्चारि or उपोच्चारितं पदं उपपदम्. The word उपपद is found used in the Prātiśākhya literature where it means a word standing near and effecting some change: confer, compare च वा ह अह एव एतानि चप्रभृतीनि यान्युपपदानि उक्तानि आख्यातस्य विकारीणिo Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 23.
upapadavidhia grammatical operation caused by a word which is near; cf उपपदविधौ भयाढ्यादिग्रहणं P. I.1.72 Vārt 9, also अतिप्रसङ्ग उपपदविधौ P. IV 1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8 where rules such as 'कर्मण्यण्' and the following are referred to as उपपदविधि, the words कर्मणि, स्तम्ब, कर्ण, et cetera, and others being called उपपद by the rule तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम्; P. III.1.92.
upapadavibhaktia case termination added to a word on account of the presence of another word requiring the addition;confer, compare the well-known Paribhāṣā,उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 94; and M.Bh. on I.4. 96 stating the possession of greater force in the case of a kāra-kavibhakti than in the case of an upapadavibhakti.
upapadasamāsathe compound of a word, technically termed as उपपद by Pāṇini according to his definition of the word in III.1.92., with another word which is a verbal derivative; confer, compare कुम्भकारः, नगरकारः Here technically the compound of the words कुम्भ, नगर et cetera, and others which are upapadas is formed with कार,before a case-termination is added to the nominal base कार; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 75.
ubhayapada(1)double voice--the Parasmaipada as well as the Ātmanepada; (2) both the words or members (in a compound); confer, compare उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāś on P.I.2.57.
ubhayapadina root conjugated in both the Padas; a root to which both, the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada terminations are affixed; exempli gratia, for example roots वृ, भी, मुच् et cetera, and others
ekapadamade up of one word; consisting of one word; confer, compare अथवा सन्त्येकपदान्यप्यवधारणानि । यथा अब्भक्षो वायुभक्षः । अप एव भक्षयति वायुमव भक्षयति । M.Bh. first Āhnika; (2) a continuous word paraphrased as अखण्डपद and समानपद by commentators; confer, compare तेनानन्तरा षष्ठयेकपदवत् V.Pr.II. 18: (3) every individual word: confer, compare बहुक्रमे क्रमेत तस्यैकपदानि नि:सृजन् R.Pr.XI.18.
ekapadāmade up of a single word; confer, compare भवति चैतदकस्मिन्नपि एकवर्ण पदम् एकपदा ऋक् एकर्चं सूक्तमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) made up of one foot ( चरण or पाद ); confer, compare एक एकपदैतेषां (R.Pr.XVII.24) explained by the commentator as तेषां चतुर्णां पादानामष्टाक्षरादीनां एकः पादः यस्याः सा एकपदा ऋक् इत्युच्यते ।
aikapadikagiven in the group of ekapadas or solitarily stated words as contrasted with anekapadas or synonymanuscript. See एकपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aikapadyatreatment as one single word especially found in the case of compound words (सामासिकपद) which, as a result of such treatment, have only one accent (acute) and one case affix after the whole word; confer, compare अयं खल्वपि बहुव्रीहिरस्त्येव प्राथमकल्पिकः । यस्मिन्नैकपद्यमैकस्व र्यमेकविभक्तित्वं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.29. See एकपद.
auṇādikapadārṇavaa collection of words called औणादिक; a name given to his work by पेदुभदृ of the 18th century.
auttarapadikapertaining to the ulterior member of a compound confer, compare औत्तरपदिके ह्रस्वत्व (P.VI.3.61) कृते तुक् प्राप्नोति M.Bh. on I.1.62.
aaupadeśikamentioned in the original statement; confer, compare अन्तग्रहणं औपदेशिकांर्थम् । Kāś. on ष्णान्ता षट् P.I.1.24, confer, compare also औपदेशिकप्रायोगिकयोरौपदेशिकस्यैव ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 120.
ᳶ upadhmānīyaliterally blowing; a term applied to the visarga when followed by the consonant प् or फ्. The upadhmānīya is looked upon as a letter or phonetic element, which is always connected with the preceding vowel. As the upadhmānīya is an optional substitute for the visarga before the letter प् or फ्, when, in writing, it is to be shown instead of the visarga, it is shown as ᳶ, or as w , or even as x just as the Jihvāmūlīya; confer, compare उपध्मायते शब्दायते इति, उप समीपे ध्मायते शब्द्यते इति वा commentary on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I:; : confer, compare also कपाभ्यां प्रागर्धविसर्गसदृशो जिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयौः:S.K.on P.VIII.2.1.
karmāpadiṣṭaoperations prescribed specifically for objects i. e. prescribed in the case of objects which are described to be functioning as the subject to show facility of the verbal action: e. g. the vikaraṇa यक् or the affix च्णि; confer, compare कर्मापदिष्टाविधय: कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा भवन्ति । कर्तृस्थभावकाश्च दीपादयः M.Bh.on I.1.44.
kavikalpadrumaa treatise on roots written by Bopadeva, the son of Keśava and the pupil of Dhaneśa who lived in the time of Hemādri, the Yādava King of Devagiri in the thirteenth century. He has written a short grammar work named Mugdhabodha which has been very popular in Bengal being studied in many Tols or Pāṭhaśālās.
kavikalpadrumaṭīkāa commentary on the Kavikalpadruma, written by the author ( बोपदेव ) himselfeminine. It is known by the name Kāvyakāmadhenu; (2) a commentary on Kavikalpadruma by Rāmatarkavāgīśa.
kumbhapadyādia class of words headed by कुम्भपदी in which the word पाद at the end of the compound is changed into पाद् and further changed into पद् before the feminine affix ई; exempli gratia, for example कुम्भपदी, शतपदी, द्रुपदी, पञ्चपदी et cetera, and others; cf Kāś. on P. V.4.138, 139.
galatpadathe word occurs in the Prātiśākhya works in connection with the definition of संक्रम, in the kramapātha. The word संक्रम means bringing together two words when they are combined according to rules of Samdhi. (See the word संक्रम). In the Kramapātha, where each word occurs twice by repetition, a word occurring twice in a hymn or a sentence is not to be repeated for Kramapātha, but it is to be passed over. The word which is passed over in the Kramapātha is called गलत्पद; e. g. दिशां च पतये नमो नमो वृक्षेभ्यो हरिकेशेभ्यः पशूनां पतये नमो नमः सस्पिञ्जराय त्विषीमतॆ पथीनां पतये नमः । In the Kramapātha पतये नमः and नमः are passed over and पशूनां is to be connected with सस्पिञ्जराय. The words पतये नमः and नमः are called galatpada; confer, compare गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 197. There is no गलत्पद in पदपाठ.
gīrvāṇapadamañjarīa grammatical work written by वरदराज, pupil of Bhattoji Diksita in the 17th century who wrote many works on grammar such as मध्यकौमुदी, लघुकौमुदी et cetera, and others
caṃrcāpadacomponent words of a running text or of a compound word.
cāndravyākaraṇapaddhatiname of a conmentary on the चान्द्रव्याकरण written by अानन्ददत्त.
jātipadārthavādasee जातिपक्ष.
ṇopadeśaa root mentioned in the Dhatupatha by Panini as beginning with ण् which subsequently is changed to न् ( by P. VI. 1.65) in all the forms derived from the root; e. g. the roots णम, णी and others. In the case of these roots the initial न् is again changed into ण् after a prefix like प्र or परा having the letter र् in it and having a vowel or a consonant of the guttural or labial class intervening between the letter र् and the letter न्; e. g. प्रणमति, प्रणयकः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.14.
tolappadīkṣitaa southern grammarian who has written a gloss called प्रकाश on the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita.
tripadamade up of a collection of three padas or words; the word is used in connection with a Rk or a portion of the kramapatha: confer, compare यथॊक्तं पुनरुक्तं त्रिपदप्रभृति T.Pr.I.61. The word is found used in connection with a bahuvrihi compound made up of three words; confer, compare the term त्रिपदबहुव्रीहि.
dravyapadārthikaa grammarian who maintains that 'dravya' or 'individual object' is the sense of words; confer, compare न ह्याकृतिपदार्थिकस्य द्रव्ये न पदार्थो, द्रव्यपदार्थिकस्य वाकृतिर्न पदार्थः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.64 Vart. 53. See द्रव्य.
dvaipadgroup of two words; an expression consisting of two words; cf प्र वोचं नः सुमना द्वैपदाश्च Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VIII. 2. 10; X. 3; XI. 37 et cetera, and others
dhātūpadeśaenumeration or recital of roots in the Dhatupatha;confer, compare प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयश्वोपदिष्टः। क्व । धातूपदेशे प्रातिपदिकोपदेशे च । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1 1.
nānāpadadifferent words as opposed to समानपद or a single word; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 80; T.Pr. XXIV. 3, XX. 3.
nirūḍhopadhaa word, the penultimate vowel in which is picked up and taken back, as for instance the penultimate अ of हन् in the word अंहस् confer, compare अंहतिश्च अंहश्च अंहुश्च हन्तेर्निरूढोपधाद्विपरीतात् Nirukta of Yāska.IV. 25.
pañcapadīa term used in the AtharvaPrātiśākhya for the strong case affixes viz. the nominative case affixes and the accusative singular. and dual affixes; confer, compare चत्वारि क्षैप्रञ्च पञ्चपद्यामन्तोदात्तादीनि यात् Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. I. 3.14. The term corresponds to the Sarvanāmasthāna of Pāņini, which is also termed सुट् ; confer, compare सुडनपुंसकस्य P. I. 1.43.
pañcālapadavṛttithe usage or the method of the Pañcālas; the eastern method of euphonic combinations, viz. the retention of the vowel अ after the preceding vowel ओ which is substituted for the Visarga; e. g. यो अस्मै; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 12; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19. This vowel अ which is retained, is pronounced like a short ओ or अर्धओकार by the followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāņāyaniya branches of the Sāmavedins; confer, compare commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padacandrikāa grammar work on the nature of words written by कृष्णशेष of the sixteenth century.
padapakṣathe same as पदसंस्कारपक्ष. See पदसंस्कारपक्ष.
padapāṭhathe recital of the Veda text pronouncing or showing each word separately as detached from the adjoining word. It is believed that the Veda texts were recited originally as running texts by the inspired sages, and as such, they were preserved by people by oral tradition. Later on after several centuries, their individually distinct words were shown by grammarians who were called Padakāras. The पदपाठ later on had many modifications or artificial recitations such as क्रम, जटा, घन et cetera, and others in which each word was repeated twice or more times, being uttered connectedly with the preceding or the following word, or with both. These artificial recitations were of eight kinds, which came to be known by the term अष्टविकृतयः.
padaprakṛtia term used in connection with the Samhitā text or संहितापाठ which is believed to have been based upon words ( पदानि प्रकृति: यस्याः सा ) or which forms the basis of words or word-text or the padapātha (पदानां प्रकृतिः); cf पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17.
padaprabhedalit, divisions of words: parts of speech. There are four parts of speech viz.नामन् , आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात given by ancient grammarians and the authors of the Prātiśākhya works, while there are given only two, सुबन्त and तिङन्त by Pāņini. For details see pp. 145, 146 Vol. VII. Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
padamañjarīthe learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
padavidhian operation prescribed in connection with words ending with case or verbal affixes and not in connection with noun-bases or root-bases or with single letters or syllables. पदविधि is in this way contrasted with अङ्गविधि ( including प्रातिपदिकविधि and धातुविधि ), वर्णविधि and अक्षरविधि, Such Padavidhis are given in Pāņini's grammar in Adhyāya2, Pādas l and 2 as also in VI.1.158, and in VIII. 1.16 to VIII.3.54 and include rules in connection with compounds, accents and euphonic combinations. When, however, an operation is prescribed for two or more padas, it is necessary that the two padas or words must be syntactically connectible; confer, compare समर्थः पदविधिः P. II.1.1.
padavirāmapause between two words measuring two mātrās, or equal to the time required for the utterance of a long vowel; e. g. in इषे त्वोर्जे त्वा, the pause between इषे and त्वा is measured by two mātrās; confer, compare पदविरामो द्विमात्रः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.13.Some Prātiśākhya texts declare that the pause between two words is of one mātra as at avagraha; confer, compare R Pr. II.1 and Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 35-38.
padavyavasthāsūtrakārikāa metrical work on the determination of the pada or padas of the roots attributed to Vimalakīrti.
padavyavasthāsūtrakārikāṭīkāa short gloss on the पदव्यवस्थासूत्रकारिका written by Udayakīrti, a Jain grammarian
padasaṃskārapakṣaan alternative view with वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष regarding the formation of words by the application of affixes to crude bases. According to the Padasamskāra alternative, every word is formed independently, and after formation the words are syntactically connected and used in a sentence. The sense of the sentence too, is understood after the sense of every word has been understood; confer, compare सुविचार्य पदस्यार्थं वाक्यं गृह्णन्ति सूरयः Sira. on Pari. 22. According to the other alternative viz. वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष, a whole sentence is brought before the mind and then the constituent individual words are formed exempli gratia, for example राम +सु, गम् + अ + ति । Both the views have got some advantages and some defects; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
padasphoṭaexpression of the sense by the whole word without any consideration shown to its division into a base and an affix. For instance, the word रामेण means 'by Rama' irrespective of any consideration whether न is the affix or इन is the affix which could be any of the two, or even one, different from the two; confer, compare उपायाः शिक्षमाणानां वालानामपलापनाः Vākyapadīya II.240.
padādi(1)beginning of a word, the first letter of a word; confer, compare सात्पदाद्योः P. VIII.3.111; confer, compare also स्वरितो वानुदात्ते पदादौ P. VIII.2.6. Patañjali, for the sake of argument has only once explained पदादि as पदादादिः confer, compare M.Bh.on I. 1. 63 Vāŗt. 6; (2) a class of words headed by the word पद् which is substituted for पद in all cases except the nominative case. and the acc. singular and dual; this class, called पदादि, contains the substitutes पद् , दत्, नस् et cetera, and others respectively for पाद दन्त, नासिका et cetera, and others confer, compare Kās on P. VI. 1.63; (3) the words in the class, called पदादि, constiting of the words पद्, दत्, नस्, मस् हृत् and निश् only, which have the case affix after them accented acute; confer, compare P. VI. 1.171.
padādividhia grammatical operation specifically prescribed for the initial letter of a word.
padādhikārathe topic concerning padas id est, that is words which are regularly formed, as contrasted with words in formation. Several grammatical operations, such as accents or euphonic combinations, are specifically prescribed together by Pāņini at places which are said to be in the Padādhikāra formed by sūtras VIII.1.16 to VIII.3.54.
padāntainal letter of a word; confer, compare P. VI.1.76, 109; VII.3.3, 9; VIII. 4.35,37, 42, 59. At one place, Patañjali for purposes of argument has explained the word as final in a word; confer, compareनैवं विज्ञायते पदस्यान्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति । कथं तर्हि । पदे अन्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII. 4.35.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
padmanābhaa grammarian who wrote a treatise on grammar known as the Supadma Vyākaraņa. He is believed to have been an inhabitant of Bengal who lived in the fourteenth century A. D. Some say that he was a resident of Mithilā.
padyaforming a part of a word or pada; confer, compare उपोत्तमं नानुदात्तं न पद्यम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; confer, compare also पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30. The word is used in this sense ( पदावयव ) mostly in the Prātiśākhya works. The word is used in the sense of पादसंपन्न, made up of the feet (of verses), in the Rk Prātiśākhya in contrast with अक्षर्य, made up of syllables. In this sense the word is derived from the word पाद; confer, compare पद्याक्षर्ये स उत्थितः R. Pr, XVIII. 3.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
pūrvapadaanterior member, the first out of the two members of a compound, as contrasted with the next member which is उत्तरपद; confer, compare पूर्वपदोत्तरपदयोरेकोदशः पूर्वपदत्यान्तवद्भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.1.85 Vart. 4.
pūrvapadaprakṛtisvararetention of the original acute accent of the first member in a compound as is generally noticed in the bahuvrihi compound and in special cases in other compounds; cf बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम् and the following rules P. WI. 2.1 to 63.
pūrvapadārthaprādhānyaimportance in sense possessed by the first member of a compound as noticed generally in the case of the avyayibhava com pound, which hence is defined as पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः M.Bh on P.I I. I.6, II.1.20, II. 1.49.
pragṛhītapadāa description of the Samhhita text of the Veda in which a pragrhya vowel preceding another vowel is held up ( प्रगृह्य ) id est, that is kept as it is, without any euphonic combination; confer, compare सहोदयास्ताः प्रग्रहीतपदाः सर्वत्रैव त्र्यक्षरान्तास्तु नैव Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 27.
pratipadapāṭha(1)recital ofeach and every word; (2) enumeration of every word; confer, compare किं शब्दानां प्रतिपत्तौ प्रतिपदपाठः कर्तव्यः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahn. 1.
pratipadavidhānaexpress statement by a definite wording; confer, compare एवं तर्हि उभयमनेन क्रियते अपवादविषये चानिवृत्तिः उत्सर्गविषये च प्रतिपदविधानम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III 3. 12. Vart.l: confer, compare also प्रतिपदविधाना च षष्ठी न समस्येत । का पुनः षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना का कृद्योगा । सर्वा षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना शेषलक्षणां वर्जयित्वा । क्रतृकर्मणोः कृति इति या षष्ठी सा कृद्योगा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.8 and II.2.10.
pratipadavidhian injunction or operation stating expressly the word or words for which it is meant; confer, compare यं विधिं प्रति उपदेशोनर्थकः स विधिर्बाध्यते । दत्वं प्रति नुमः प्रतिपदविधिरनर्थकः, रोः पुनर्निमित्तमेव. M.Bh. on P. VIII. 2.72.
pratipadoktaexpressly stated as opposed to implied or suggested; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम्,. Par. Sek.Pari.105: confer, compare also विशेषेण प्रतिपादितं प्रतिपदोक्तं Puru. Pari. 3.
prācyapadavṛttisuccession of two vowels where the former vowel, which is either ए, or ओ remains without coalescence with the following vowel अ, even though by rules it is liable to be changed; exempli gratia, for exampleसुजाते अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् । In such cases the vowel अ is pronounced like ए. This view is held by the senior Sakalya (स्थविरशाकल्य); confer, compare प्राच्यपञ्चाल-उपधानिभोदयाः शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः, R.Pr. II.44; confer, compare also स पूर्वस्यार्धसदृशमेकेषाम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI.19 and the commentaries thereon; confer, compare also छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीया अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते । सुजाते ए अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो ओ अद्रिभिः सुतम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 as also on P.I.1.48.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikakāryacorresponding to अङ्गकार्य in the case of the declinables, which the Sutrakara mentions specifically with respect to the noun-base.
prātipadikagrahaṇaexpress mention by wording of a noun-base as in दित्यदित्यादित्य , सुधातुरकङ् च et cetera, and others, and not by description as अदन्त in अत इञ् (P.IV.1.95) or in a group of words ( गण ) ; confer, compare प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. 71, which recommends the feminine form of the base for an operation, provided the base is specifically expressed and not merely describedition e. g युवतिः खलतिः युवखलतिः, चटकस्यापत्यं चाटकैरः, वह्नीनां पूरणी बहुतिथी et cetera, and others
prātipadikasvarathe general accent of the Pratipadika viz. the acute ( उदात्त ) for the last vowel as given by the Phit sutra फिषः ( प्रातिपदिकस्य ) अन्त उदात्तः; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकस्वरस्यावकाशः । अाम्रः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.91 Vart. 7.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
bopadevaa great Sanskrit scholar and grammarian belonging to Devagiri in the greater Maharastra who was supported by Hemadri of Devagiri. He resided at सार्थग्राम on the river Varada in the first half of the thirteenth century. He wrote a short treatise on Sanskrit Grammar, which has a number of peculiar abbreviations for the usual well-known grammatical termanuscript. His grammar had a wide spread in Bengal and it is today a very common text on Grammar Bengal. On this account some scholars believe that he lived in Bengal. He was the son of Kesava and pupil of Dhanesa. He is also the author, of the well-known work कविकल्पद्रुम on which he has written a commentary named कामधेनु or काव्यकामधेनु.
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yugapadadhikaraṇavivakṣādesire to express two or more senses simultaneously (by one word) ; confer, compare सर्वाणि द्वन्द्व बह्वर्थानि। युगपदधिकरणविवक्षायां द्वन्द्वो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.4.62. See युगपदधिकरणवचनता.
yugapadvacanatāexpression of the senses of two words together by one word confer, compare बिग्रहे खल्वपि युगपद्वचनता दृश्यते । द्यावा ह क्षामा | द्यावा चिदस्मै पृथिवी नमेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.29 Vart 6.
yaugapadyasimultaneity of occurrence; simultaneous possibility of the application of two rules which evidently cannot apply simultaneously, but scope has to be given to one of the two, the priority being decided on the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व;confer, compare न चास्ति यौगपदद्येन संभव: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.57; cf also M.Bh. on I. 4.1 , I. 4.2, II. 1.3 et cetera, and others
lakṣaṇapratipadoktaa short term used for the well-known Paribhāşā लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. I05, laying down that when a question arises as to which of the two words लक्षणोक्त (arrived at by certain changes or modifications) and प्रतिपदोक्त, (directly expressed) be accepted, the latter should be preferredition
vākyapadīname of a work on the denotation of words in verse-form with a comentary of his own written by a grammarian named गङ्गादास. The name वाक्यपदी is confounded with वाक्यपदीय of Bhartrhari through mistake.
vākyapadīyaa celebrated work on meanings of words and sentences written by the famous grammarian Bhartrhari ( called also Hari ) of the seventh century. The work is looked upon as a final authority regarding the grammatical treatment of words and sentences,for their interpretation and often quoted by later grammarians. It consists of three chapters the Padakanda or Brahmakanda, the Vakyakanda and the Samkirnakanda, and has got an excellent commentary written by Punyaraja and Helaraja.
vākyapadīyaṭīkāname of a commentary on Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya written by Punyaraja on the first and the second Kanda. Some scholars hold the view that the commentary on the first knda was written by Bhartrhari himselfeminine.
vākyapadīyaprakīrṇaprakāśaname given to the commentary on the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya by Helaraja.
viṣamapadavyākhyāor विषमी (1) a critical commentary on Nāgeśa's Laghuśabdenduśekhara written by Rāghavendrācārya Gajendragadkar of Satara who lived in the first half of the nineteenth century and who has also written a gloss named त्रिपथगा on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Cidrūpāśraya: (3) name of a commentary on Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyaktipadārthavādathe same as द्रव्यपदार्थवाद; the view that a word denotes the individual object and not the generic nature. The oldest grammarian referred to as holding this view, is व्याडि who preceded Patanjali.
vyapadeśa(1)special designation or representation; confer, compare अाकृतिर्व्यपदेशानां प्राय आदित अादित: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII. 4: ( 2 ) main designation; confer, compare निमित्तसद्भावाद्विशिष्टोपदेश: व्यपदेश: मुख्यो व्यवहारः Par. Sek. Pari. 30; confer, compare also यो द्वयेा: षष्ठीनिर्दिष्टयॊ: प्रसङ्गे भवति, लभतेसौ अन्यतरतो व्यपदेशम् । M.Bh.on P.I.1.51 Vart. 7.
vyapadeśivadbhāvatreatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,
vyapadeśivadvacanastatement of Vyapadesivadbhava : confer, compare तत्र व्यपदेशिवद्वचनम् -एकाचो द्वे प्रथमार्थं षत्वे चादेशसंप्रत्ययार्थम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.59 Vart. 7.
śabdopadeśascientific and authoritative citation or statement of a word as contrasted with अपशब्दोपदेशः; confer, compare किं शब्दोपदेश: कर्तव्यः आहोस्विदपशब्दोपदेशः आहोस्विदुभयोपदेश इति ।Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika l. शमादि a class of eight roots headed by शम् which get their vowel lengthened before the conjugational sign य (श्यन्) as also before the krt. affix इन् ( घिनुण् ) in the sense of 'habituated to': exempli gratia, for example शाम्यति, शमी, भ्राम्यति, भ्रमी et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.VII.3.74 and P. III.2.141.
saṃpadyakartṛthe agent of the activity or of the event which is to take place: cf अभूततद्भावे संपद्यकर्तरि च्विः । संपद्यते: कर्ता संपद्यकती Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 4.50.
sarvapadādeśaa substitute for the entire word and not for a part of it. This doctrine of सर्वपदादेशं everywhere is advocated by grammarians in consonance with their doctrine of शब्दनित्यत्व; confer, compare सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः | एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते ॥ M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 20, VII.;.27.
sarvaprātipadikaany noun-base irrespective of any discrimination; confer, compare अपर अाह सर्वप्रातिपादेकेभ्य आचारे किब्वक्तव्योश्वति गर्दभतीत्येवमर्थम् M.Bh. on P. III. 1.11 Vart, 3.
supadmavyākaraṇaan independent work on grammar written by a scholar of grammar named पद्मनाभ, who fourished in Mithila in the fifteenth century A. D.
supadmavyākaraṇaṭīkāa commentary written by a scholar of grammar named विष्णुमिश्र on the Supadmavyakarana, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
supadmasamāsasaṃgrahaa treatise written by a grammarian named रूपनारायण, on the सुपद्मव्याकरण, which see below.
supadmasamāsasaṃgrahaṭīkāa commentary by a grammarian named विष्णुमिश्र, on the सुपद्मसमाससंग्रह which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svatantrapadopasthitipakṣaan alternative view regarding the explanation of the rule 'इको गुणवृद्धी' P. I. 1. 3 by taking an additional word गुणवृद्धी supplied in the sutra. For full explanation see Sabdakaustubha on P. I. 1. 3.
svapadārthameaning of one's own, as possessed by a word. In many compounds especially in the Bahuvrihi compounds the meaning expressed by the compound word is quite different from the one expressed by the constituent words; confer, compare स्वपदार्थे कर्मधारयः | अन्यपदार्थे बहुव्रीहिः | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1. 69.
haṃstapadāname given to a kind of svarabhakti,when the consonant. र, followed by ष्, is read as र + ष्+ ह् इकार See ह् as also ह.
aḥ( : )visarga called visarjanīya in ancient works and shown in writing by two dots, one below the other, exactly of the same size, like the pair of breasts of a maiden as jocularly larly expressed by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. confer, compare अः ( : ) इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः । कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसजर्नीयसंज्ञो भवति ( दुर्गसिंह on कातन्त्र I.1.16). विसर्ग is always a dependent letter included among the Ayogavāha letters and it is looked upon as a vowel when it forms a part of the preceding vowel; while it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into the Jihvāmūlīya or the Upadhmānīya letter.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akṣarapaṅktiname given to the dvipada virāj verses divided into padās of five syllables. cf विराजो द्विपदाः केचित् सर्वा आहुश्चतुष्पदाः । कृत्वा पञ्चाक्षरान्पादांस्तास्तथाSक्षरपङ्क्तयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII. 50.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agrathe original Samhita text as opposed to pratṛṇna ( प्रतृण्ण ) or padapāṭha, (पदपाठ) which is the recital of separate words.
at(1)tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar for short अ, cf तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70; अदेङ् गुणः P.I.1.2; (2) personal ending अ for इ ( इट् ) of the Ist person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada in the Potential, P III. 4. 106; (3) caseaffix in the case of युष्मद् and अस्मद् for ablative case. singular. and plural P.VII. 1.31,32: (4) tad-affix अत् (अ) prescribed after किम् in the sense of the locative case case before which किम् is changed to कु, क्व being the taddhita affix. formation; confer, compare P. V.3.12 and VII.2.105:(5) substitute अत्(शतृ) for लट् forming the present and future participles in the Parasmaipada. active voice confer, compare लटः शतृशानचौ. P.III. 2.124 and लृटः सद्वा P. III.3.14.
ataṅnon-Ātmanepadin verbal affixes ति, तः...मस्, P. III.4.78, Cān. I.4.11, Śāk. 1.4.101.
aniṅgyanot separable into two padas or words by means of avagraha; confer, compare संध्य ऊष्माप्यनिङ्ग्ये: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) V.41; confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX.25, XIII.30. See इङ्ग्य below.
anudāttetliterally one whose mute significatory letter is uttered with a grave accent: a term applied to a root characterized by an indicatory mute vowel accented grave, the chief feature of such a root being that it takes only the Ātmanepada affixes c. g. आस्ते, वस्ते, et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; such a root, in forming a derivative word in the sense of habit, takes the affix युच् e. g. वर्त्तनः, वर्धन: et cetera, and others provided the root begins with a consonant; confer, compare अनुदात्तेतश्र हलादेः P. III.2.149.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
ardhavisargaa term used for the Jihvāmūliya and Upadhmāniya into which a visarga is changed when followed by the letters क्, ख, and the letters प्, फ् respectively.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
ākusmīyaa group of 43 roots of the चुरादि class of roots beginning with the root चित् and ending with कुस्म् which are Ātmanepadin only.
āgamaaugment, accrement, a word element which is added to the primitive or basic word during the process of the formation of a complete word or pada. The āgama is an adventitious word element and hence differs from ādeśa, the substitute which wholly takes the place of the original or ( आदेशिन् ). Out of the several āgamas mentioned by Pāṇini, those that are marked with mute ट् are prefixed, those, marked with क्, are affixed, while those, marked with म्, are placed immediately after the last vowel of the word. The augments become a part and parcel of the word to which they are added, and the characteristics of which they possess;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते, also आगमानां आगमिधर्मिवैशिष्ट्यम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.11. Those grammarians, who hold the view that words are unproduced and eternal, explain the addition of an augment as only the substitution of a word with an augment in the place of a word without an augment; confer, compare आदेशास्तर्हिमे भविष्यन्ति अनागमकानां सागमकाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20; I.1.46. The term āgama is defined as अन्यत्र विद्यमानस्तु यो वर्णः श्रुयतेधिकः । आगम्यमानतुल्यत्वात्स आगम इति स्मृतः Com. on Tait. Prāt.I. 23.
āgarvīyaa class of roots forming a subdivision of the Curādigaṇa or the tenth conjugation beginning with पद् and ending with गर्व् which are only ātmanepadin; exempli gratia, for example पदयते, मृगयते, अर्थयते, गर्वयते.
ācārakvipdenominative case. affix क्विप् applied to any prātipadika or noun in the sense of behaviour: confer, compare सर्वप्रातिपदिकेभ्य आचारे क्विब् वक्तव्यः अश्वति गर्दभति इत्येवमर्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.11; confer, compare हलन्तेभ्य आचाराक्विबभावाच्च Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. on Pari.52.
ātāmĀtmanepada third person dual ending, technically substituted for लकार by P.III.4.78
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
ādyantavattvaअाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.
āna(1)kṛt affix (शानच् or चानश्) substituted for the lakāra लट् and applied to ātmanepadi roots forming the present participle; (2) kṛt (affix). affix कानच् applied to ātmanepadi roots in the sense of past time forming the perfect participle confer, compare लिटः कानज्वा P.III.2.106.
ārṣaderived from the holy sages; founded on sacred tradition, such as the Vedāṅgas;confer, compare कृत्स्नं च वेदाड्गमनिन्द्यमार्षम् R. Prāt. XIV 30. The word is explained as स्वयंपाठ by the commentary on Vāj Prāt. IX.2I, and as Vaidika saṁdhi on X.l3. Patañjali has looked upon the pada-pāṭha or Pada-text of the Saṁhitās of the Vedas, as anārṣa, as contrasted with the Saṁhitā text which is ārṣa; confer, compare आर्ष्याम् in the sense संहितायाम् R. Prāt. II.27; confer, compare also पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
āśubodha(1)name of a work on grammar written by Tārānātha called Tarka-vācaspatī, a reputed Sanskrit scholar of Bengal of the 19th century A.D. who compiled the great Sanskrit Dictionary named वाचस्पत्यकेाश and wrote commentaries on many Sanskrit Shastraic and classical works. The grammar called अाशुबोध is very useful for beginners; (2) name of an elementary grammar in aphorisms written by रामकिंकरसरस्वती, which is based on the Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
iṅgyaa separable word as opposed to अनिङ्ग्य; part of a compound word which is separated or may be separated from the remaining part when the word is split up into its constituent parts. Generally the word is applied to the first part of a compound word when it is split up in the recital of the padapāṭha. The 'iṅgya' word is shown by a pause or avagraha after it which is shown in writing by the sign (ऽ): confer, compare इङ्गयेत विभागेन चाल्यते इति इङ्गयम् । इङ्गयमिति विभागपदस्य संशा commentary on Tait. Prāt. 1.48. सावग्रहं पदमिङ्गयम् Com.on T.Pr. I.48.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
indraname of a great grammarian who is believed to have written an exhaustive treatise on grammar before Pāṇini; confer, compare the famous verse of Bopadeva at the commencement of his Dhātupāṭha इन्द्रश्चन्द्र: काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिका: ॥ No work of Indra is available at present. He is nowhere quoted by Pāṇini. Many quotations believed to have been taken from his work are found scattered in grammar works, from which it appears that there was an ancient system prevalent in the eastern part of India at the time of Pāṇini which could be named ऐन्द्रव्याकरणपद्धति, to which Pāṇini possibly refers by the word प्राचाम्. From references,it appears that the grammar was of the type of प्रक्रिया, discussing various topics of grammar such as alphabet, coalescence, declension, context, compounds, derivatives from nouns and roots, conjugation, and changes in the base. The treatment was later on followed by Śākaṭāyana and writers of the Kātantra school.For details see Mahābhāṣya edition by D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII pages 124-127.
īyaṅ'afix ईय added to the root ऋत्, ङ् showing the application of the Ātmanepada affixes; e. g. ऋतीयते confer, compare P. III.1.29
udayakīrtiauthor of a treatise giving rules for the determination of the pada or padas of roots; the treatise is named पदव्यवस्थासूत्रकारिकाटीका He was a Jain grammarian, and one of the pupils of Sādhusundara.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ubhayatobhāṣaliterally speaking or showing both the padas or voices; possessed of both the padas viz. the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada. The word is found commonly used in the Dhātupaṭha of Pāṇini.
urobṛhatīa variety of the Vedic metre बृहती in which the first pada consists of twelve syllables and the rest of eight syllables; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 33.
uṣṇih(उष्णिक्)name of the second of the main seven Vedic metres which are known by the name प्रजापतिच्छन्दस्. The Uṣṇik metre consists of 28 syllables divided into three padas of 8, 8 and 12 sylla bles. It has got many varieties such as पुरउष्णिह्, ककुभ् and others; for details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI 20-26.
ūrdhvabṛhatī( विराज् )a variety of the metre Bṛhatī which has three padas of twelve syllables each; confer, compare त्रयो द्वादशका यस्याः सा होर्ध्ववृहती विराट् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.33.
ūṣmanaspiration letters, spirants called breathings also: the name is given to letters or sounds produced with unintonated breath through an open posision of the mouth; confer, compare विवृतमूष्मणाम् M. Bh, on P.I.1.10 Vārt, 3. The word refers to the letters श्, ष्, सु, ह्, visarga, jihvāmūlīya, upadhmāniya and anusvāra; confer, compare ऊष्मा वायुस्तत्प्रधाना वर्णा ऊष्माणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.12; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.10.
ekavibhaktia pada having the same case in the various dissolutions of the compound word; e. g. the word कौशाम्बी in the compound word निष्कौशाम्बिः, which stands only in the ablative case कौशाम्ब्याः, although the word निष्क्रान्त, which stands for the word निस्, could be used in many cases. The word नियतविभक्तिक is also used in the same sense.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
kartrabhiprāyameant for the agent of the action. The word is used in connection with the fruit or result of an action; when the result is for the agent, roots having both the Padas get the Ātmanepada terminations; confer, compare स्वरितञ्जितः कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P.I.3.72.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
karmavyatihāraexchange of verbal activity; reciprocity of action; कर्मव्यतिहार means क्रियाव्यतिहार or क्रियाविनिमय; confer, compare कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14.; also कर्मव्यतिहारे णच् स्त्रियाम् । व्यावक्रोशी, व्यात्युक्षी Kāś. on P.III.3.43. The roots having their agents characterized by a reciprocity of action take the Ātmanepada terminations; confer, compare P. I. 3.14.
kāmadhenuabridgment of काव्यकामधेनु of Bopadeva; the word is also used as a short form for काव्यकामधेनु.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakavibhaktibalīyastvathe dictum that a Kāraka case is stronger than an Upapada case,e. g. the accusative case as required by the word नमस्कृत्य,which is stronger than the dative case as required by the word नमः. Hence the word मुनित्रयं has to be used in the sentence : मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य and not the word मुनित्रयाय confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari. 94.
kāvyakāmadhenuname of the commentary by Bopadeva on his own work कविकल्पद्रुम. See कविकल्पद्रुम.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
kyaṅaffix य taking Ātmanepada terminations after it, added in the sense of similar behaviour to a substantive. The substantive to which this affix य is added, becomes a denominative root; e. g. काकः श्येनायते, कुमुदं पुष्करायते, confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.11-12, also on P. III, 1.14-18.
kyapkṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.
kyaṣaffix य added to certain nouns like लोहित and others to form denominative roots after which terminations of both the padas are placed exempli gratia, for example लोहितायति, लोहितायते; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.13.
kanipkṛt affix वन् in the sense of agent added to (l) a root preceded by an Upasarga or a Subanta Upapada or sometimes even without any preceding word; exempli gratia, for exampleप्रतरित्वा, धीवा, पीवा; (2) to the root दृश्, preceded by an Upapada which is the object of the root दृश्, exempli gratia, for example पारदृश्वा; (3) to roots युध् and कृञ् having राजन् as their object, exempli gratia, for example राजयुध्वा, राजकृत्वा ; confer, compare Pāṇini III.2.94-96.
kvip(1)kṛt affix zero, added to the roots सद्, सू, द्विष् and others with a preceding word as upapada or with a prefix or sometimes even without any word, as also to the root हन् preceded by the words ब्रह्मन्, भ्रूण and वृत्र, and to the root कृ preceded by सु, कर्मन् et cetera, and others, and to the roots सु, and चि under certain conditions exempli gratia, for example उपसत्, सूः, प्रसूः, पर्णध्वत्, ब्रह्महा, वृत्रहा, सोमसुत्, अग्निचित्; confer, compareP.III. 2.61, 76, 77, 87-92: 177-179; (2) the denominative affix zero applied to any substantive in the sense of behaviour अश्वति, गर्दभति et cetera, and others; confer, compare M.Bh. and Kāś, on P.III.1.11.
khalkṛt afix अ added to any root preceded by the word ईषद्, दुस् or सु, and to the roots भू and कृ preceded by an upapada word forming either the subject or the object of the roots, e. g. ईषत्करः कटो भवता, ईषदाढ्यंभवं भवता; confer, compare P. III. 3.126, 127.
khaśkṛt affix added to the roots यज् (causal), ध्मा, धे,रुज्, वह्, लिह्, पच् , दृश् , तप्, मन् et cetera, and others preceded by certain specified upapada words. The root undergoes all the operations such as the addition of the conjugational sign et cetera, and others before this खश् on account of the mute letter श् which makes खश् a Sārvadhātuka affix, and the augment म् is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable on account of the mute letter ख्; e. g. जनमेजयः, स्तनंधयः, नाडिंधमः, असूयै. पश्यः पण्डितंमन्यः etc,; confer, compare Pāṇ. III2.28-37, 83.
khilapāṭhaa supplementary recital or enunciation which is taken along with the original enunciation or upadeśa generally in the form of the sūtras. The word is used in the Kāśikā in the sense of one of the texts forming a part of the original text which is called upadeśa; confer, compare Kāśikā उपदिश्यते अनेनेत्युपदेश: शास्त्रवाक्यानि सूत्रपाठ: खिलपाठश्च (on P.I.3.2); confer, compare also खिलपाठो धातुपाठः प्रातिपदिकपाठो वाक्यपाठश्च Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on Kāśikā I.3.2.
govindarāmawriter of 'Sabdadipika,' a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva.
ghanaa variety of the क्रमपाठ or recital of the Vedic hymns to show the serial order of words there; one of the eight vikrtis of the padapātha.
ghi(1)a tech. term applied to noun bases or Prātipadikas ending in इ and उ excepting the words सखि and पति and those which are termed नदी; confer, compare P. I. 4.79; (2) a conventional term for लधु ( a short vowel) found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ṅit(l)affixes with the mute letter ङ् attached to them either before or after, with a view to preventing the guna and vrddhi substitutes for the preceding इ, उ, ऋ, or लृ, as for example, the affixes चङ्, अङ् and others (2) affixes conventionally called ङित् after certain bases under certain conditions; confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिम्यो ञ्णिन्ङित् P. I. 2. 1-4; (3) roots marked with the mute letter ङ् signifying the application of the Atmanepada terminations to them: (4) substitutes marked with mute ङ् which are put in the place of the last letter of the word for which they are prescribed as substitutes; (5) case affixes marked with mute letter ङ् which cause the substitution of guna to the last vowel इ or उ of words termed घि.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candrācāryaa grammarian mentioned by Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya as one who took a leading part in restoring the traditional explanation of Panini's Vyakarana which, by the spread of rival easy treatises on grammar, had become almost lost: confer, compare यः पतञ्जलिशिष्येभ्यो भ्रष्टो ब्याकरणागमः । काले स दाक्षिणात्येषु ग्रन्थमात्रे व्यवस्थित: ॥ पर्वतादागमं लब्ध्वा भाष्यबीजानुसारिभि: । स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः ॥ Vakyapadiya II. 488-489. See चन्द्र and चन्द्रगोमिन्.
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
ciṇsubstitute इ causing vrddhi, in the place of the aorist vikarana affix च्लि, prescribed in the case of all roots in the passive voice and in the case of the roots पद्, दीप्, जन् et cetera, and others in the active voice before the affix त of the third person. singular. in the Atmanepada, which in its turn is elided by P. VI. 4. 104. cf P. III. 1.60-66.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
chastaddhita affix. affix ईय added to the word भवत् in the general शैषिक senses, e. g. भवदीयः; cf P. IV.2.115. The mute letter स् has been attached to the affix छस् So that the base भवत् before it could be termed pada (confer, compare सिति च P, I.4.16) and as a result have the consonant त् changed into द् by P. VIII.2.39.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jaśtvasubstitution of a जश् consonant prescribed by Panini for any consonant excepting a semi-vowel or a nasal, if followed by any fourth or third consonant out of the class consonants, or if it is at the end of a pada; confer, compare P.VIII. 2.39, VIII.4. 53.
jātābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jhi(1)verb-ending of the 3rd person. plural Parasmaipada, substituted for the लकार of the ten lakaras, changed to जुस in the potential and the benedictive moods, and optionally so in the imperfect and after the sign स् of the aorist; confer, compareP,III. 4. 82, 83, 84, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112: (2) a conventional term for अव्यय (indeclinable) used in the Jainendra Vyakaraha.
ñ(1)the nasal (fifth consonant) of the palatal class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, कण्टसंवृतत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्य; (2) mute letter, characterized by which an affix signifies वृद्धि for the preceding vowel; ञ् of a taddhita affix, however, signifies वृद्धि for the first vowel of the word to which the affix is added; (3) a mute letter added to a root at the end to signify that the root takes verb-endings of both the padas.
ñit(1)an afix marked with the mute letter ञ्; causing the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, but, causing vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is added in case the affix is a taddhita affix. affix: confer, compare P.VII.2, 115, 116, 117; (2) a root marked with the consonant ञ् , taking verb-endings of both the Parasmaipada and the Atmanepada kinds; exempli gratia, for example करोति, कुरुते, बिभर्ति, बिभृते, क्रीणाति, क्रीणीते elc.; confer, compare स्वरितञितः कत्राभिप्राये, क्रियाफले P.I.3.72.
the first consonant of the lingual class ( टवर्ग ) possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When prefixed or affixed to an affix as an indicatory letter, it signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ); confer, compare P. IV. 1.15, When added to the conjugational affixes ( लकार ) it shows that in the Atmanepada the vowel of the last syllable is changed to ए. confer, compare P. III. 4.79. When added to an augment ( अागम ), it shows that the augment marked with it is to be prefixed and not to be affixed; e. g. नुट्, तुट् et cetera, and others; cf P. I. 1.46.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ḍas(1)affix अस् applied to the word श्वेतवाह and others at the end of a pada i.e when the word श्वेतवाह has got the पदसंज्ञा. exempli gratia, for example श्वेतवाः इन्द्रः । श्वेतवोभ्याम् confer, compareP.III.2.71 Vārt,1 and 2.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇicommon term for णिङ् ( signifying Atmanepada ) and णिच्: cf; णेरणौ यस्कर्मं P. I. 3.67, णेरनिटि VI. 4.51 ; cf also P. I. 3.86, I. 4.52, II.4.46, 51: III. 2.137: VI. 1.31, 48, 54, VI. 4.90; VII. 2.26, VII. 3.36; VII.4.1, VIII. 4.80.
ṇiṅaffix इ causing vrddhi, prescribed after the root कम् , the base ending in इ i. e. कामि being called a root: confer, compare P. III. 1.30, 32. The mute letter ङ् signifies that the root कामि is to take only the Atmanepada affixes e. g. कामयते, अचीकमत.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
ṇvikrt, affix ण्वि i. e. zero, causing vrddhi, applied to the root भज् and to सह् and वह् in Vedic Literature if the root is preceded by any preposition ( उपसर्ग ) or a substantive as the upapada ; e. g. अर्द्धभाक्, प्रभाक्, तुराषाट् , दित्यवाट्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III, 2.62, 63, 64.
taṅ(1)a short term used for the nine personal endings of the Atmanepada viz. त,अाताम्...महिङ् which are themselves termed Atmanepada; confer, compare तङानौ अात्मनेपदम् P. 1.4. 100 (2) the personal-ending त of the 2nd person. plural (substituted for थ by III.4 101) looked upon as तङ् sometimes, when it is lengthened in the Vedic Literature: confer, compare तङिति थादेशस्य ङित्त्वपक्षे ग्रहणम् । भरता जातवेदसम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 3. 133.
tana(1)personal ending for त of the second person. plural Parasmaipada in the imperative in Vedic Literature e.g जुजुष्टन for जुषत confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. On P VII. 1.45; (2) taddhita affix. affixes टयु and टयुल् id est, that is अन which, with the augment त्, in effect becomes तन exempli gratia, for example सायंतन, चिरंतन, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. IV. 3.23.
tas(1)personal ending of the third person. dual Parasmaipada substituted technically for ल् (लकार); cf P. III.4.78; (2) taddhita affix. affix तस् ( तसि or तसिल् ). See तसि and तसिल्.
tāt(1)the same as तातङ् substituted for तु and हि of the imperative second. and third singular. Parasmaipada; confer, compare P.VII.1.35; (2) substitute तात् for त of the imperative 2nd plural in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example गात्रं गात्रमस्यानूनं कृणुतात् confer, compare Kas on P.VII.1.44.
tiṅ(1)a brief term (प्रत्याहार) for the 18 personal endings. Out of these eighteen personal endings, which are common for all tenses and moods, the first nine तिप्, तस् et cetera, and others all called Parasmaipada, while the other nine त, अाताम् et cetera, and others are named Atmanepada and तङ् also; confer, compare तङानावात्मनेपदम्; (2) a verbal form called also अाख्यातक; confer, compare तिङ् खलु अाख्यातका भवान्ति । पचति पठति । V.Pr.I.27.
tipthe personal ending of the 3rd person. singular. substituted for ल (लकार) in the Parasmaipada. For substitutes for तिप् in special cases, see P. VI.1.68, III.4.82, 83, 84.
tu(1)short term ( प्रत्याहार ) for the dental consonants त्, थ्, द्, ध् and न् confer, compare P. I. 1.69; (2) personal-ending substituted for ति in the 2nd person. imper. singular. Parasmaipada confer, compare P. III, 4.86; (3) taddhita affix. affix तु in the sense of possession added in Vedic Literature to कम् and शम् e. g. क्रन्तुः, शन्तु: confer, compare P. V. 2.138; (4) unadi affix तु ( तुन्) prescribed by the rule सितनिगमिमसिसच्यविधाञ्कुशिभ्यस्तुन् ( Unadi Sitra I.69 ) before which the augment इ is not added exempli gratia, for example सेतुः सक्तुः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 2.9
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
th(1)personal-ending of the 2nd person. plural Parasmaipada,substituted for the ल् of the ten lakara affixes; (2) substitute ( थल् ) for the 2nd pers singular. personal ending सिप् in. the perfect tense: (3) unadi affix ( थक् ) added to the roots पा, तॄ, तुद् et cetera, and others e. g. पीथः, तीर्थः, et cetera, and others; cf unadi sutra II. 7; (4) unadi affix ( क्थन् ) | added to the roots हन्, कुष् ,नी et cetera, and others; e. g, हथः, कुष्टं, नीथः et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra II. 2: (5) unadi affix (थन्) added to the roots उष्, कुष्, गा and ऋ, e. g. ओष्ठः, कोष्ठम् et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra_II. 4; (6) a technical term for the term अभ्यस्त or the reduplicated wording of Panini ( confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् ) P. VI. 1. 5, used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
thanapersonal-ending थन substituted for त of the 2nd person. plural of the imperative Parasmaipada in Vedic ' Literature, e. g. यदिष्ठन for यदिच्छथ: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VII. 1.45.
thalpersonal ending थ substituted for सिप् of the 2nd person.singular. Parasmaipada in the perfect tense as also in the present tense in specific cases; confer, compare P. III. 4.82, 88,84.
thaspersonal ending of the 2nd person. dual Parasmaipada, which is substituted for ल् of the lakara affixes; confer, compare P. III 4.78.
thāspersonal ending of the 2nd person. singular. Atmanepada, substituted for ल् of the lakara affixes.
dthird consonant of the dental class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणता;(2) consonant द् substituted for the final letter of nouns ending with the affix वस् as also for the final letter of स्रंस्, ध्वंस् and अनडुह् provided the final letter is at the end of a pada; exempli gratia, for example विद्वद्भयाम् et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII. 2.72; (3) consonant द् substituted for the final स् of roots excepting the root.अस्, before the personal ending तिप् of the third person. singular.; e. g. अचकाद् भवान् ; confer, compare P. VIII. 3.93.
dayārāmawriter of a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva.
durgādāsaa grammarian who wrote (a) a gloss on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha, (b) a gloss named घातुदीपिका on Kavikalpadruma and (c) Sabdarnavakos
devanandincalled also पूज्यपाद or पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् believed to have lived in the fifth century A. D. and written the treatise on grammar, of course based om Panini Sutras, which is known as जैनेन्द्र-व्याकरण or जैनेन्द्रशब्दानुशासन. The writer of this grammar is possibly mentioned as जैनेन्द्र in the usually guoted verse of Bopadeva :इन्द्रश्चन्द्रः काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्र जयन्त्यष्टादेिशाब्दिकाः. देवनन्दिन् was a great Jain saint and scholar who wrote many works on Jain Agamas of which सर्वार्थसिद्धि, the commentary on the तत्त्वार्थाधिगमसूत्र, is well-known.
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
dvi:spṛṣṭaa word used many times synonymously with दु:स्पृष्ट; the letters ळ्, ळ् ह्, and upadhmaniya(xप्) are termed द्विःस्पृष्ट or दुःस्पृष्ट.
dvisvarapossessed of two vowels,dissyllabic; confer, compare न पदे द्विस्वरे नित्यम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVI. 17. द्विस्स्पृष्ट a term used for an upadhmaniya letter or a phonetic element resulting from a visarga followed by the letter प्, or फ़्. See उपध्मांनीय.The word is also used sometimes for the pronunciation ळ् of ड्, and ळ्ह् of ढ्. See दुःस्पृष्ट.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātudīpikā(1)name of a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva by Ramalamkara; (2) name of a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma by Durgadasa who wrote a commentary on the Mugdhabodha also.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
dhvampersonal-ending of the second. person. plural Atmanepada, substituted for ल् of the 10 lakaras.
dhvātpersonal-ending in Vedic Literature, substituted for ध्वम् of the second. person. plural Atmanepada; exempli gratia, for exampleवारयध्वात् for वारयध्वम् confer, compare P. VII. 1.42.
dhvePersonal-ending of the second. person. Pl. Atmanepada in the present and perfect tenses. न् fifth consonant of the dental class of consonants which is possessed of the properties घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व, संवृतकण्ठत्व and अानुनासिक्य. In Panini's grammar the nasal consonant न् (a)is added as an augment prescribed\ \नुट् or नुम् which originally is seen as न्, but afterwards changed into अनुस्वार or परसवर्ण as required, as for example in पयांसि, यशांसि, निन्दति, वन्दति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII. 1.58-73, VII. 1.7983; VIII. 3.24; (b) is changed into ण् when it directly follows upon ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् or even intervened by a vowel, a semivowel except ल् , a guttural consonant, a labial consonant or an anusvara; confer, compare P. VIII. 4.1.1-31. (c) is substituted for the final म् of a root, e. g. प्रशान्, प्रतान् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.64, 65.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nityasamāsaan invariably effective compound; the term is explained as अस्वपदविग्रहो नित्यसमासः i. e. a compound whose dissolution cannot be shown by its component words as such; e. g. the dissolution of कुम्भकारः cannot be shown as कुम्भं कारः, but it must be shown as कुम्भं करोति स: । The upapadasamasa, the gatisamsa and the dative tatpurusa with the word अर्थ are examples of नित्यसमास.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
parvanword, pada; literally member of a sentence; the word is found used in the sense of पद in the old Pratisaakhya Literature: confer, compare अन्तरेण पर्वणी । पर्वशबेदन पदमुच्यते । पदयोर्मध्ये पद अागमो भवति । यथा प्राङ्कसोमः, प्राङ्क्सोम: । Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 138.
paśyantīname of the second out of the four successive stages in the origination or utterance of a word from the mouth. According to the ancient writers on Phonetics, sound or word ( वाक् ) which is constituted of air ( वायु ) originates at the Mulaadhaaracakra where it is called परा. It then springs up and it is called पश्यन्ती in the second stage. Thence it comes up and is called मध्यमा in the third stage; rising up from the third stage when the air strikes against the vocal chords in the glottis and comes in contact with the different parts of the mouth, it becomes articulate and is heard in the form of different sounds. when it is called वैखरी; confer, compare वैखर्या मध्यमायाश्च पश्यन्त्याश्चैतदद्भुतम् । अनेकतीर्थभेदायास्त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् Vaakyapadiya I. 144, and also confer, compare पश्यन्ती तु सा चलाचलप्रतिबद्धसमाधाना संनिविष्टज्ञेयाकारा प्रतिलीनाकारा निराकारा च परिच्छिन्नार्थप्रत्ययवभासा संसृष्टार्थप्रत्यवभासा च प्रशान्तसर्वार्थप्रत्यवभासा चेत्यपरिमितभेदा । पश्यन्त्या रूपमनपभ्रंशामसंकीर्ण लोकव्यवह्यरातीतम् । commentary on Vaakyapadiya I. 144. confer, compare also तत्र श्रोत्रविषया वैखरी । मध्यमा हृदयदशेस्था पदप्रत्यक्षानुपपत्त्या व्यवहारकारणम् । पश्यन्ती तु लोकव्यवहारातीता। योगिनां तु तत्रापि प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागावगतिरस्ति | परायां तु न इति त्रय्या इत्युक्तम् । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on चत्वारि वाक्परिमिता पदानि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
puñjarājaa famous grammarian of the 12th century who wrote a learned commentaty on a part of the Vāky apadīya of Bhartŗhari in which he has quoted passages from famous writers and grammarians such as भामह, कुन्तक, वामन, हेमच​न्द्र and others. The name is found written as पुण्यराज also.
pūrvāparapādaname given to the second pada of the second adhyaya of Panini's Asadhyayi which begins with the Sutra पूर्वापराधरोत्तरमेकदेशिनैकाधिकरणे P. II. 2.1.
prakāśaname of commentary on Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya by Punjaraja.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
phala(1)fruit or benefit of an action which goes to the agent; confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः Vaiyakarana-bhusana. A root which is given as Ubhayapadin in Panini's Grammar takes the Atmanepada affixes when the fruit of the activity is meant for the agent, while otherwise it takes the Parasmaipada affixes; (2) The word फल also means the result of a grammatical operation or grammatical injunction.
bahulapādaname given by grammarians to the third pada of the third adhyaya of the Astdhyayi.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bṛhatīa Vedic metre consisting of four padas and 36 syllables. There are three padas of eight syllables and the fourth has twelve syllables. It has got further subdivisions known as पुरस्ताद्बृहती, उपरिष्टाद्बृहती, न्यङ्कुसारिणी or उरोबृहती, ऊर्ध्वबृहती विष्टारबृहती, पिपीलिकमध्यमा and विषमपदा. For details see R.Pr. XVI. 31-37.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
brahmakāṇḍaname given to the first section or Kanda of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya. It deals with Sphota, and in a way it contains in a nutshell the philosophy of Sanskrit Grammar.
bha(1)the letter or sound भ् with the vowel अ added for facility of utterance; (2) a technical term in the Grammar of Panini given to a noun base before such case and taddhita affixes as begin with any vowel or with the consonant य्. The utility of this designation of भ to the base is (l) to prevent the substitutes which are enjoined for the final vowel or consonant of a pada (a word ending with a case-affix or a base before case and taddhita affix. affixes beginning with any consonant excepting य् ) just as the substitution of Visarga, anusvara, the first or third consonant, and others given in P. VIII. 4.37 and the following. For the various changes and operations for a base termed भ see P. VI. 4.129 to 175.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhāvavikārakinds of verbal activity which are described to be six in number viz. production, existence, transformation, growth, decay and destruction. These six modes of existence first mentioned by Vāŗșyayani and quoted by Yāska are explained philosophically by Bhartŗhari as a mere appearance of the Śabdabrahman or Sattā when one of its own powers, the time factor ( कालशक्ति ) is superimposed upon it, and as a result of that superimposition, it (id est, that is the Śabdabrahman) appears as a process; confer, compare षड् भावाविकारा भवन्ति इति वार्ष्यायणि: | जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यति इति । Nir.I.2; confer, compare also Vākyapadiya III.30.
bhedaka(1)literallydistinguishing; differentiating; cf भेदकत्वात्स्वरस्य | भेदका उदात्तादय: | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 13; (2) adjective; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणं भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II: 1.57; (3) variety; kind; confer, compare सामान्यस्य विशेषो भेदकः प्रकार: Kāś. on P.V. 3.23; (4) indicating, suggesting, as contrasted with वाचक; confer, compare संबन्धस्य तु भेदक: Vākyapadīya.
bholānāthaa grammarian who has written a commentary named Saṁdarbhāmṛta on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha.
makarand(1)name of a commentary by Raṅganātha on the Padamañjari of Haradatta; (2) name of a commentary on the Supadma Vyākaraṇa by Viṣṇumiśra.
mahiṅpersonal ending of the Atmanepada first person (उत्तमपुरुष) plural;confer, compare तिप्तस्झि ... वहिमहिङ् P. III.4.78. महिष्यादि a class of words headed by the word महिषी to which the taddhita affix. affix अ (अण्) is added in the sense Of 'proper for' ( धर्म्यम् ); exempli gratia, for example माहिषम् पौरोहितम् , हौत्रम्: confer, compare Kas,on P.IV.4.48.
mippersonal ending मि of the first person ( उत्तमपुरुष ) singular. Parasmaipada: confer, compare तिप्तस्झि...महिङ् P. III.4.78.
miśraroots taking personal endings of both the Padas; Ubhayapadin roots: this term मिश्र is given in Bopadeva's grammar.
mukaugment म् prefixed to the affix अान (id est, that is शानच् , चानच् , and शानन्) of the present tense. participle. Atmanepada; e. g. एधमान:, वर्धमानेः पवमानः, यजमानः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare आने मुक् P. VII. 2. 82. See मान.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
mūlaprakṛtithe original base of the word used in language; the root and the praatipadika; the word परमप्रकृति , is also used in the same sense.
mṛtathe crude base of a declinable word; the pratipadika; the term is found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; cf Jain. Vyak. I..1.5.
yaḍlugantaa secondary root formed by adding the affix यङ् to roots specified in P. III. 1.22,23,24, which affix is sometimes dropped: confer, compare यङोचि च ; P. II. 4. 74. The yanluganta roots take the parasmaipada personal endings and not the atmanepada ones which are applied to yananta roots.
yāsuṭaugment यास् prefixed to the parasmaipada case-endings of लिङ् (the potential and the benedictive) which is accented acute; exempli gratia, for example कुर्यात्, क्रियात्.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yuvapādaa conventional term used for the first pada of the seventh adhyaya which begins with the sutra युवोरनाकौ P.VII.i.1.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
ranpersonal ending रन् substituted for the personal ending झ of the प्रथमपुरुष (third person) Atmanepada of 'lin' (potential and benedictive); confer, compare झस्य रन् P.III. 4.105.
rāmatarkavāgīśaa learned grammarian who held the titles महामहोपाध्याय and भट्टाचार्य, He was an advocate of the Mugdhabodha School and wrote commentaries on (1) the Mugdhabodha, (2) the Kavikalpadruma, (3) the Amarakosa and (4) the Unadi sutras. He also wrote a short gloss on case-relations, his treatise on the subject being named कारकटिप्पणी,
rāmarāmaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva.
rāmānanda grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha. He was possibly the same as Ramarama (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) and Ramānandatirtha who wrote the Katantrasamgraha, although different from the well-known रामानन्दतर्थि of the sixteenth century who was a sanyasin and who wrote many philosophical and religious booklets.
rāmālaṃkārapossibly the same as रामराम (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) who wrote Dhatudipika, a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva.
riphita(1)a Visarga in the Padapatha which has originated from र् in the Samhita-patha; (2) a word or pada which has got a रिफित at its end; confer, compare क:, स्व: प्रातः et cetera, and others (which in the Samhitapatha are कर् , स्वर् , प्रातर् et cetera, and others;) confer, compare R.Pr. I.30 to 36 V.Pr.IV. 18.192.
rūpanārāyaṇaa grammarian of Bengal of the fifteenth century who wrote short comments on some sections of the Supadma Vyākaraņa under the names सुपद्मषट्कारक and सुपद्मसमाससंग्रह्.
liṭan affix of the perfect tense; confer, compare परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.115 for which the specific affixes णल्, अतुस् उस् et cetera, and others are substituted after roots which take Parasmaipada affixes. Before the lit affixes, a monosyllabic root is reduplicated while dissyllabic roots and denominative and other secondary roots, formed by adding an affix to an original root,take the affix अाम् after which all 'liț' personal endings are dropped and the forms of the roots कृ,भू and अस् with the necessary personal-endings, are placed immediately after the word ending in अाम् , but often with the intervention of a word or more in the Vedic language and rarely in the classical language; confer, compare तं पातयां प्रथममास पपात पश्चात् ; confer, compare कास्प्रत्ययादाममन्त्रे लिटि P.III.I. 35 to 42.
lohitādi(1)a class of words headed by लोहित to which the affix क्यव् ( य ) is added in the sense of 'becoming', to form a denominative root-base which gets the verb-endings of both the padas; e. g. लोहितायति, लोहितायते; निद्रायति, निद्रायते; the class लोहितादि is considered as अाकृतिगण so that similar denominative verb-bases could be explained; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.1. 13; (2) a class of words headed by लेहित, to which the feminine. affix ष्फ ( अायनी ) is added after they have got the taddhita affix यञ् added to them in the sense of 'a grandchild'; e. g. लौहित्यायनी, कात्यायनी et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.18.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
vahiatmanepada personal-ending of the first person ( उत्तमपुरुष) dual, substituted for the general ल् affix; confer, compare तिप्तसझि... महि़्ङ् P.III.4.78.
vākyakāṇḍaname given to the second chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya in which problems regarding the interpretation of a sentence are fully discussedition
vākyapradīpaa term sometimes seen (wrongly) applied to the Vakyapadiya of Bhartrhari. It may have been the name of the commentary on the vakyaprakasa.
vākyārthathe meaning of a sentence, which comes as a whole composite idea when all the constituent words of it are heard: confer, compare पदानां सामान्ये वर्तमानानां यद्विशेषेSवस्थानं स वाक्यार्थ:, M.Bh. on P.I.2.45 Vart. 4. According to later grammarians the import or meaning of a sentence ( वाक्यार्थ ) flashes out suddenly in the mind of the hearer immediately after the sentence is completely uttered, The import is named प्रतिभा by Bhartrhari, confer, compare Vakyapadiya II.45; confer, compare also वाक्यार्थश्च प्रतिभामात्रविषय: Laghumanjusa. For details and the six kinds of vakyartha, see Vakyapadiya II.154.
vāyuair or प्राण, which is believed to spring up from the root of the navel and become a cause (even a material cause according to some scholars) of sound of four kinds produced at four different places, the last kind being audible to us; confer, compare प्राणे वाणिनभिव्यज्य वर्णेष्वेवोपलीयते Vakyapadiya I.116;confer, compare also R.Pr.XIII. 13, V.Pr. I.7-9; T.Pr.II.2: Siksa of Panini st. 6.
vikāryaliterally changeable; that which gets changed in its nature; a variety or subdivision of कर्म or the object confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म । निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति | Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.1. The विकार्यकर्म is explained as यस्य प्रकृत्युच्छेदो गुणान्तरं वा उत्पद्यते तद्विकार्यम् ! यथा भुक्त ओदन: | लूयमान: केद[र: | Srngaraprakasa II ; cf also, Vakyapadiya III. 7.78.
vigrahalit, separation of the two parts of a thing; the term is generally applied to the separation of the constituent words of a compound word: it is described to be of two kinds : ( a ) शास्त्रीयविग्रहृ or technical separation; e. g. राजपुरुष्: into राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु and ( 2 ) लौकिकविग्रहं or common or popular separation ; e. g. राजपुरूष: into राज्ञ: पुरुष:. It is also divided into two kinds according to the nature of the constituent words (a) स्वपदाविग्रह separation by means of the constituent words, exempli gratia, for example राजहितम् into राज्ञे हृितम्;(b) अस्वपदविग्रह, e. g. राजार्थम् into राज्ञे इदम् ;or exempli gratia, for example सुमुखीं into शोभनं मुखं अस्याः confer, compare M.Bh. on P.V.4.7. The compounds whose separation into constituent words cannot be shown by those words (viz. the constituent words) are popularly termed nityasamsa. The term नित्यसमास is explained as नित्यः समासो नित्यसमासः | यस्य विग्रहो नास्ति । M.Bh. on P.II.2.19 Vart. 4. The upapadasamsa is described as नित्यसमास. Sometimes especially in some Dvandva compounds each of the two separated words is capable of giving individually the senses of both the words exempli gratia, for example the words द्यावा and क्षामा of the compound द्यावाक्षामा. The word विग्रह is found used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the separate use of a word as contrasted with the use in a compound; cf अच्छेति विग्रहे प्लुतं भवति R.Pr.VII.1. विग्रहृ is defined as वृत्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः in the Siddhantakaumudi.
vidyānivāsaname of a commentary on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha.
vimalakīrtia Jain grammarian of the sixteenth century who wrote a short metrical work on the padas of roots, known by the name पदव्यवस्थासूत्रकारिका.
viṣṇumiśraa scholar of the Supadma system of grammar who has written a commentary named मकरन्द on the सुपद्मव्याकरण and also a commentary on the सुपद्मसमाससंग्रह.
vṛtādia class of roots headed by the root वृत् which take optionally the Parasmaipada affixes when the vikaraṇa स्य of the future tense and the conditional mood, or the desiderative vikaraṇa सन् is added to them; exempli gratia, for example वर्त्स्यति,वर्तिष्यते; अवर्त्स्यत्, अवर्तिष्यत्,; विवृत्सति, विवर्तिषते confer, compare Kāś. on P.I.3.92; confer, comparealso P.VII.2.59.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛttisamuddeśaname given to the last of the fourteen sections of the third chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya ( viz. the संकीर्णकाण्ड ) in which the taddhita affixes and their interpretations are discussedition
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vyapetahaving an intervention of ( a letter, or letters or a pada); the word is used in the same sense as व्यवाहित; confer, compare स्वापिग्रहणं व्यपेतार्यम् | व्यपेतार्थोयमारम्भः। सुष्वापयिषति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII.4.67.
vyākaraṇaratnāvalīa short work on grammar written by विद्यारत्न गौरमॊदन. व्याकरणसंग्रह a small grammar work written by a grammar scholar Gangadhara which is based upon the Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śakyawhich forms the object pointed out by means of the potentiality to the hearer by the word (id est, that is शब्द) which directly communicates the sense, in which case it is termed वाचक as contrasted with भेदक or द्योतक when the sense,which is of the type of संबन्ध is conveyed rather indirectly. This nice division into वाचकता and भेदकता was introduced clearly by भर्तृहरि: confer, compare Vakyapadtya Kanda 2.
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śatṛkrt affix अत् in the sense of ' the agent of the present time ', applied to any root which takes the Parasmaipada personal affixes confer, compare लट: शतृशानचावप्रथमासमानाधिकरणे P. III. 2.126,8. The words formed with this शतृ (अत्) affix are termed present participles in the declension of which, by virtue of the indicatory vowel ऋ in शतृ, the augment नुम् is inserted after the last vowel of the base, and the root receives such modifications as are caused by a Sarvadhatuka affix, the affix शतृ being looked upon as a Sarvadhatuka affix on account of the indicatory letter श्. The word ending in this affix शतृ governs a noun forming its object, in the accusative case.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
śabdaprabhāname of a commentary on Bhartrhari's vakyapadiya which is available only on the first Kanda.
śānac(1)krt affix ( अान ) substituted for the Atmanepada लट् affixes, to which म् is prefixed if the base before the affix ends in अ; e. g. एधमान, विद्यमान, etc; cf P. III. 2. 124, 125, 126; (2) Vikarana affix ( अान ) substituted for श्ना before the personal ending हि of the imperative second person singular, if the preceding root ends in a consonant: e. g. पुषाण, मुषाण, confer, compare P. III. 1. 83.
śānānkrt affix (आन) substituted for the Atmampada affixes instead of शानच्, prescribed after the roots पू and यज्; the application of शानन् for शानच् is for the acute accent on the initial vowel of the root;exempli gratia, for example पवमानः with the acute accent on the initial vowel as contrasted with विद्यमान; with the acute accent on the last vowel; confer, compare P. III. 2.128.
śeṣakṛṣṇaone of the prominent grammarians belonging to the Sesa family, who was the son of नरससिंहशेत्र. He wrote a gloss on the Prakriyakaumudi and two small works Prakrtacandrika and Padacandrika. Two other minor grammar works viz. the Yanlugantasiromani and Upapadamatinsutravyakhyana are ascribed to शेषकृष्ण who may be the same as शेषकृष्ण the son of नरसिंह, or another, as there were many persons who had the name Krsna in the big family.
śvāsaliterally breath; the voiceless breath required for uttering some letters; the term is used in the Pratisakhya and Vyakarana books in the sense of breath which is prominently required in the utterance of the hard consonants, sibilants, visarga and the Jihvamuliya and Upadhmaniya letters; the term is used in connection with these letters also; the usual term in use is, of course, श्वासानुप्रदान, the term श्वास showing the property of the breath, with which these letters are characterizedition
śrvasānupradānacaused by the emission of breath; the term is used in contrast with नादानुप्रदान in connection with hard consonants, surds, visarga,the Jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters: see श्वास a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
saṃgrahaname of a very vast work on grammar attributed to an ancient grammarian Vyadi who is supposed to have been a relative of Panini; confer, compare सेग्रहेस्तमुपागते Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya confer, compare also संग्रहप्रतिकञ्चुके: confer, compare संग्रहो नाम लक्षश्लोकात्मको त्याडिकृतो ग्रन्थः । Some quotations only are found from the Samgraha in grammar works, but the work is lost long ago.
saṃdarbhāmṛtaname of a commentary on the Mugdhabodha Vyakarana of Bopadeva, written by a grammarian, named Bholanatha.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi , which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
saṃsṛṣṭawords syntactically connected with each other, and hence, capable of expressing the sense of a sentence; confer, compare संसृष्टो वाक्यार्थ: Vakyapadiya II. 2.
saṃhitāposition of words or parts of words in the formation ofa word quite near each other which results into the natural phonetic coalescence of the preceding and the following letters. Originally when the Vedic hymns or the running prose passages of the Yajurveda were split up into their different constituent parts namely the words or padas by the Padakaras, the word संहिता or संहितापाठ came into use as contrasted with the पदपाठ. The writers of of the Pratisakhyas have conseguently defined संहिता as पदप्रकृतिः संहिता, while Panini who further split up the padas into bases ( प्रकृति ) and affixes ( प्रत्यय ) and mentioned several augments and substitutes, the phonetic combinations, which resulted inside the word or pada, had to be explained by reason of the close vicinity of the several phonetic units forming the base, the affix, the augment, the substitute and the like, and he had to define the word संहृिता rather differently which he did in the words परः संनिकर्षः संहिता; cf P.I.4.109: confer, compare also संहितैकपदे नित्या नित्या धातूपसर्गयोः । नित्य समासे वाक्ये तु सा विवक्षामपेक्षते Sabdakaustubha on Maheshvara Sutra 5.1.
saṃhitāpāṭhathe running text or the original text of the four Vedas as originally composedition This text, which was the original one, was split up into its constituent padas or separate words by ancient sages शौनक, अात्रेय and others,with a view to facilitating the understanding of it, and consequently to preserving it in the oral tradition.The original was called मूलप्रकृति of which the पदपाठ and the क्रमपाठ which were comparatively older than the other artificial recitations such as the जटापाठ, घनपाठ and others, are found mentioned in the Pratisakhya works.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
samarthādhikārathe province or the jurisdiction of the rule समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV. 1. 82), all the three words in which continue further on, and become valid in every rule upto the end of the second pada of the fifth adhyaya; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । त्रयमप्यधिक्रियते समर्थानामिति च प्रथमादिति च वेति च । स्वार्थिकप्रत्ययावधिश्चायमधिकारः । प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिरिति यावत् । स्वार्थिकेषु ह्यस्य उपयोगो नास्ति । विकल्पोपि तत्रानवस्थितः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.82.
samāpattirestoration of the resultant to the original, as for instance, restoration of the padapatha and the kramapatha to the Samhitapatha; confer, compare प्रकृतिदर्शनं समापत्तिः Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. I.7.
samuddeśaspecific individual mention or discussion; the term is used .in connection with the several second. tions of the third Kanda or book of Bhartrharis Vakyapadiya.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
saliṅgainclusive of the notion of gender; the word is used in connection with the sense of a Pratipadika or a crude base as inclusive of the notion of gender | and number: confer, compare अर्थग्रहृणस्यैतत् प्रयेाजनं कृत्स्नः पदार्थो यथाभिधीयेत सद्रव्यः सलिङ्गः ससंख्यश्चेति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2 24 Vart. 8.
sāmatantravyākaraṇaan anonymous ancient work of the type of the Pratisakhya works dealing with the euphonic changes and accents in the padapatha of the Samaveda.
sārāvalīor सारावली-व्य्याकरण an inindependent treatise on grammar by Naryana Vandyopadhyaya.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
sīyuṭaugment सीय्, prefixed to the personal affixes which are substituted for the लिङ् affixes in the Atmanepada; exempli gratia, for example पचेत पचेयाताम् confer, compare P. III. 4.102.
subantaname given to a word formed with the addition of a case-affix and hence capable of being used in a sentence by virtue of its being called a पद by the rule सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् The ancient grammarians gave four kinds of words or padas viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात which Panini has brought under two heads सुबन्त including नाम, उपसर्ग and निपात and तिङन्त standing for आख्यातः confer, compare सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् P. I. 4. 14.
setusaṃgrahaname of a commentary on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha Grammar written by a grammarian named Gangadhara.
sthāneyogāa variety of the genitive case when it is connected in sense with the Pratipadika by the relationship of स्थान or place, as contrasted with the relationships of the kind of विषयविषयिभाब, अवयवावयविभाव and others. As grammar is a Science of words,in those places where one word is mentioned for another by the use of the genitive case it should be understood that the word mentioned is to be substituted for the other;cf the rule of Panini for that purpose षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा explained by Bhattoji Diksita as अानिर्धारितसंबन्धविशेषा षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा बोध्या; confer, compare S.K. on P.I.1.49. In some grammars the sthanin and adesa are expressed in the same case, Viz. the nominative case.
sthitiutterance of a pada or padas in the Padapatha without इति; the utterance with इति being called उपस्थिति; confer, compare पदं यदा केवलमाह सा स्थितिः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.15; (2) established practice or view: confer, compare शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः। Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 44.
snañtaddhita affix.affix स्न,added in many taddhita senses, अपत्य, जात,समूहृ, अागत and others mentioned upto P. V. Ist pada end; e. g. स्त्रैणः पौस्नः, confer, compareस्त्रीपुंसाभ्यां नत्र्स्नर्ञौ भवनात् P.IV.1.87.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
sphoṭanirūpaṇaname of a work discussing the nature of Sphota written by Apadeva.
sva(1)personal-ending of the second person singular. Atmanepada in the imperative mood; cf थास: से | सवाभ्यां वामौ | P.III.4.80, 91 ; (2) a term used in the sense of स्ववर्गीय (belonging to the same class or category) in the Pratisakhya works; cf स्पर्श: स्वे R.T.25; confer, compare also कान्त् स्वे Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 1. 55;confer, comparealso R, Pr.IV.1 ; and VI.1 ;(3) cognate, the same as सवर्ण defined by Panini in तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. P.I.1.9; the term is found used in the Jain grammar works of Jainendra, Sakatayana and Hemacanda cf ]ain. I.1.2 SikI. 1.2; Hema. I.1.17.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarapratirūpakaa word or Pratipadika which is exactly similar to a single vowel such as उ or अा or . ए and the like; such words are to be looked upon as Avyayas and the case-affixes after them are dropped when they are usedition confer, compare स्वरप्रतिरूपकमव्ययम्.
svaravivṛtti( 1 )the same as स्वरविराम which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( 2 ) a short treatise on Vedic accents written by a modern Vedic scholar and grammrian named Indradattopadhyaya.
svaritetmarked with a mute circumflex vowel; the term is used in connection with roots in the Dhatupatha which are said to have been so marked for the purpose of indicating that they are to take personal endings of both the padas; confer, compare स्वरितञित: कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P. I.3.72.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
helārājaa learned grammarian who wrote a commentary on the third Kanda of the Vakyapadiya of Bharthari to which he has given the name प्रकीर्णप्रकाश.
Vedabase Search
Results for pad2233 results
pad-rathānām of foot soldiersSB 3.18.12
pad-rathānām of foot soldiersSB 3.18.12
padā by a footSB 10.55.18
SB 3.19.28
SB 8.19.16
padā by his feetSB 6.8.36
padā by his footSB 6.9.13-17
pada by the feetSB 10.46.22
padā by the footSB 10.34.17
padā by the legSB 2.7.27
padā by the lotus feetSB 4.24.52
padā by Your footSB 10.23.29
pada feetCC Madhya 12.126
MM 33
SB 10.87.35
pada footCC Antya 14.29
pada from their position in VaikuṇṭhaSB 7.1.33
pada having stanzasSB 10.29.40
pada her footCC Antya 14.24
padā legSB 1.16.18
pada legsCC Adi 14.23
CC Adi 5.185
pada lotus feetSB 4.20.29
pada of feetSB 5.2.6
padā of His footSB 5.24.27
pada of the feetMM 21
SB 10.14.58
SB 10.64.27-28
padā on one legSB 1.17.7
padā on the legSB 1.16.4
SB 1.6.9
pada one verseCC Antya 15.83
pada positionSB 1.18.21
pada stanzaCC Madhya 1.54
pada the legsCC Madhya 2.13
pada the lotus feetCC Adi 17.309
pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 15.154
pada the positionCC Adi 6.97
pada the verseCC Antya 19.84
pada verseCC Antya 15.85
CC Antya 15.89
pada versesCC Antya 13.79
CC Madhya 3.121
padā with her feetSB 10.53.51-55
padā with her footSB 10.30.15
SB 10.30.21
SB 10.60.23
SB 3.23.50
padā with His footSB 10.16.29
SB 10.34.14
SB 10.34.8
SB 10.36.13
SB 10.43.14
padā with his footSB 10.51.10
SB 10.72.43
SB 10.89.8-9
padā with His footSB 3.19.9
padā with his footstepSB 9.4.47
padā with his hoovesSB 10.36.2
padā with His lotus feetSB 4.20.22
padā with the footSB 11.8.13
SB 5.26.29
padā with their feetSB 10.87.27
pada wordsCC Madhya 6.194
padā ahanat struck on the legSB 1.16.5
padā ahanat struck on the legSB 1.16.5
pada dhari' keeping His feetCC Antya 6.138
pada dhari' keeping His feetCC Antya 6.138
pada dhari' keeping Your feetCC Antya 6.133
pada dhari' keeping Your feetCC Antya 6.133
padā ekena by one footstepSB 8.20.32-33
padā ekena by one footstepSB 8.20.32-33
padā ekena by one stepSB 8.19.34
padā ekena by one stepSB 8.19.34
padā ekena by one step onlySB 8.21.31
padā ekena by one step onlySB 8.21.31
padā ekena on one footSB 10.1.40
padā ekena on one footSB 10.1.40
padā ekena standing on only one legSB 1.17.2
padā ekena standing on only one legSB 1.17.2
padā ekena with one legSB 4.8.76
padā ekena with one legSB 4.8.76
pada śuni' by hearing the stanzasCC Madhya 3.122
pada śuni' by hearing the stanzasCC Madhya 3.122
pada-abhipīḍitā distressed due to the heavy weight of the lotus feet of the LordSB 7.8.33
pada-abhipīḍitā distressed due to the heavy weight of the lotus feet of the LordSB 7.8.33
pada-abhivandane in offering obeisances to the lotus feetSB 9.4.18-20
pada-abhivandane in offering obeisances to the lotus feetSB 9.4.18-20
pada-abhivandane in offering prayers at the lotus feetCC Madhya 22.137-139
pada-abhivandane in offering prayers at the lotus feetCC Madhya 22.137-139
pada-abja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.17
pada-abja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.17
pada-abja lotus feetSB 4.8.22
pada-abja lotus feetSB 4.8.22
pada-abja of the lotus feetSB 10.35.16-17
pada-abja of the lotus feetSB 10.35.16-17
SB 10.60.45
pada-abja of the lotus feetSB 10.60.45
SB 6.16.32
pada-abja of the lotus feetSB 6.16.32
pada-abja-yugmam whose two lotus feetSB 6.17.13
pada-abja-yugmam whose two lotus feetSB 6.17.13
pada-abja-yugmam whose two lotus feetSB 6.17.13
pada-abjam lotus feetSB 10.51.57
pada-abjam lotus feetSB 10.51.57
SB 3.5.44
pada-abjam lotus feetSB 3.5.44
SB 4.24.67
pada-abjam lotus feetSB 4.24.67
pada-abjayoḥ at the lotus feetCC Adi 15.1
pada-abjayoḥ at the lotus feetCC Adi 15.1
pada-abje for the lotus feetMM 24
pada-abje for the lotus feetMM 24
pada-āhataḥ being trampled by the footSB 7.8.3-4
pada-āhataḥ being trampled by the footSB 7.8.3-4
pada-āhatām beaten on the legsSB 1.17.3
pada-āhatām beaten on the legsSB 1.17.3
pada-ākrāntān following at her heelsSB 3.31.38
pada-ākrāntān following at her heelsSB 3.31.38
pada-ālambhaḥ the taking hold of the lotus feetCC Adi 3.63
pada-ālambhaḥ the taking hold of the lotus feetCC Adi 3.63
pada-ambhoja from the lotus feetSB 4.20.25
pada-ambhoja from the lotus feetSB 4.20.25
pada-ambhoja lotus feetCC Adi 11.1
pada-ambhoja lotus feetCC Adi 11.1
SB 1.16.6
pada-ambhoja lotus feetSB 1.16.6
SB 3.4.15
pada-ambhoja lotus feetSB 3.4.15
pada-ambhoja of the lotus feetSB 10.89.19
pada-ambhoja of the lotus feetSB 10.89.19
SB 4.6.24
pada-ambhoja of the lotus feetSB 4.6.24
pada-ambhoja the lotus feetCC Adi 10.1
pada-ambhoja the lotus feetCC Adi 10.1
pada-ambhojam lotus feetSB 10.86.31
pada-ambhojam lotus feetSB 10.86.31
pada-ambhojam upon the lotus feetSB 10.22.28
pada-ambhojam upon the lotus feetSB 10.22.28
pada-ambhojāt than the lotus feetSB 10.49.12
pada-ambhojāt than the lotus feetSB 10.49.12
pada-ambhojau whose lotus feetCC Adi 1.15
pada-ambhojau whose lotus feetCC Adi 1.15
CC Antya 1.5
pada-ambhojau whose lotus feetCC Antya 1.5
CC Madhya 1.3
pada-ambhojau whose lotus feetCC Madhya 1.3
pada-ambuja by the lotus feetSB 10.47.1-2
pada-ambuja by the lotus feetSB 10.47.1-2
pada-ambuja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.10
pada-ambuja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.10
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.29.37
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.29.37
SB 10.35.6-7
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.35.6-7
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
CC Madhya 6.84
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 6.84
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 6.84
SB 10.14.29
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetSB 10.14.29
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetSB 10.14.29
pada-ambujaḥ having lotus feetSB 3.24.17
pada-ambujaḥ having lotus feetSB 3.24.17
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.18.4
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.18.4
SB 1.8.36
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.8.36
SB 10.31.7
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.31.7
SB 10.62.4
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.62.4
SB 3.5.43
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 3.5.43
pada-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.11.26
pada-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.11.26
pada-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 3.32.22
pada-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 3.32.22
pada-ambujam Your lotus feetSB 11.29.3
pada-ambujam Your lotus feetSB 11.29.3
pada-ambujāt from the lotus feetSB 1.8.37
pada-ambujāt from the lotus feetSB 1.8.37
pada-ańguṣṭha the toes of His lotus feetSB 4.21.31
pada-ańguṣṭha the toes of His lotus feetSB 4.21.31
pada-ańguṣṭha-viniḥsṛtā emanating from the toe of the LordCC Madhya 24.217
pada-ańguṣṭha-viniḥsṛtā emanating from the toe of the LordCC Madhya 24.217
pada-ańguṣṭha-viniḥsṛtā emanating from the toe of the LordCC Madhya 24.217
pada-antikam near the lotus feetSB 11.5.5
pada-antikam near the lotus feetSB 11.5.5
pada-anugaiḥ by infantrySB 9.10.35-38
pada-anugaiḥ by infantrySB 9.10.35-38
pada-anusarpaṇe in walking toCC Madhya 22.137-139
pada-anusarpaṇe in walking toCC Madhya 22.137-139
pada-anusarpaṇe walking to those placesSB 9.4.18-20
pada-anusarpaṇe walking to those placesSB 9.4.18-20
pada-anusmṛti constant remembrance of the lotus feet of the LordSB 3.5.13
pada-anusmṛti constant remembrance of the lotus feet of the LordSB 3.5.13
pada-aravinda lotus feetSB 4.9.12
pada-aravinda lotus feetSB 4.9.12
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetCC Madhya 17.142
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetCC Madhya 17.142
CC Madhya 24.115
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetCC Madhya 24.115
CC Madhya 24.45
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetCC Madhya 24.45
CC Madhya 25.158
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetCC Madhya 25.158
MM 22
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetMM 22
SB 3.15.43
pada-aravinda of the lotus feetSB 3.15.43
pada-aravindam lotus feetCC Madhya 1.81
pada-aravindam lotus feetCC Madhya 1.81
CC Madhya 13.136
pada-aravindam lotus feetCC Madhya 13.136
SB 10.82.48
pada-aravindam lotus feetSB 10.82.48
SB 3.5.39
pada-aravindam lotus feetSB 3.5.39
pada-aravindam the lotus feetSB 3.33.37
pada-aravindam the lotus feetSB 3.33.37
pada-aravindam to the lotus feetSB 11.6.7
pada-aravindam to the lotus feetSB 11.6.7
pada-aravindāt from the lotus feetSB 11.2.53
pada-aravindāt from the lotus feetSB 11.2.53
pada-aravindayoḥ of the lotus feetSB 4.9.36
pada-aravindayoḥ of the lotus feetSB 4.9.36
pada-aravinde unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.42
pada-aravinde unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.42
pada-artha categoriesCC Adi 2.93
pada-artha categoriesCC Adi 2.93
pada-artha knowledgeSB 4.7.31
pada-artha knowledgeSB 4.7.31
pada-artha meaningsCC Antya 17.40
pada-artha meaningsCC Antya 17.40
pada-artha subject matterCC Madhya 6.272
pada-artha subject matterCC Madhya 6.272
pada-arthābhiḥ the words and ideas comprising whichSB 11.6.6
pada-arthābhiḥ the words and ideas comprising whichSB 11.6.6
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
pada-artheṣu within material objectsSB 12.7.20
pada-artheṣu within material objectsSB 12.7.20
pada-āśrayaḥ taken shelter of the lotus feetSB 4.12.49-50
pada-āśrayaḥ taken shelter of the lotus feetSB 4.12.49-50
pada-chāyā the shade of the feetCC Adi 5.230
pada-chāyā the shade of the feetCC Adi 5.230
pada-cihna footprintsCC Adi 14.8
pada-cihna footprintsCC Adi 14.8
pada-cyutaḥ nor do I fear being deprived of my positionSB 8.22.3
pada-cyutaḥ nor do I fear being deprived of my positionSB 8.22.3
pada-dhūli dust of the feetCC Madhya 15.82
pada-dhūli dust of the feetCC Madhya 15.82
pada-dhūli dust of the lotus feetCC Antya 7.46
pada-dhūli dust of the lotus feetCC Antya 7.46
pada-dhūli the dust of the feetCC Adi 6.65-66
pada-dhūli the dust of the feetCC Adi 6.65-66
CC Antya 6.154
pada-dhūli the dust of the feetCC Antya 6.154
CC Madhya 25.272
pada-dhūli the dust of the feetCC Madhya 25.272
CC Madhya 6.38
pada-dhūli the dust of the feetCC Madhya 6.38
pada-dhūli-sama like a particle of dust at Your lotus feetCC Antya 20.34
pada-dhūli-sama like a particle of dust at Your lotus feetCC Antya 20.34
pada-dhūli-sama like a particle of dust at Your lotus feetCC Antya 20.34
pada-dvaya two lotus feetCC Madhya 13.137
pada-dvaya two lotus feetCC Madhya 13.137
pada-ekena on one legSB 8.1.8
pada-ekena on one legSB 8.1.8
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
pada-kamala tomāra Your lotus feetCC Madhya 13.141
pada-kamala tomāra Your lotus feetCC Madhya 13.141
pada-kamala tomāra Your lotus feetCC Madhya 13.141
pada-kamalam to the lotus feetCC Antya 1.212
pada-kamalam to the lotus feetCC Antya 1.212
CC Madhya 19.134
pada-kamalam to the lotus feetCC Madhya 19.134
pada-kamalayoḥ of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 13.80
pada-kamalayoḥ of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 13.80
pada-krama the special sequential arrangement of mantrasSB 12.13.1
pada-krama the special sequential arrangement of mantrasSB 12.13.1
pada-nakha of the nails on the toesCC Madhya 21.128
pada-nakha of the nails on the toesCC Madhya 21.128
pada-nyāsaiḥ footprintsSB 1.17.26
pada-nyāsaiḥ footprintsSB 1.17.26
pada-padmam lotus feetSB 10.47.13
pada-padmam lotus feetSB 10.47.13
pada-pańktibhiḥ by the series of the marksSB 5.8.23
pada-pańktibhiḥ by the series of the marksSB 5.8.23
pada-pravālam feet reddish like coralSB 8.12.19
pada-pravālam feet reddish like coralSB 8.12.19
pada-reṇu the dust of the feetCC Adi 5.230
pada-reṇu the dust of the feetCC Adi 5.230
CC Antya 11.54
pada-reṇu the dust of the feetCC Antya 11.54
pada-reṇu the dust of the lotus feetCC Antya 20.152
pada-reṇu the dust of the lotus feetCC Antya 20.152
pada-tala His footCC Madhya 13.83
pada-tala His footCC Madhya 13.83
pada-tala the soles of His feetCC Madhya 2.34
pada-tala the soles of His feetCC Madhya 2.34
pada-tale under the shelter of the lotus feetCC Adi 10.91
pada-tale under the shelter of the lotus feetCC Adi 10.91
pada-trayam three feetSB 8.19.19
pada-trayam three feetSB 8.19.19
pada-trayam three paces of landSB 8.13.13
pada-trayam three paces of landSB 8.13.13
pada-trayam three stepsSB 8.15.1-2
pada-trayam three stepsSB 8.15.1-2
pada-trayam three steps onlySB 1.3.19
pada-trayam three steps onlySB 1.3.19
pada-upasarpaṇam worship of the lotus feetSB 8.24.30
pada-upasarpaṇam worship of the lotus feetSB 8.24.30
pada-vinyāsa with styles of walkingSB 5.2.5
pada-vinyāsa with styles of walkingSB 5.2.5
pada-yuga-ālaya fully absorbed in meditation on the lotus feetSB 7.9.18
pada-yuga-ālaya fully absorbed in meditation on the lotus feetSB 7.9.18
pada-yuga-ālaya fully absorbed in meditation on the lotus feetSB 7.9.18
padāghāta because of beating on the ground by the legs of the demons and demigodsSB 8.10.38
padaḥ a kingdomSB 5.24.28
padaḥ of the placeSB 10.2.38
padāḥ with phrasesSB 10.39.16
padaiḥ by His feetSB 11.1.6-7
padaiḥ by His footprintsSB 10.16.17
padaiḥ by the aphorismsBG 13.5
padaiḥ by the feetSB 1.8.39
padaiḥ by the soles of the feetSB 1.16.32-33
padaiḥ by the touch of the lotus feetSB 8.18.31
padaiḥ footprintsSB 10.30.26
padaiḥ the marks on the sole of the footSB 1.14.21
padaiḥ with the footprintsSB 10.30.26
padaiḥ with the marks of Their feet vṛndāvanamŚrī Vṛndāvana
padaiḥ with wordsCC Antya 1.186
SB 10.50.32-33
padakaiḥ because of the footprintsSB 10.47.50
padam a permanent situationSB 11.9.12
padam a placeSB 8.24.20
padam a situationSB 11.13.8
padam abodeBG 18.56
CC Madhya 21.100
CC Madhya 21.51
CC Madhya 21.88
SB 11.12.3-6
SB 3.2.20
SB 3.29.43
SB 4.12.35
padam an abodeSB 6.5.43
padam any placeSB 3.17.6
padam as the placeSB 10.90.28
padam destinationSB 12.5.11-12
padam feetSB 10.31.11
padām feetSB 3.20.27
padam feetSB 3.24.28
SB 3.25.28
SB 3.3.3
SB 4.12.30
padam her positionSB 10.29.37
padam his footSB 11.4.10
padam in positionSB 3.6.25
padam lotus feetSB 2.2.18
SB 4.24.52
padam material worldSB 3.21.20
padam My lotus feet or My eternal abodeSB 11.11.25
padam on the pathCC Antya 15.97
padam one stepSB 10.29.34
padam original positionSB 8.24.51
padam personal situationSB 12.6.33
padam personalitySB 2.1.19
padam place of habitationSB 4.31.16
padam positionBG 2.51
SB 1.12.27
SB 12.12.64
SB 4.28.53
SB 4.28.55
SB 4.31.27
SB 4.8.20
SB 4.8.37
SB 4.9.30
SB 5.11.8
SB 5.24.25
SB 6.5.23
SB 8.3.6
SB 8.8.19
padam postSB 3.6.14
SB 4.24.29
padam regionSB 3.30.33
padam reservoirSB 10.32.14
padam residenceSB 4.9.26
padam respective positionsSB 3.6.12
padam situationBG 15.3-4
BG 15.5
BG 8.11
SB 12.6.32
SB 2.2.18
SB 2.7.10
SB 4.11.11
SB 4.12.26
SB 4.9.28
padam stepSB 8.20.34
SB 8.22.2
padam the abodeSB 10.83.41-42
SB 11.30.39
SB 5.19.23
SB 7.4.13
padam the dwelling placeCC Madhya 2.65
padam the lotus feetSB 11.19.3
SB 8.3.7
padam the pathCC Madhya 13.207
padam the PersonalitySB 12.6.7
padam the placeSB 11.24.12
SB 2.6.11
SB 7.14.29
padam the positionCC Madhya 8.206
SB 10.60.35
SB 12.11.11-12
SB 4.11.28
SB 9.15.39
padam the receptacleSB 3.19.38
padam the shelterSB 10.14.58
SB 8.3.26
padam the situation in which such can be achievedSB 11.25.16
padam the status of understandingSB 3.26.21
padam the subject matterSB 7.5.49
padam the subject of discussionSB 11.22.6
padam the substanceSB 12.4.20-21
padam Their locationSB 10.52.11
padam this positionSB 8.22.16
padam to the abodeCC Adi 3.66
CC Adi 4.51
MM 53
SB 11.4.10
SB 3.14.6
SB 4.12.37
padam to the placeSB 8.5.24
SB 9.4.60
padam to the standardSB 4.3.21
padam to the transcendental positionSB 3.32.25
padam ultimate phaseSB 2.7.47
padam ultimate standSB 3.2.12
padam Your true natureSB 10.87.16
padam atra here is the same Personality of Godhead, Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.10.23
padam atra here is the same Personality of Godhead, Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.10.23
padam padam at every stepSB 10.14.58
padam padam at every stepSB 10.14.58
padam padam in every stepSB 3.5.41
padam padam in every stepSB 3.5.41
padāmbuje the lotus feetSB 6.5.22
padānām footprintsSB 10.42.28-31
padāni different stagesSB 7.13.21
padāni footprintsSB 10.30.31
padāni footstepsSB 8.19.16
SB 8.21.29
padāni four legsSB 3.12.41
padāni pilgrimagesSB 3.1.17
padāni stepsSB 10.36.11
SB 8.19.27
padāni the feetSB 10.30.30
padāni the footprintsSB 10.16.18
SB 10.30.24
SB 10.30.25
SB 10.30.27
SB 10.30.30
SB 10.38.25
padāni the legsSB 7.12.26-28
padāni the placesSB 11.11.42
padāni the stepsSB 10.87.15
padāni the three-line Gāyatrī mantraSB 11.16.12
padāni the vibrationsSB 10.90.21
padāni wordsCC Antya 1.186
padanyāsa activitiesSB 3.5.45
padārtha matterCC Antya 9.96
padārthaḥ a thingSB 5.20.35
padasya positionMM 17
padāt from his placeSB 9.4.47
padāt from that placeSB 10.25.23
padāt from the positionSB 8.11.5
padāt the sourceSB 4.13.46
padāt whose kingdomSB 10.87.39
padātayaḥ infantry soldiersSB 8.10.37
padāteḥ of him who was on footSB 10.57.21
padāti infantrySB 10.51.48
padātibhiḥ and by foot soldiersSB 10.76.14-15
padātiḥ Himself on footSB 10.57.21
padātiḥ on footSB 10.78.1-2
padavī designationCC Adi 13.59
padavī the positionCC Adi 17.281
CC Antya 1.153
CC Madhya 9.150
padavī the surnameCC Madhya 6.51
padavīm abodeSB 3.32.43
padavīm any traceSB 4.13.49
padavīm gloriesSB 1.3.38
SB 3.1.42
padavīm pathSB 10.30.26
SB 4.8.31
padavīm positionSB 5.1.38
SB 5.1.5
SB 8.6.20
padavīm position of liberationSB 7.14.1
padavīm situationSB 3.13.28
SB 4.23.31
padavīm the destinationSB 11.31.14
padavīm the means of attainingSB 10.59.44
SB 10.61.5
padavīm the pathCC Madhya 2.36
SB 10.60.13
SB 10.69.44
SB 3.24.34
SB 3.27.3
SB 5.9.13
padavīm the placeSB 8.12.31
padavīm the positionSB 7.14.14
SB 7.15.74
padavīm the trailSB 11.30.41
padavīm to the placeSB 10.29.35
padavīm to the siteCC Antya 4.64
padavyā along the pathSB 10.16.17
padavyaḥ opulencesSB 4.4.21
padāyataḥ foot soldiersSB 10.50.24
padayoḥ at Your lotus feetSB 3.15.49
padayoḥ of the feetSB 10.29.35
SB 10.90.49
padayoḥ of the lotus feetCC Antya 4.64
padayoḥ on the feetSB 1.15.10
padbhiḥ by Their legs aloneSB 10.8.26
padbhiḥ feetSB 3.16.22
padbhiḥ with their feetSB 10.20.21
padbhyām by footSB 10.51.1-6
padbhyām by his feetSB 6.11.8
SB 6.12.27-29
padbhyām by His lotus feetSB 4.8.50
padbhyām by the two legsCC Madhya 5.1
padbhyām by the two lotus feetSB 10.6.34
padbhyām by their feetSB 4.30.37
padbhyām from His legsSB 2.5.37
padbhyām from the legsSB 2.10.25
SB 3.6.33
padbhyām legsSB 10.15.30
padbhyām on footSB 10.53.40-41
SB 10.57.20
padbhyām on His legsSB 3.6.27
padbhyām out of the legsSB 2.5.38
padbhyām situated on the legsSB 2.5.42
padbhyām with both His feetSB 10.42.7
padbhyām with feetSB 10.83.28
padbhyām with his feetSB 10.78.1-2
padbhyām with his legsSB 10.66.34
padbhyām with his two legsSB 10.37.3
padbhyām with the feetSB 4.25.23
padbhyām with Their feetSB 10.52.8
padbhyām with their legsSB 10.44.2
padbhyām with Your feetSB 10.51.27
paddhatiḥ the course of activitiesCC Antya 1.188
paddhatim systemSB 4.8.22
paddhatim the nodeSB 10.87.18
pade at the lotus feetCC Adi 1.110
CC Adi 10.164
CC Adi 11.61
CC Adi 14.97
CC Adi 15.34
CC Adi 16.111
CC Adi 2.121
CC Adi 4.277
CC Adi 5.235
CC Adi 6.120
CC Adi 7.171
CC Adi 8.85
CC Adi 9.55
CC Antya 1.223
CC Antya 10.162
CC Antya 11.108
CC Antya 12.155
CC Antya 13.139
CC Antya 14.123
CC Antya 15.99
CC Antya 17.73
CC Antya 18.121
CC Antya 19.112
CC Antya 2.172
CC Antya 20.153
CC Antya 3.272
CC Antya 4.239
CC Antya 5.164
CC Antya 6.329
CC Antya 7.173
CC Antya 7.67
CC Antya 8.103
CC Antya 9.153
CC Madhya 1.287
CC Madhya 10.190
CC Madhya 11.243
CC Madhya 12.222
CC Madhya 13.209
CC Madhya 14.257
CC Madhya 15.302
CC Madhya 16.290
CC Madhya 17.234
CC Madhya 18.229
CC Madhya 19.238
CC Madhya 19.257
CC Madhya 20.406
CC Madhya 21.149
CC Madhya 22.169
CC Madhya 23.127
CC Madhya 24.355
CC Madhya 3.219
CC Madhya 4.213
CC Madhya 5.161
CC Madhya 6.272
CC Madhya 6.286
CC Madhya 7.155
CC Madhya 8.313
CC Madhya 9.365
pade at the lotus feet ofCC Adi 3.114
pade at their lotus feetCC Adi 12.96
pade in different stepsCC Antya 20.62
pade in each wordCC Madhya 24.10
pade in every stepSB 1.11.33
pade in the foot(print)SB 11.4.11
pade in the placeSB 3.8.11
pade legSB 2.7.15
pade lotus feetCC Madhya 10.134
pade on the feetCC Adi 15.8
pade stepSB 1.11.33
pade step (as he tried to run away)SB 10.61.37
pade the pair of footprintsSB 10.30.32
pade to the lotus feetCC Madhya 5.158
pade to the real objectSB 10.29.32
pade unto the lotus feetCC Madhya 15.9
SB 1.15.47-48
pade whose feetSB 10.14.1
pade with legsCC Antya 18.88
pade pade at each stepSB 10.51.7
pade pade at each stepSB 10.51.7
pade pade at every momentSB 2.2.18
pade pade at every momentSB 2.2.18
SB 5.5.26
pade pade at every momentSB 5.5.26
pade pade at every stepSB 1.1.19
pade pade at every stepSB 1.1.19
SB 3.17.17
pade pade at every stepSB 3.17.17
SB 5.17.9
pade pade at every stepSB 5.17.9
SB 5.26.15
pade pade at every stepSB 5.26.15
SB 8.12.19
pade pade at every stepSB 8.12.19
SB 8.18.20
pade pade at every stepSB 8.18.20
pade pade in every stepCC Madhya 25.152
pade pade in every stepCC Madhya 25.152
SB 4.26.16
pade pade in every stepSB 4.26.16
SB 4.8.79
pade pade in every stepSB 4.8.79
pade pade step by stepSB 3.8.1
pade pade step by stepSB 3.8.1
SB 5.13.8
pade pade step by stepSB 5.13.8
pade pade with each stepSB 10.43.10
pade pade with each stepSB 10.43.10
padena by the wordCC Madhya 9.29
padera of the wordsCC Madhya 24.70
CC Madhya 6.194
padeṣu in the positionSB 11.18.25
padma (which is just like) a lotusSB 10.89.20
padma a lotusSB 10.73.1-6
padma a lotus flowerSB 6.18.41
padma carrying a lotusSB 10.39.51-52
pad Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortuneSB 10.47.13
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.225
CC Madhya 20.227
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.227
CC Madhya 20.228
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.228
CC Madhya 20.229
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.229
CC Madhya 20.230
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.230
CC Madhya 20.231
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.231
CC Madhya 20.232
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.232
CC Madhya 20.233
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.233
CC Madhya 20.234
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.234
CC Madhya 20.235
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.235
CC Madhya 20.236
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.236
CC Madhya 20.238
padma lotusCC Madhya 20.238
SB 11.14.36-42
SB 3.15.44
SB 3.16.7
SB 3.9.21
padma lotus flowerCC Adi 17.13
CC Adi 5.102
CC Adi 5.27-28
CC Madhya 20.224
padma lotus flowerCC Madhya 20.224
CC Madhya 20.287
SB 2.8.9
SB 3.19.7
SB 3.21.45-47
SB 4.24.22
SB 4.24.47-48
SB 4.24.52
padma lotus flowersCC Antya 19.94
padma lotusesSB 3.21.9
SB 4.9.64
padma lotuslikeSB 10.60.36
SB 10.82.29-30
SB 3.16.11
padma of a lotusSB 10.39.46-48
SB 10.51.27
SB 10.66.22
SB 10.73.1-6
SB 11.27.38-41
SB 9.14.25
padma of a lotus flowerSB 10.44.11
SB 10.55.10
padma of lotus flowersSB 10.50.57
SB 10.53.51-55
padma of lotusesSB 10.52.8
pad of the goddess of fortuneCC Madhya 8.5
padma of the lotusMM 52
SB 12.12.10
SB 4.9.14
padma of the lotusesSB 8.2.14-19
padma ten trillionCC Madhya 21.20
padma the blue lotus flowersCC Antya 18.96
CC Antya 18.97
padma the lotusMM 48
padma the lotus flowerCC Antya 15.52
padma upon the lotusSB 11.27.23
padma-ākara from the lake filled with lotus flowersSB 10.21.1
padma-ākara from the lake filled with lotus flowersSB 10.21.1
padma-ākara the birthplaces of lotuses or nice reservoirs of waterSB 1.11.12
padma-ākara the birthplaces of lotuses or nice reservoirs of waterSB 1.11.12
padma-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneMM 28-29
padma-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneMM 28-29
padma-akṣa of lotus seedsSB 12.8.33-34
padma-akṣa of lotus seedsSB 12.8.33-34
padma-akṣaḥ lotus-eyedSB 3.24.17
padma-akṣaḥ lotus-eyedSB 3.24.17
padma-āsana Lord BrahmāCC Adi 5.221
padma-āsana Lord BrahmāCC Adi 5.221
padma-āsavam nectar of the lotus flowerSB 1.18.12
padma-āsavam nectar of the lotus flowerSB 1.18.12
padma-bhavaḥ Lord Brahmā, who appeared from the lotus flowerSB 8.21.2-3
padma-bhavaḥ Lord Brahmā, who appeared from the lotus flowerSB 8.21.2-3
padma-cānda the lotus flower and the moonCC Antya 15.71
padma-cānda the lotus flower and the moonCC Antya 15.71
padma-cini a sweet preparation made from lotus flowersCC Antya 18.106
padma-cini a sweet preparation made from lotus flowersCC Antya 18.106
padma-cini padma-ciniCC Antya 10.119
padma-cini padma-ciniCC Antya 10.119
padma-cini sugar obtained from lotus flowersCC Madhya 14.31
padma-cini sugar obtained from lotus flowersCC Madhya 14.31
padma-gaṇera of the bluish lotus flowersCC Antya 18.96
padma-gaṇera of the bluish lotus flowersCC Antya 18.96
padma-garbha like the whorl of a lotusSB 12.9.22-25
padma-garbha like the whorl of a lotusSB 12.9.22-25
padma-garbha the interior of a lotusSB 3.28.13
padma-garbha the interior of a lotusSB 3.28.13
padma-hastayā by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
padma-hastayā by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
padma-ja by Lord BrahmāSB 10.31.13
padma-ja by Lord BrahmāSB 10.31.13
padma-ja Lord Brahmā (born from the lotus)SB 7.10.50
padma-ja Lord Brahmā (born from the lotus)SB 7.10.50
padma-ja-ādibhiḥ Lord Brahmā and othersSB 7.15.77
padma-ja-ādibhiḥ Lord Brahmā and othersSB 7.15.77
padma-ja-ādibhiḥ Lord Brahmā and othersSB 7.15.77
padma-jaḥ Lord Brahmā, who was born of a lotus flowerSB 8.16.24
padma-jaḥ Lord Brahmā, who was born of a lotus flowerSB 8.16.24
padma-kara lotus flower in handCC Madhya 20.225
padma-kara lotus flower in handCC Madhya 20.225
padma-karā the goddess of fortune, who carries a lotus flower in her handSB 4.20.27
padma-karā the goddess of fortune, who carries a lotus flower in her handSB 4.20.27
padma-karaḥ lotus handSB 7.9.26
padma-karaḥ lotus handSB 7.9.26
padma-karām with a lotus in her handSB 8.8.14
padma-karām with a lotus in her handSB 8.8.14
padma-kośa lotus budsSB 3.23.33
padma-kośa lotus budsSB 3.23.33
padma-kośa the whorl of the lotus flowerSB 4.24.45-46
padma-kośa the whorl of the lotus flowerSB 4.24.45-46
padma-koṣaḥ a lotusSB 9.1.9
padma-koṣaḥ a lotusSB 9.1.9
padma-kośaḥ bud of a lotus flowerSB 3.8.14
padma-kośaḥ bud of a lotus flowerSB 3.8.14
padma-kośaḥ the lotus cupSB 11.16.30
padma-kośaḥ the lotus cupSB 11.16.30
padma-kośaḥ the lotus flowerSB 4.25.28
padma-kośaḥ the lotus flowerSB 4.25.28
padma-kośaḥ the mark of the whorl of a lotusSB 9.20.23
padma-kośaḥ the mark of the whorl of a lotusSB 9.20.23
padma-kośam the whorl of the lotusSB 3.10.8
padma-kośam the whorl of the lotusSB 3.10.8
padma-kośe on the lotus ofSB 4.9.2
padma-kośe on the lotus ofSB 4.9.2
padma-locana the lotus eyesCC Madhya 2.53
padma-locana the lotus eyesCC Madhya 2.53
padma-locana the lotus-eyed oneCC Antya 17.60
padma-locana the lotus-eyed oneCC Antya 17.60
padma-mālinam decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 9.16.2
padma-mālinam decorated with a garland of lotus flowersSB 9.16.2
padma-maṇḍala the circle of lotus flowersCC Antya 18.95
padma-maṇḍala the circle of lotus flowersCC Antya 18.95
padma-maye made of a lotusSB 4.18.17
padma-maye made of a lotusSB 4.18.17
padma-mudrā marked with the sign of the lotusSB 3.24.17
padma-mudrā marked with the sign of the lotusSB 3.24.17
padma-nābha O You from whose navel grows a lotusMM 28-29
padma-nābha O You from whose navel grows a lotusMM 28-29
padma-nābha PadmanābhaCC Madhya 1.115
padma-nābha PadmanābhaCC Madhya 1.115
padma-netre His lotus eyesSB 11.31.5
padma-netre His lotus eyesSB 11.31.5
padma-padbhyām by His two lotus feetSB 9.10.4
padma-padbhyām by His two lotus feetSB 9.10.4
padma-palāśa-akṣaḥ the Lord, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 4.20.20
padma-palāśa-akṣaḥ the Lord, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 4.20.20
padma-palāśa-akṣaḥ the Lord, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 4.20.20
padma-palāśa-akṣāḥ with eyes like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 6.1.34-36
padma-palāśa-akṣāḥ with eyes like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 6.1.34-36
padma-palāśa-akṣāḥ with eyes like the petals of a lotus flowerSB 6.1.34-36
padma-palāśa-locanāt from the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.8.23
padma-palāśa-locanāt from the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.8.23
padma-palāśa-locanāt from the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.8.23
padma-pāṇinā with His lotus handSB 10.60.26
padma-pāṇinā with His lotus handSB 10.60.26
padma-patram a lotus leafBG 5.10
padma-patram a lotus leafBG 5.10
padma-patrera of the leaf of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 2.24
padma-patrera of the leaf of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 2.24
padma-rāga with rubiesSB 3.23.19
padma-rāga with rubiesSB 3.23.19
padma-rāgaḥ the rubySB 11.16.30
padma-rāgaḥ the rubySB 11.16.30
padma-sambhava O Lord Brahmā, born from the lotus flowerSB 7.10.30
padma-sambhava O Lord Brahmā, born from the lotus flowerSB 7.10.30
padma-ṣaṇḍaiḥ with bowers of lotusesSB 10.46.9-13
padma-ṣaṇḍaiḥ with bowers of lotusesSB 10.46.9-13
padma-srajaḥ decorated with garlands of lotusesSB 9.3.15
padma-srajaḥ decorated with garlands of lotusesSB 9.3.15
padma-utpala the blue and red lotus flowersCC Antya 18.97
padma-utpala the blue and red lotus flowersCC Antya 18.97
padma-vana the forest of lotus flowersCC Madhya 25.273
padma-vana the forest of lotus flowersCC Madhya 25.273
padma-yoniḥ Lord BrahmāSB 6.17.12
padma-yoniḥ Lord BrahmāSB 6.17.12
padmaḥ a lotusSB 10.30.12
padmaḥ a lotus flowerCC Antya 15.51
padmaiḥ lotus flowerSB 4.8.47
padmaja-ādibhiḥ beginning with Lord BrahmāSB 12.11.4
padmaja-ādibhiḥ beginning with Lord BrahmāSB 12.11.4
padmam a lotusBs 5.18
Bs 5.22
SB 11.24.10
SB 11.27.25-26
SB 3.20.16
padmam a lotus flowerSB 8.8.16
padmam His lotusSB 12.11.13
padmam lotusSB 3.10.5
SB 3.28.25
padmam lotus feetSB 4.8.20
padmam lotus flowerSB 2.8.8
SB 3.8.15
padmam the lotus shelterSB 3.8.5
padmanābha Lord PadmanābhaCC Madhya 20.216
CC Madhya 20.232
padmanābha PadmanābhaCC Adi 13.57-58
CC Madhya 20.197
CC Madhya 20.201
CC Madhya 20.209
padmanābha Padmanābha (Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 21.39
padmanābhaḥ Lord PadmanābhaSB 6.8.21
padmanābhera of the Deity known as PadmanābhaCC Madhya 9.242
padmarāga bedecked with rubiesSB 7.4.9-12
padmarāgaḥ another gem, named PadmarāgaSB 8.8.6
padmavatyām in PadmavatīSB 12.1.35
padme on the lotusSB 3.4.13
padme-mukhe between the lotus flowers and the facesCC Antya 18.92
padme-mukhe between the lotus flowers and the facesCC Antya 18.92
padminī the lotus flowerSB 3.13.40
padminī-latā the stems of lotus flowersCC Antya 18.91
padminī-latā the stems of lotus flowersCC Antya 18.91
padminīm a lotusSB 4.7.46
padoḥ loham iron shackles on the two legsSB 10.3.52
padoḥ loham iron shackles on the two legsSB 10.3.52
padya poetryCC Adi 2.62
padya verseCC Madhya 24.1
padyāvalī the PadyāvalīCC Madhya 1.40
abhipadya on reachingSB 3.17.31
abhipadya after obtainingSB 4.7.44
abhipadya attackingSB 7.8.25
abhipadyamānaḥ movingSB 5.21.3
abhipadyase seizes themSB 4.24.66
abhipadyase confrontSB 10.51.49
abhipadyate undergoes thereofSB 1.7.5
abhipadyate are obtainedSB 10.24.13
abhipadyate achievesSB 11.19.25
abhipadyeta is developedSB 7.5.30
abhyapadyata He acceptedSB 3.26.4
abhyapadyata came there immediatelySB 4.28.22
abhyapadyata achievedSB 7.5.43-44
abhyapadyata reachedSB 8.2.31
abhyapadyata was generatedSB 8.24.12
abhyapadyata accepted (to fulfill the desire of Śarmiṣṭhā)SB 9.18.32
abhyapadyata endeavoredSB 10.11.50
na abhyapadyata could not haveSB 10.76.12
na abhyapadyata did not reachSB 11.13.18
adhipadavi on the main roadCC Madhya 13.207
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
prabhu-pada-āghāte by the kicking of Lord JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.12
alabdha-āspadam without a secure positionCC Adi 2.74
alabdha-āspadam without having achieved a proper placeCC Adi 16.58
tat-amala-pada-padme at the spotless lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Antya 20.154
bhavat-pada-ambhoruha Your lotus feetSB 10.2.31
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
upadeśa-amṛta the nectar of the instructionsCC Madhya 23.126
ananta-padmanābha to Ananta PadmanābhaCC Madhya 9.241
anāpadi without dangerSB 1.17.16
anāpadi even without an emergencySB 5.26.15
anāpadi not in a calamitySB 5.26.19
anāpadi when there is no social upheavalSB 7.11.17
anāpadi in ordinary undisturbed timesSB 7.13.2
anāpadi in the absence of dangerSB 7.15.66
anāpadi when there is no emergencySB 11.18.15
anāpadi when there is no emergencySB 12.3.35
anavasita-padavya whose path cannot be ascertainedSB 5.3.14
ṣaṭ-ańga-ṣaṭ-padī of the eighteen-syllable mantra with sixfold divisionsBs 5.3
kāma-dugha-ańghri-padmam the lotus feet of the Lord, which can award all desired fruitsSB 3.8.26
pragṛhīta-ańghri-padmam his lotus feet having been taken shelter ofSB 4.6.5
kṛṣṇa-ańghri-padma of the lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.3.33
ańghri-padmaḥ whose lotus feetSB 6.8.12
ańghri-padmam the lotus feetSB 10.38.7
ańghri-padmaḥ His lotus feetSB 11.2.55
ańghri-padmam at the lotus feetSB 11.16.5
ańghri-padma-sudhāya by the nectar derived from the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.226
dhṛta-ańghri-padmaḥ whose lotus feet are boundCC Madhya 25.128
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
anu-padam in each and every verseSB 12.12.66
ānudapadyata was bornSB 5.15.14-15
tīrthapada-anukīrtanam glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as TīrthapadaSB 6.13.22-23
anupadam every stepSB 1.5.26
anupadam with every stepSB 5.2.5
madhukara-anupadavīm the road followed in pursuance of devotees who are attached like bumblebeesSB 5.14.1
anupadavīm the pathSB 6.5.30
anupadavīm on the pathSB 10.60.41
śloka-anurūpa pada other verses following that particular verseCC Antya 1.76
anvapadyata found outSB 4.17.12
anvapadyata thought of other waysSB 10.1.47
anvapadyata He followedSB 10.56.17
anya-pada the other footprintsSB 10.16.18
anya-upadeśe by instructing othersCC Antya 3.11
āpadā by sufferingSB 11.17.47
āpadaḥ from the dangerSB 5.13.19
āpadaḥ dangerous or miserable conditionSB 5.14.41
apadaḥ the living entities without legs, like the grassSB 6.4.9
apadaḥ having no legsSB 11.7.22
prāṇa-āpadam affecting lifeSB 1.7.21
āpadām of many miserable conditionsSB 11.13.8
āpadam sufferingSB 11.17.47
apadāni those who are devoid of legsSB 1.13.47
apadasya which has no perceptible qualitiesSB 10.87.29
sarva-āpadbhyaḥ from all kinds of dangerSB 6.8.30
āpadbhyaḥ from all miseriesSB 11.17.44
kroḍa-apadeśaḥ assuming the body of a hogSB 3.13.28
śiva-apadeśaḥ who is śiva, or auspicious, only in nameSB 4.2.14-15
ṛṣabha-apadeśaḥ who is celebrated and known as ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.5.28
apadeśaḥ known asSB 5.12.5-6
apadeśaḥ the nameSB 5.26.11
apadeśaiḥ on the plea ofSB 1.19.8
apadeśaiḥ by the false designationsSB 10.49.22
apadeśaiḥ in terms of designationsSB 11.28.19
prajā-apadeśam son in name onlySB 4.13.45
draṣṭṛ-apadeśam the name of a subject matterSB 6.16.24
cakra-apadeśāt from that weapon named the Sudarśana cakraSB 5.24.14
apadeśataḥ playing the rolesSB 10.37.26
sat-apadeśe called realSB 5.5.30
apadeśena on the plea, by such a showSB 3.4.29
apadeśena on the pretextSB 12.12.42-43
apadhvasta eradicatedSB 10.38.19
āpadi in dangerSB 3.7.34
āpadi in time of distressSB 10.31.13
āpadi in an emergency or disastrous situationSB 11.17.48
āpadyata arrivedSB 5.8.26
āpadyate arrives atCC Madhya 23.95-98
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ unto the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.1.19
uttama-śloka-pada-aravindayoḥ to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by transcendental prayersSB 7.4.42
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ (fixed) upon the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 9.4.18-20
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa's lotus feetSB 12.12.55
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ on the two lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.137-139
kṛṣṇa-pada-arcana worshiping the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.336
artha-padavīm the path of my objectSB 7.7.9
upadeśa-artham for instructingSB 8.1.5
yukta-pada-artheṣu the appropriate application of thingsCC Madhya 24.69
govinda-pāda-padma-āsavam the nectarean beverage flowing from the lotus feet of GovindaCC Madhya 24.215
āścarya-padam wonderful thingsSB 7.4.16
āspada of the shelter (Lord Kṛṣṇa)SB 10.55.40
āspada which is the shelterSB 10.86.42
prema-āspada the object of loveCC Adi 6.100
nija-āspada the reservoirCC Madhya 10.171
mamatā-āspadāḥ false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')SB 7.7.44
āspadam placeSB 1.5.14
śańka-āspadam based on many doubtsSB 1.15.1
āspadam shelterSB 2.6.7
dhyāna-āspadam object of meditationSB 3.15.45
āspadam the causeSB 3.29.37
āspadam suitableSB 9.14.35
āspadam place of shelterSB 10.38.14
āspadam the reservoirSB 10.39.25
āspadam whose shelterSB 10.64.27-28
āspadam the sourceSB 10.84.26
āspadam the abodeSB 11.5.33
āspadam the abodeCC Adi 2.2
alabdha-āspadam without a secure positionCC Adi 2.74
alabdha-āspadam without having achieved a proper placeCC Adi 16.58
āśrama-padam the holy hermitageSB 3.21.37
āśrama-sampadaḥ the prosperity of the beautiful hermitagesSB 3.22.26-27
āśrama-padam to the place of the hermitageSB 3.24.9
āśrama-padam hermitageSB 4.1.22
sva-āśrama-padam to their own respective hermitagesSB 4.14.35
āśrama-padāni all hermitagesSB 5.7.10
āśrama-padam to the āśramaSB 5.8.7
āśrama-padam the place of residenceSB 8.18.9-10
āśrama-padam the residential placeSB 9.15.23
kaṇva-āśrama-padam to the residence of KaṇvaSB 9.20.7
āśrama-padam place of hermitageSB 12.8.18-20
nārāyaṇa-pada-āśrayāḥ their real weapon being shelter at the lotus feet of NārāyaṇaSB 8.10.4
āśrita-padaḥ surrendered soulSB 2.7.42
āśrita-padaḥ those who have taken shelter of the LordCC Madhya 6.235
aṣṭā-padam goldCC Antya 1.169
aṣṭa-padma-sańge is associated with the eight lotus flowersCC Antya 19.94
upadvīpān aṣṭau eight subordinate islandsSB 5.19.29-30
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
aupadharmyam subreligious principlesSB 2.7.37
aurva-upadiṣṭa-yogena by the mystic yoga practice advised by AurvaSB 9.8.7
aurva-upadiṣṭa instructed by the great sage AurvaSB 9.8.30
auttānapade O son of Mahārāja UttānapādaSB 4.12.7
avipadyata not troubled by disease and old ageSB 6.1.8
avyakta-pada who sing unclear songsSB 5.13.16
avyapadeśa cannot be ascertained by mental speculationSB 5.18.31
bahu-padāḥ those who have many legsSB 3.29.30
bhagavat-padam to the position of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.12.24
bhagavat-padam the kingdom of GodSB 4.23.27
bhagavat-padī emanating from the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.17.1
bhakta-pada the position of a devoteeCC Adi 6.100
bhakta-pada-dhūli the dust of the lotus feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
bhakta-pada-jala the water that washed the feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
bhakti-upadeśa instruction of devotional serviceCC Adi 6.29
bhakti-pade in devotional serviceCC Madhya 6.261
bhakti-pade the word bhakti-padeCC Madhya 6.262
bhāla kailā upadeśa you have given good adviceCC Antya 4.144
bhaumāni svarga-padāni as the heavenly places on earthSB 5.17.11
bhavat-pada-ambhoruha Your lotus feetSB 10.2.31
bhuja-padoḥ of the arms and legsCC Antya 14.73
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
upadevaḥ ca and UpadevaSB 9.24.15
cakra-apadeśāt from that weapon named the Sudarśana cakraSB 5.24.14
śańkha-cakra-gadā-padma of the conchshell, disc, club and lotusSB 10.3.30
pada khāñā getting the slapCC Madhya 13.95
caraṇa-upadhānam the shelter of His feetSB 3.8.5
śrī-padma-caraṇa the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 13.9
caraṇa-upadhānam the resting pillow for the legsCC Antya 19.70
cārupadaḥ King CārupadaSB 9.20.2
catuḥ-padām of those who have four legsSB 1.13.47
catuḥ-pada you are four-leggedSB 1.17.12
catuḥ-padaḥ the four-legged (bulls)SB 5.1.14
catuḥ-padaḥ four-leggedSB 5.18.27
catuḥ-padaḥ the four-legged animals like the deerSB 6.4.9
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
citra-padam decorativeSB 1.5.10
citra-padam flowerySB 4.21.20
citra-padam decorative wordsSB 12.12.51
dakṣiṇa-padam the right footCC Antya 1.166
dākṣiṇya-dṛṣṭi-padavīm the position bestowed by the merciful glanceSB 8.23.7
nija-pada-dāna shelter at Your lotus feetCC Antya 11.5
vṛndāvana-dāsa-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa ṭhākuraCC Adi 8.40
kṛṣṇa-pada-dāsī a maidservant at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 20.48
prabhu-pada dhari' catching the feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.6
prabhu-pada dhari' catching hold of the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 16.279
dhṛta-ańghri-padmaḥ whose lotus feet are boundCC Madhya 25.128
bhakta-pada-dhūli the dust of the lotus feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
dhyāna-āspadam object of meditationSB 3.15.45
upadeśa dila has given instructionCC Antya 4.156
upadeśa diyā giving instructionsCC Madhya 22.56
draṣṭṛ-apadeśam the name of a subject matterSB 6.16.24
draupadeyāḥ the sons of DraupadīBG 1.6
draupadeyāḥ the sons of DraupadīBG 1.16-18
draupadī the wife of the PāṇḍavasSB 1.10.9-10
draupadī DraupadīSB 1.13.3-4
draupadī Draupadī (the wife of the Pāṇḍavas)SB 1.15.50
draupadī Draupadī, the famous wife of the PāṇḍavasSB 9.22.3
śrī-draupadī uvāca Śrī Draupadī saidSB 10.83.6-7
draupadyāḥ of DraupadīSB 1.7.52
draupadyām in the womb of DraupadīSB 9.22.26
draviṇa-padavīm the way to achieve that wealthSB 5.8.23
dākṣiṇya-dṛṣṭi-padavīm the position bestowed by the merciful glanceSB 8.23.7
drupada-putreṇa by the son of DrupadaBG 1.3
drupada-geham in the palace of King DrupadaSB 1.15.7
drupada-jā the daughter of Drupada (Draupadī)SB 10.75.4-7
drupada-rāja of King DrupadaSB 10.75.32
drupadaḥ DrupadaBG 1.4
drupadaḥ Drupada, the King of PāñcālaBG 1.16-18
drupadaḥ DrupadaSB 9.22.2
purujit drupadaḥ śalyaḥ Purujit, Drupada and ŚalyaSB 10.82.23-26
drupadāt from DrupadaSB 9.22.3
kāma-dugha-ańghri-padmam the lotus feet of the Lord, which can award all desired fruitsSB 3.8.26
dvi-pade to the two-legged (driver)SB 5.1.14
dvi-pada-paśubhiḥ who are nothing but animals with two legsSB 5.9.9-10
dvi-padaḥ two-leggedSB 5.18.27
dvi-padām of human beings, who have two legsSB 6.4.9
dvi-pada of the two-legged (humans)SB 10.50.25-28
dvi-padbhiḥ and foot soldiersSB 10.71.34
dvi-padām of ordinary human beings (who do not follow the varṇāśrama system)SB 11.17.1-2
dvipada-patīn rulers of the human beingsSB 4.31.22
dvipada to humansSB 10.50.48
e vipade in this great dangerCC Antya 9.130
ei upadeśe by this instructionCC Adi 12.15
ei pada this verseCC Madhya 3.115
ei pada this stanzaCC Madhya 3.126
ei pade by this lineCC Antya 10.69
yaugapada-eka-kartari both activities in one personSB 4.4.20
eka pada a single stepCC Madhya 14.51
ekādaśa pada eleven wordsCC Madhya 24.10
ekapada the ekapadaSB 4.6.21
śańkha-cakra-gadā-padma of the conchshell, disc, club and lotusSB 10.3.30
upadeva-gaṇāḥ the demigodsSB 5.16.13-14
upadeva-gaṇaiḥ by the semi-demigods (the Gandharvas)SB 5.16.15
gaura-pāda-padma the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.106
drupada-geham in the palace of King DrupadaSB 1.15.7
upadeva-gītakaiḥ with singing by the secondary demigods like the GandharvasSB 8.15.21
goḥ-padaiḥ with the hoofprintsSB 10.19.4
goṣ-padāyante becomes like a small hole created by the hoof of a calfCC Madhya 24.37
goṣ-padāyante is like a calf's hoofprintCC Antya 3.197
goṣpadāyante a small hole created by the hoof of a calfCC Adi 7.98
govatsa-padam like the hoofprint of a calfSB 10.2.30
govinda-pāda-padma-āsavam the nectarean beverage flowing from the lotus feet of GovindaCC Madhya 24.215
gṛha-sampadaḥ all household paraphernaliaSB 4.26.15
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
tāńra nābhi-padma haite from His lotus navelCC Madhya 20.287
hari-pada at the two lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.15.20
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Madhya 2.12
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
hita-upadeśa good instructionCC Madhya 9.100
hṛt-padmeṣu in the lotus heartsSB 3.32.11
hṛt-padma-karṇikā the whorl of the lotus flower of the heartSB 4.8.50
hṛt-padma the lotus of his heartSB 12.9.26
indra-padam the post of IndraSB 8.13.13
drupada-jā the daughter of Drupada (Draupadī)SB 10.75.4-7
bhakta-pada-jala the water that washed the feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
jana-padān metropolisesSB 1.6.11
jana-padāḥ cities and townsSB 1.8.40
jana-padān citySB 1.11.1
jana-padāḥ citiesSB 1.14.20
jana-padam the stateSB 4.14.39-40
jāna-padān to his countrymenSB 4.17.2
jāna-padān common citizensSB 4.21.6
jana-padam citySB 4.25.47
jana-padaḥ desiring to serve the people in generalSB 5.4.5
jana-padam to the city or townSB 7.2.12
jana-padāḥ developed inhabited areaSB 10.24.24
jana-padāḥ the residents of the citiesSB 12.1.41
jana-padānām and the residents of the smaller towns and villagesSB 12.2.21
jana-padāḥ the populated placesSB 12.3.32
jānapadāḥ the provincial governorsSB 6.14.19
jānapadāḥ and the residents of the outlying districtsSB 10.36.24
jānapadāḥ the residents of all the outlying districtsSB 10.39.11-12
jānapadāḥ and the people of the suburbsSB 10.42.34
jānapadāḥ and village residentsSB 10.86.19
jānapadāḥ and of the villagesSB 10.86.22
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
jñāna-upadeśāya for distributing transcendental knowledge (as in Bhagavad-gītā)SB 9.8.24
upadeśa kaila gave him the instructionCC Adi 16.15
kailā upadeśa Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructedCC Madhya 18.206
upadeśa kaila gave instructionCC Madhya 24.258
upadeśa kailā instructedCC Madhya 25.95
bhāla kailā upadeśa you have given good adviceCC Antya 4.144
kailā upadeśa he gave instructionCC Antya 5.79
upadeśa kailā gave instructionCC Antya 5.130
kailā upadeśe have instructedCC Antya 16.71
kailuń upadeśa gave instructionCC Antya 1.89
kailuń upadeśa have given instructionCC Antya 6.238
kala-padaiḥ by chosen wordsSB 1.8.44
kala-padāyata accompanied by sweet songsSB 2.7.33
kala-padam pleasing songsSB 3.2.34
kala-padaiḥ having sweet tonesSB 10.21.19
kala-pada by the rhythmsCC Madhya 24.56
kala-padaiḥ having sweet tonesCC Madhya 24.207
kala-pada by the rhythmsCC Antya 17.31
kāma-dugha-ańghri-padmam the lotus feet of the Lord, which can award all desired fruitsSB 3.8.26
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 2.1
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 3.1
kaṇva-āśrama-padam to the residence of KaṇvaSB 9.20.7
kara upadeśa please give instructionCC Antya 6.229
kara upadeśa please give instructionsCC Antya 6.232
kara-pada-tala the palms and the soles of the feetCC Antya 15.76
karaha upadeśa You kindly instructCC Madhya 24.326
karaha upadeśa please give instructionsCC Antya 3.135
upadeśa kare He instructsCC Adi 6.43
upadeśa kare instructsCC Madhya 18.81
upadeśa kare advisesCC Antya 4.169
kare upadeśa teachesCC Antya 8.35
upadeśa kari instructsCC Madhya 14.45
nāma upadeśa kari' instructing about the process of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.138
upadeśa karite to adviseCC Antya 4.158
karma-padavīm the path of fruitive activitiesSB 3.31.16
hṛt-padma-karṇikā the whorl of the lotus flower of the heartSB 4.8.50
yaugapada-eka-kartari both activities in one personSB 4.4.20
kaustubha-vyapadeśena represented by the Kaustubha gemSB 12.11.10
pada khāñā getting the slapCC Madhya 13.95
kroḍa-apadeśaḥ assuming the body of a hogSB 3.13.28
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ unto the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.1.19
kṛṣṇa-ańghri-padma of the lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.3.33
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ (fixed) upon the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 9.4.18-20
kṛṣṇa-padavīm the path Kṛṣṇa has takenSB 10.30.9
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa's lotus feetSB 12.12.55
kṛṣṇa-pade unto the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 8.16
kṛṣṇa-upadeśa the instruction of the Bhagavad-gītā as it is spoken by the Lord or of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which advises one to worship Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.128
kṛṣṇa upadeśi' instructing about KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.148
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
kṛṣṇa-pada-arcana worshiping the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.336
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ on the two lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.137-139
kṛṣṇa-pade unto the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 24.198
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 3.178
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 3.185
kṛṣṇa-nāma upadeśi' instructing about chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.252-253
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.108
kṛṣṇa-padavīm where Kṛṣṇa has goneCC Antya 15.32
kṛṣṇa-pada-dāsī a maidservant at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 20.48
sva-kṣetra-vyapadeśakaḥ giving the island its nameSB 5.20.24
kurvanti-pada the word kurvantiCC Madhya 24.25
labdha-padam fixedSB 3.28.20
labdha-padam being establishedSB 11.14.44
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
upadeśa lañā getting instructions from Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.21
madhukara-anupadavīm the road followed in pursuance of devotees who are attached like bumblebeesSB 5.14.1
mahā-padma of an army, or wealth, measured in the millionsSB 12.1.6-8
mahāpadmaḥ the lord of MahāpadmaSB 12.1.9
mahat padam the supreme abodeCC Madhya 20.258
mahat padam the superexcellent stationBs 5.2
mamatā-āspadāḥ false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')SB 7.7.44
upadeśa-mantre by instruction and hymnsCC Madhya 22.14-15
martya-padavīm the way of mortalsSB 10.16.23
mathurā-padmera of the lotus flower of MathurāCC Madhya 18.18
vyapadeśa-mātram merely a designationSB 11.28.21
mayā upadiṣṭam indicated by meSB 4.27.23
prabhu-pade milāilā got to meet Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.90
mukha-padma lotuslike faceSB 3.5.41
mukha-padma of the lotuslike faceCC Madhya 8.5
mukha-padme on the lotus faceCC Antya 11.53
mukti-pade to the position of liberationSB 10.14.8
mukti-pade the word mukti-padeCC Madhya 6.262
mukti-padera of the term mukti-padeCC Madhya 6.271
mukti-pada-śabde by the word mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.271
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
mukti-pade in devotional serviceCC Antya 9.77
mukunda-padavīm the lotus feet of Mukunda, KṛṣṇaSB 10.47.61
mukunda-padavīm the lotus feet of Mukunda, KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.47
na abhyapadyata could not haveSB 10.76.12
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
na abhyapadyata did not reachSB 11.13.18
na upadhakṣyanti cannot burnSB 12.5.10
na utpadyate there does not ariseMM 35
nābhi-padma the navel lotus flowerSB 3.9.2
nābhi-padma lotus of the navelCC Adi 2.32
nābhi-padma lotus navelCC Adi 5.102
tāńra nābhi-padma haite from His lotus navelCC Madhya 20.287
nāhi pada You never readCC Adi 16.92
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotus flowerCC Adi 5.103
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotusCC Madhya 20.288
nāma-padaiḥ by the syllables of the holy nameSB 6.2.11
nāma upadeśa kari' instructing about the process of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.138
kṛṣṇa-nāma upadeśi' instructing about chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.252-253
nāradera upadeśe under the instruction of the sage NāradaCC Madhya 24.265
nārāyaṇa-pada-āśrayāḥ their real weapon being shelter at the lotus feet of NārāyaṇaSB 8.10.4
nija-pāda-padma His own lotus feetCC Adi 5.182
nija-āspada the reservoirCC Madhya 10.171
nija-pada Your lotus feetCC Madhya 13.147
nija-pada-dāna shelter at Your lotus feetCC Antya 11.5
nityānanda-pada the lotus feet of Lord NityānandaCC Adi 11.47
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 1.15.17
catuḥ-pada you are four-leggedSB 1.17.12
hari-pada at the two lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.15.20
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 3.20.36
tīrtha-pada of the Lord's lotus feetSB 3.23.56
yat-pāda-padmam the lotus feet of whomSB 4.4.15
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.6.38
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.8.19
pāda-padma lotus feetSB 4.9.10
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.9.17
vaikuṇṭha-pada to the abode of ViṣṇuSB 4.13.1
dvi-pada-paśubhiḥ who are nothing but animals with two legsSB 5.9.9-10
avyakta-pada who sing unclear songsSB 5.13.16
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ unto the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.1.19
tīrtha-pada about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose feet all the holy places standSB 6.2.46
uttama-śloka-pada-aravindayoḥ to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by transcendental prayersSB 7.4.42
tat-pāda-padmam Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva's lotus feetSB 7.9.6
ṣaṭ-pada beesSB 8.2.14-19
nārāyaṇa-pada-āśrayāḥ their real weapon being shelter at the lotus feet of NārāyaṇaSB 8.10.4
tat-pāda-padmayoḥ of the lotus feet of His LordshipSB 8.16.37
tri-pada-vyāja-yācñayā by simply asking three steps of landSB 8.21.9
pāda-padmam the lotus feetSB 8.22.10
pāda-padma of the lotus flower of the feetSB 8.23.7
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ (fixed) upon the two lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 9.4.18-20
bhavat-pada-ambhoruha Your lotus feetSB 10.2.31
anya-pada the other footprintsSB 10.16.18
sva-pada because of the marks of His lotus feetSB 10.21.5
dvi-pada of the two-legged (humans)SB 10.50.25-28
pāda-padme whose lotus feetSB 11.4.9
tīrtha-pada the abode of all holy placesSB 11.16.5
pāda-padmābhyām with His lotus feetSB 12.2.30
pāda-padmayoḥ of the lotus feetSB 12.12.54
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa's lotus feetSB 12.12.55
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.37
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.38
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.39
pāda-padma unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.40
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 3.108
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 4.273
nija-pāda-padma His own lotus feetCC Adi 5.182
bhakta-pada the position of a devoteeCC Adi 6.100
pāda-padme on the lotus feetCC Adi 7.170
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 8.81
pāda-upadhāna shoesCC Adi 10.33
nityānanda-pada the lotus feet of Lord NityānandaCC Adi 11.47
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
viṣṇu-pāda-padme in the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuCC Adi 16.80
nāhi pada You never readCC Adi 16.92
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 1.216
ei pada this verseCC Madhya 3.115
ei pada this stanzaCC Madhya 3.126
tāńra pāda-padma the lotus feet of GopīnāthaCC Madhya 4.14
tat-tat-pada all those itemsCC Madhya 6.195
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 6.208
mukti-pada-śabde by the word mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.271
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Madhya 7.124
sei pāda-padma those lotus feetCC Madhya 7.124
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 8.262
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.103
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Madhya 12.21
prabhu-pada-āghāte by the kicking of Lord JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.12
nija-pada Your lotus feetCC Madhya 13.147
prabhu-pada dhari' catching the feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.6
eka pada a single stepCC Madhya 14.51
prabhu-pada Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's lotus feetCC Madhya 15.290
prabhu-pada dhari' catching hold of the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 16.279
kṛṣṇa-pada-arcana worshiping the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.336
kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ on the two lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.137-139
ekādaśa pada eleven wordsCC Madhya 24.10
kurvanti-pada the word kurvantiCC Madhya 24.25
parasmai-pada a verb form indicating things done for othersCC Madhya 24.25
kala-pada by the rhythmsCC Madhya 24.56
yukta-pada-artheṣu the appropriate application of thingsCC Madhya 24.69
govinda-pāda-padma-āsavam the nectarean beverage flowing from the lotus feet of GovindaCC Madhya 24.215
śloka-anurūpa pada other verses following that particular verseCC Antya 1.76
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 2.1
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.147
prabhu-pada pāilā achieved the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.166
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 3.1
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
pāda-padme at the lotus feetCC Antya 4.40
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Antya 4.42
gaura-pāda-padma the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.106
pāda-padma of the lotus feetCC Antya 6.136
uḍiyā-pada a line of a song in the language of OrissaCC Antya 10.67
sei pada that special lineCC Antya 10.67
nija-pada-dāna shelter at Your lotus feetCC Antya 11.5
kara-pada-tala the palms and the soles of the feetCC Antya 15.76
sei pada that verseCC Antya 15.88
bhakta-pada-dhūli the dust of the lotus feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
bhakta-pada-jala the water that washed the feet of a devoteeCC Antya 16.60
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
kala-pada by the rhythmsCC Antya 17.31
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
pāda-padma the lotus feetCC Antya 19.6
kṛṣṇa-pada-dāsī a maidservant at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 20.48
tat-amala-pada-padme at the spotless lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Antya 20.154
jana-padāḥ cities and townsSB 1.8.40
jana-padāḥ citiesSB 1.14.20
sthiti-padaḥ the reservoir of all material opulenceSB 2.6.19
āśrita-padaḥ surrendered soulSB 2.7.42
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme LordSB 3.1.17
tīrtha-padaḥ whose lotus feet are all the places of pilgrimageSB 3.5.11
tīrtha-padaḥ one whose lotus feet are as good as a place of pilgrimageSB 3.5.41
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.23.42
bahu-padāḥ those who have many legsSB 3.29.30
catuḥ-padaḥ the four-legged (bulls)SB 5.1.14
jana-padaḥ desiring to serve the people in generalSB 5.4.5
dvi-padaḥ two-leggedSB 5.18.27
catuḥ-padaḥ four-leggedSB 5.18.27
catuḥ-padaḥ the four-legged animals like the deerSB 6.4.9
upānat-padaḥ for a person who has suitable shoesSB 7.15.17
tīrtha-padaḥ the Lord, at whose feet are the holy placesSB 9.5.16
rūḍha-padaḥ when it is acuteSB 10.4.38
jana-padāḥ developed inhabited areaSB 10.24.24
jana-padāḥ the residents of the citiesSB 12.1.41
jana-padāḥ the populated placesSB 12.3.32
āśrita-padaḥ those who have taken shelter of the LordCC Madhya 6.235
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose lotus feet are all places of pilgrimageCC Madhya 8.72
kala-padaiḥ by chosen wordsSB 1.8.44
nāma-padaiḥ by the syllables of the holy nameSB 6.2.11
goḥ-padaiḥ with the hoofprintsSB 10.19.4
kala-padaiḥ having sweet tonesSB 10.21.19
ṣaṭ-padaiḥ by beesSB 10.47.6
kala-padaiḥ having sweet tonesCC Madhya 24.207
tvat-padakaiḥ by Your lotus feetSB 10.2.38
citra-padam decorativeSB 1.5.10
tat-padam at the lotus feet of the LordSB 1.5.31
catuḥ-padām of those who have four legsSB 1.13.47
tejāḥ-padam source of brillianceSB 1.15.14
ūna-padam devoid of strength to standSB 1.16.34
putra-padam the position of the sonSB 2.7.9
kala-padam pleasing songsSB 3.2.34
āśrama-padam the holy hermitageSB 3.21.37
āśrama-padam to the place of the hermitageSB 3.24.9
labdha-padam fixedSB 3.28.20
siddha-padam SiddhapadaSB 3.33.31
āśrama-padam hermitageSB 4.1.22
ṣaṭ-padam beesSB 4.6.29
bhagavat-padam to the position of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.12.24
viṣṇu-padam planet known as Vaikuṇṭhaloka or ViṣṇulokaSB 4.12.25
tat-padam His abodeSB 4.12.43
sva-āśrama-padam to their own respective hermitagesSB 4.14.35
jana-padam the stateSB 4.14.39-40
param padam to the lotus feet of the Supreme LordSB 4.21.7
citra-padam flowerySB 4.21.20
saṃśaya-padam position of doubtfulnessSB 4.23.11
bhagavat-padam the kingdom of GodSB 4.23.27
jana-padam citySB 4.25.47
āśrama-padam to the āśramaSB 5.8.7
viṣṇu-padam the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.17.1
paramam padam the supreme abodeSB 5.22.17
viṣṇoḥ paramam padam the supreme abode of Lord Viṣṇu, or the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.23.1
dvi-padām of human beings, who have two legsSB 6.4.9
vivikta-padam distinguishing spirit from matterSB 6.5.18
paramam padam the supreme abode, VaikuṇṭhalokaSB 6.9.32
jana-padam to the city or townSB 7.2.12
āścarya-padam wonderful thingsSB 7.4.16
tat-padam the source of that tumultuous soundSB 7.8.16
ṣaṭ-padām bumblebees, which have six legsSB 8.8.15
tat-padam to the place where She was situatedSB 8.12.25
indra-padam the post of IndraSB 8.13.13
āśrama-padam the place of residenceSB 8.18.9-10
āśrama-padam the residential placeSB 9.15.23
kaṇva-āśrama-padam to the residence of KaṇvaSB 9.20.7
vatsa-padam exactly as one steps over a small hoofprint of a calfSB 10.1.4
govatsa-padam like the hoofprint of a calfSB 10.2.30
param padam the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation)SB 10.2.32
tat-padam at His lotus feetSB 10.8.41
vatsa-padam the hoof-print of a calfSB 10.14.58
param padam the supreme abode, VaikuṇṭhaSB 10.14.58
sat-padam with beesSB 10.32.11-12
svam padam His own desired positionSB 11.1.6-7
labdha-padam being establishedSB 11.14.44
dvi-padām of ordinary human beings (who do not follow the varṇāśrama system)SB 11.17.1-2
tri-padām the Gāyatrī mantraSB 11.17.25
āśrama-padam place of hermitageSB 12.8.18-20
citra-padam decorative wordsSB 12.12.51
anu-padam in each and every verseSB 12.12.66
mahat padam the supreme abodeCC Madhya 20.258
tat padam that abodeCC Madhya 21.56
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 22.30
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 24.131
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 24.141
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 25.32
dakṣiṇa-padam the right footCC Antya 1.166
aṣṭā-padam goldCC Antya 1.169
prati-padam at every stepCC Antya 20.12
mahat padam the superexcellent stationBs 5.2
prati-padam at every stepMM 19
jana-padān metropolisesSB 1.6.11
jana-padān citySB 1.11.1
jāna-padān to his countrymenSB 4.17.2
jāna-padān common citizensSB 4.21.6
jana-padānām and the residents of the smaller towns and villagesSB 12.2.21
āśrama-padāni all hermitagesSB 5.7.10
bhaumāni svarga-padāni as the heavenly places on earthSB 5.17.11
tat-padāt from His feetSB 1.11.33
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
karma-padavīm the path of fruitive activitiesSB 3.31.16
draviṇa-padavīm the way to achieve that wealthSB 5.8.23
ṛṣabha-padavīm the path of King ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.15.1
artha-padavīm the path of my objectSB 7.7.9
dākṣiṇya-dṛṣṭi-padavīm the position bestowed by the merciful glanceSB 8.23.7
suta-padavīm the place of her sonSB 10.7.24
tvat-padavīm of Your transcendental positionSB 10.14.19
martya-padavīm the way of mortalsSB 10.16.23
kṛṣṇa-padavīm the path Kṛṣṇa has takenSB 10.30.9
mukunda-padavīm the lotus feet of Mukunda, KṛṣṇaSB 10.47.61
prasena-padavīm the path taken by PrasenaSB 10.56.17
tat-padavīm His destinationSB 11.2.18
sahasra-padavīm which branches out in thousands of directionsSB 11.21.38-40
mukunda-padavīm the lotus feet of Mukunda, KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.47
kṛṣṇa-padavīm where Kṛṣṇa has goneCC Antya 15.32
anavasita-padavya whose path cannot be ascertainedSB 5.3.14
goṣ-padāyante becomes like a small hole created by the hoof of a calfCC Madhya 24.37
goṣ-padāyante is like a calf's hoofprintCC Antya 3.197
kala-padāyata accompanied by sweet songsSB 2.7.33
tat-padayoḥ at the feet of the KingSB 7.2.29-31
dvi-padbhiḥ and foot soldiersSB 10.71.34
yat-padbhyām by the touch of whose feetSB 4.23.19
parisara-paddhatim from which the system of the arteries comesCC Madhya 24.166
parisara-paddhatim from which the system of the arteries comesCC Madhya 24.213
dvi-pade to the two-legged (driver)SB 5.1.14
prauṣṭha-pade in the month of Bhādra (August-September)SB 7.14.19
tri-pade who have three legsSB 8.16.31
mukti-pade to the position of liberationSB 10.14.8
kṛṣṇa-pade unto the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 8.16
vṛndāvana-dāsa-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa ṭhākuraCC Adi 8.40
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of the LordCC Adi 10.34
śūnya-pade on the naked legsCC Adi 14.79
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Adi 16.107
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 1.221
tāńra pade at His lotus feetCC Madhya 5.74
bhakti-pade in devotional serviceCC Madhya 6.261
mukti-pade the word mukti-padeCC Madhya 6.262
bhakti-pade the word bhakti-padeCC Madhya 6.262
prabhu-pade to the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 6.281
prabhu-pade to the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.57
prabhu-pade under the shelter of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 10.184
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 11.42
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.171
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 12.8
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 12.13
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 12.43
prabhu-pade at the feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 15.259
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 17.93
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 20.89
kṛṣṇa-pade unto the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 24.198
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.12
prabhu-pade at the feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.215
prabhu-pade milāilā got to meet Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.90
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 3.178
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 3.185
kṛṣṇa-pade at the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.108
mukti-pade in devotional serviceCC Antya 9.77
prabhu-pade the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 9.96
tāńra pade upon His lotus feetCC Antya 9.151
ei pade by this lineCC Antya 10.69
skhalat-padena with symmetrical rhythmSB 3.8.6
ṣaṭ-padena by the beeMM 52
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Madhya 2.12
mukti-padera of the term mukti-padeCC Madhya 6.271
bhagavat-padī emanating from the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.17.1
ṣaṭ-ańga-ṣaṭ-padī of the eighteen-syllable mantra with sixfold divisionsBs 5.3
tri-padīm three-footedSB 5.9.5
mukha-padma lotuslike faceSB 3.5.41
nābhi-padma the navel lotus flowerSB 3.9.2
hṛt-padma-karṇikā the whorl of the lotus flower of the heartSB 4.8.50
pāda-padma lotus feetSB 4.9.10
kṛṣṇa-ańghri-padma of the lotus feet of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 6.3.33
pāda-padma of the lotus flower of the feetSB 8.23.7
śańkha-cakra-gadā-padma of the conchshell, disc, club and lotusSB 10.3.30
mahā-padma of an army, or wealth, measured in the millionsSB 12.1.6-8
hṛt-padma the lotus of his heartSB 12.9.26
pāda-padma unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.40
nābhi-padma lotus of the navelCC Adi 2.32
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 3.108
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 4.273
nābhi-padma lotus navelCC Adi 5.102
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotus flowerCC Adi 5.103
nija-pāda-padma His own lotus feetCC Adi 5.182
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Adi 8.81
tāńra pāda-padma the lotus feet of GopīnāthaCC Madhya 4.14
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Madhya 7.124
sei pāda-padma those lotus feetCC Madhya 7.124
mukha-padma of the lotuslike faceCC Madhya 8.5
ańghri-padma-sudhāya by the nectar derived from the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.226
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Madhya 12.21
śrī-padma-caraṇa the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 13.9
tāńra nābhi-padma haite from His lotus navelCC Madhya 20.287
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotusCC Madhya 20.288
govinda-pāda-padma-āsavam the nectarean beverage flowing from the lotus feet of GovindaCC Madhya 24.215
pāda-padma lotus feetCC Antya 4.42
gaura-pāda-padma the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.106
pāda-padma of the lotus feetCC Antya 6.136
pāda-padma the lotus feetCC Antya 19.6
aṣṭa-padma-sańge is associated with the eight lotus flowersCC Antya 19.94
pāda-padmābhyām with His lotus feetSB 12.2.30
ańghri-padmaḥ whose lotus feetSB 6.8.12
ańghri-padmaḥ His lotus feetSB 11.2.55
dhṛta-ańghri-padmaḥ whose lotus feet are boundCC Madhya 25.128
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 1.15.17
kāma-dugha-ańghri-padmam the lotus feet of the Lord, which can award all desired fruitsSB 3.8.26
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 3.20.36
yat-pāda-padmam the lotus feet of whomSB 4.4.15
pragṛhīta-ańghri-padmam his lotus feet having been taken shelter ofSB 4.6.5
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.6.38
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.8.19
pāda-padmam lotus feetSB 4.9.17
tat-pāda-padmam Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva's lotus feetSB 7.9.6
pāda-padmam the lotus feetSB 8.22.10
ańghri-padmam the lotus feetSB 10.38.7
ańghri-padmam at the lotus feetSB 11.16.5
ananta-padmanābha to Ananta PadmanābhaCC Madhya 9.241
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
tat-pāda-padmayoḥ of the lotus feet of His LordshipSB 8.16.37
pāda-padmayoḥ of the lotus feetSB 12.12.54
pāda-padme whose lotus feetSB 11.4.9
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.37
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.38
pāda-padme unto the lotus feetCC Adi 1.39
sei padme on that lotusCC Adi 5.102
pāda-padme on the lotus feetCC Adi 7.170
viṣṇu-pāda-padme in the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuCC Adi 16.80
sei padme on that lotus flowerCC Madhya 20.287
pāda-padme at the lotus feetCC Antya 4.40
mukha-padme on the lotus faceCC Antya 11.53
tat-amala-pada-padme at the spotless lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Antya 20.154
mathurā-padmera of the lotus flower of MathurāCC Madhya 18.18
hṛt-padmeṣu in the lotus heartsSB 3.32.11
bhuja-padoḥ of the arms and legsCC Antya 14.73
viṣṇu-padyāḥ of the lotus feet of ViṣṇuSB 2.3.23
viṣṇu-padyām on the bank of the Ganges (emanating from the lotus feet of Lord Viṣṇu)SB 1.19.7
sam-padyatām please assureMM 18
prabhu-pada pāilā achieved the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.166
upadeśa pāñā getting this instructionCC Antya 3.260
pañcapadī PañcapadīSB 5.20.26
param padam to the lotus feet of the Supreme LordSB 4.21.7
param padam the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation)SB 10.2.32
param padam the supreme abode, VaikuṇṭhaSB 10.14.58
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 22.30
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 24.131
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 24.141
param padam to the supreme positionCC Madhya 25.32
paramam padam the supreme abodeSB 5.22.17
viṣṇoḥ paramam padam the supreme abode of Lord Viṣṇu, or the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.23.1
paramam padam the supreme abode, VaikuṇṭhalokaSB 6.9.32
parasmai-pada a verb form indicating things done for othersCC Madhya 24.25
parisara-paddhatim from which the system of the arteries comesCC Madhya 24.166
parisara-paddhatim from which the system of the arteries comesCC Madhya 24.213
dvi-pada-paśubhiḥ who are nothing but animals with two legsSB 5.9.9-10
dvipada-patīn rulers of the human beingsSB 4.31.22
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of the LordCC Adi 10.34
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Adi 16.107
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 1.216
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 1.221
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 6.208
prabhu-pade to the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 6.281
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 8.262
prabhu-pade to the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.57
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.103
prabhu-pade under the shelter of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 10.184
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 11.42
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.171
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 12.8
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 12.13
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 12.43
prabhu-pada-āghāte by the kicking of Lord JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.12
prabhu-pada dhari' catching the feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.6
prabhu-pade at the feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 15.259
prabhu-pada Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's lotus feetCC Madhya 15.290
prabhu-pada dhari' catching hold of the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 16.279
prabhu-pade at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 17.93
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 20.89
prabhu-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.12
prabhu-pade at the feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.215
prabhu-pade milāilā got to meet Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.90
prabhu-pada the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.147
prabhu-pada pāilā achieved the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.166
prabhu-pade the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 9.96
prabhura upadeṣṭā an instructor of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.61
pragṛhīta-ańghri-padmam his lotus feet having been taken shelter ofSB 4.6.5
prajā-apadeśam son in name onlySB 4.13.45
prāṇa-āpadam affecting lifeSB 1.7.21
prapada by the tip of the footSB 10.26.5
prapada front of His feetSB 10.30.32
prapada by the toesSB 10.44.27
prapada of the toeBs 5.34
prapadābhyām on the upper or front portion of the feetSB 2.5.40-41
prapadayoḥ at the tips of the lotus feetSB 10.23.30
prapade the toesSB 2.1.26
prapade on her toesSB 10.42.7
prapadoḥ by the hoovesSB 10.15.32
prapadyamānaḥ being surrendered (to such a condition)SB 10.1.42
prapadyamānasya for one in the process of taking shelter of the Supreme LordSB 11.2.42
prapadyante surrenderBG 4.11
prapadyante surrenderBG 7.14
prapadyante surrenderBG 7.15
prapadyante surrenderBG 7.20
prapadyante achieveSB 11.16.3
prapadyante surrenderCC Adi 4.20
prapadyante surrenderCC Adi 4.178
prapadyante surrenderCC Madhya 8.91
prapadyante surrender fullyCC Madhya 20.121
prapadyante surrender fullyCC Madhya 22.23
prapadyante surrender fullyCC Madhya 24.138
prāpadyata reachedSB 3.4.36
prapadyatām who approach me for shelterSB 10.88.20
prapadyate surrendersBG 7.19
prapadyate is experiencedSB 3.6.17
prapadyate transactsSB 3.6.21
prapadyate reachesSB 3.6.22
prapadyate he entersSB 3.30.31
prapadyate takes toSB 4.21.32
prapadyate attainsSB 8.1.14
prapadyate achievesSB 8.24.51
prapadyate surrendersSB 10.1.41
prapadyate receives the qualificationSB 11.25.32
prapadye surrenderBG 15.3-4
prapadye I take shelterSB 3.9.15
prapadye surrenderSB 3.24.32
prapadye I surrenderSB 3.24.33
prapadye surrenderSB 4.1.20
prapadye offer my obeisancesSB 4.9.16
prapadye surrenderSB 4.22.38
prapadye let me offer my respectful obeisancesSB 5.19.4
prapadye I request everyone to surrenderSB 8.1.16
prapadye I surrenderSB 8.3.3
prapadye let us offer our respectful obeisancesSB 8.5.28
prapadye let me surrenderSB 8.24.49
prapadye fully surrenderingSB 8.24.53
prapadye surrenderSB 9.9.47
prapadye I offerSB 9.11.21
prapadye I acceptSB 9.21.12
prapadye I offer full surrenderSB 10.3.26
prapadye I am approaching for shelterSB 10.63.26
prapadye approach for shelterSB 10.70.39
śaraṇam prapadye I approach to take shelterSB 11.7.18
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.8
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.9
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.10
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.11
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.13
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.50
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.93
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.109
prapadye surrenderCC Madhya 6.254
prapadye I surrenderCC Madhya 19.54
prapadye offer obeisancesCC Madhya 23.1
prapadye I offer my obeisancesCC Antya 6.1
śaraṇam prapadye I take shelter ofCC Antya 16.53
prapadyeran can regainSB 8.16.17
prapadyeta let him get backSB 4.6.51
prapadyeta entersSB 7.6.16
prapadyeta he surrendersSB 8.24.51
prapadyeta one should take shelter ofSB 11.3.21
prasena-padavīm the path taken by PrasenaSB 10.56.17
prati-padam at every stepCC Antya 20.12
prati-padam at every stepMM 19
pratipadya by obtainingSB 2.2.28
pratipadya reapingSB 3.16.12
pratipadya obtainingSB 3.16.26
pratipadya acceptingSB 4.21.35
pratipadya fallingSB 11.12.20
pratipadyāmahe we shall carry outSB 3.21.56
pratipadyamānaḥ in the process of attainingSB 11.29.34
pratipadyamānaḥ attainingCC Madhya 22.103
pratipadyamānaḥ attainingCC Antya 4.194
pratipadyate attainsBG 14.14
pratipadyate expressSB 3.6.12
pratipadyate expressesSB 3.6.13
pratipadyate can experienceSB 3.6.16
pratipadyate experiencesSB 3.6.18
pratipadyate experiencesSB 3.6.19
pratipadyate performsSB 3.6.20
pratipadyate transactsSB 3.6.24
pratipadyate takes inSB 3.6.25
pratipadyate cultivatesSB 3.6.26
pratipadyate he realizesSB 3.27.11
pratipadyate realizesSB 3.27.16
pratipadyate attainsSB 11.22.51
pratyapadyat came backSB 10.55.1
saṃśayam pratyapadyata she was amazedSB 3.23.35
pratyapadyata returnedSB 4.12.9
pratyapadyata returnedSB 4.20.37
pratyapadyata returnedSB 7.10.69
pratyapadyata began to followSB 8.12.31
pratyapadyata leftSB 9.7.16
pratyapadyata returnedSB 10.14.41
pratyapadyata they obtainSB 10.47.32
prauṣṭha-pade in the month of Bhādra (August-September)SB 7.14.19
prauṣṭhapadyām in the month of BhādraSB 12.13.13
prema-āspada the object of loveCC Adi 6.100
priyavrata-uttānapadoḥ of Priyavrata and UttānapādaSB 3.22.9
purujit drupadaḥ śalyaḥ Purujit, Drupada and ŚalyaSB 10.82.23-26
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
putra-padam the position of the sonSB 2.7.9
putra-sampadā due to the opulence of a sonSB 6.14.42
drupada-putreṇa by the son of DrupadaBG 1.3
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
drupada-rāja of King DrupadaSB 10.75.32
ṛṣabha-apadeśaḥ who is celebrated and known as ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.5.28
ṛṣabha-padavīm the path of King ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.15.1
rūḍha-padaḥ when it is acuteSB 10.4.38
mukti-pada-śabde by the word mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.271
sahasra-padavīm which branches out in thousands of directionsSB 11.21.38-40
sakala sampad all opulenceCC Madhya 13.147
purujit drupadaḥ śalyaḥ Purujit, Drupada and ŚalyaSB 10.82.23-26
sam-padyatām please assureMM 18
samapadyata perfectly executedSB 3.12.53
samapadyata sprang upSB 3.26.23-24
samapadyata took birthSB 4.15.1
samapadyata achievedSB 6.12.35
samapadyata has been gotten by chanceSB 10.5.23
samapadyata returnedSB 11.6.32
samapadyata arrivedSB 11.8.25-26
sampad the opulenceCC Madhya 5.24
sakala sampad all opulenceCC Madhya 13.147
sampad the opulenceCC Madhya 14.204
sampad the opulenceCC Madhya 14.213
vṛndāvana-sampad the opulence of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 14.218
putra-sampadā due to the opulence of a sonSB 6.14.42
sarva-upaskara-sampadā by all the paraphernalia for worshiping the DeitySB 9.4.31-32
sampadā opulencesSB 10.61.1
sampada opulenceCC Madhya 3.203
sampadaḥ opulenceSB 1.12.5
sampadaḥ opulenceSB 1.14.9
āśrama-sampadaḥ the prosperity of the beautiful hermitagesSB 3.22.26-27
sampadaḥ all opulencesSB 4.21.44
sampadaḥ opulencesSB 4.22.11
gṛha-sampadaḥ all household paraphernaliaSB 4.26.15
sampadaḥ and opulenceSB 6.9.55
sampadaḥ opulencesSB 6.11.22
sampadaḥ the great opulencesSB 6.14.13
sampadaḥ possessionsSB 6.14.25
sampadaḥ prosperitiesSB 6.15.21-23
sampadaḥ opulencesSB 6.19.9
yajña-sampadaḥ paraphernalia for performing yajña, or the means for pleasing the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.14.16
sampadaḥ and richesSB 10.20.10
sampadaḥ the richesSB 10.42.21
sampadaḥ (material) treasuresSB 10.60.53
sampadaḥ assetsSB 10.73.10
sampadaḥ richesSB 10.81.6-7
sampadaḥ opulencesSB 10.81.37
sampadam the qualitiesBG 16.1-3
sampadam the qualitiesBG 16.4
sampadam assetsBG 16.5
vatsa-upaskara-sampadām with nice calvesSB 9.4.33-35
sampadam the treasureSB 10.60.53
sampadām of opulencesSB 10.81.19
sampadām of opulencesSB 10.81.29-32
śaṣya-sampadbhiḥ with their wealth of grainsSB 10.20.12
sampadbhiḥ endowed with richesSB 10.83.38
sampadbhyaḥ from his material assetsSB 10.27.16
sampadi opulentSB 4.25.18
sampadya by surrenderingSB 10.87.50
sampadya achievingSB 11.12.24
sampadyamānam having merged intoSB 1.9.44
sampadyamānasya of one who is becoming completely opulentSB 11.15.33
sampadyate he attainsBG 13.31
sampadyate attains successSB 2.1.21
sampadyate is worshipedSB 4.21.34
sampadyate becomes successfulSB 8.17.20
sampadyate achieves equal opulencesSB 11.18.37
sampadyate is achievedSB 11.21.15
sampadyate he achievesSB 11.25.35
sampadyate attainsSB 12.5.5
sampadyeta can be fulfilledSB 8.16.13
saṃśaya-padam position of doubtfulnessSB 4.23.11
saṃśayam pratyapadyata she was amazedSB 3.23.35
aṣṭa-padma-sańge is associated with the eight lotus flowersCC Antya 19.94
śańka-āspadam based on many doubtsSB 1.15.1
śańkha-cakra-gadā-padma of the conchshell, disc, club and lotusSB 10.3.30
sannyāsīre upadeśe advises persons in the renounced order of lifeCC Antya 5.80
sapadi on the battlefieldSB 1.9.35
sapadi quicklySB 2.7.24
sapadi immediatelySB 5.8.22
sapadi that instantSB 5.25.11
sapadi immediatelySB 7.9.6
sapadi immediatelySB 10.6.34
sapadi at onceSB 10.13.57
sapadi immediatelySB 10.13.59
sapadi suddenlySB 10.14.15
sapadi at onceSB 10.18.29
sapadi at onceSB 10.38.15
sapadi immediatelySB 10.38.19
sapadi immediatelySB 10.47.18
śaraṇam prapadye I approach to take shelterSB 11.7.18
śaraṇam prapadye I take shelter ofCC Antya 16.53
sarva-āpadbhyaḥ from all kinds of dangerSB 6.8.30
sarva-upaskara-sampadā by all the paraphernalia for worshiping the DeitySB 9.4.31-32
śaṣya-sampadbhiḥ with their wealth of grainsSB 10.20.12
ṣaṭ-padam beesSB 4.6.29
sat-apadeśe called realSB 5.5.30
ṣaṭ-pada beesSB 8.2.14-19
ṣaṭ-padām bumblebees, which have six legsSB 8.8.15
sat-padam with beesSB 10.32.11-12
ṣaṭ-padaiḥ by beesSB 10.47.6
ṣaṭ-ańga-ṣaṭ-padī of the eighteen-syllable mantra with sixfold divisionsBs 5.3
ṣaṭ-ańga-ṣaṭ-padī of the eighteen-syllable mantra with sixfold divisionsBs 5.3
ṣaṭ-padena by the beeMM 52
ṣaṭpadaḥ the honeybeeSB 11.8.10
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
sei padme on that lotusCC Adi 5.102
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotus flowerCC Adi 5.103
sei pāda-padma those lotus feetCC Madhya 7.124
sei padme on that lotus flowerCC Madhya 20.287
sei padma-nāle within the stem of that lotusCC Madhya 20.288
sei pada that special lineCC Antya 10.67
sei pada that verseCC Antya 15.88
siddha-padam SiddhapadaSB 3.33.31
śiva-apadeśaḥ who is śiva, or auspicious, only in nameSB 4.2.14-15
skhalat-padena with symmetrical rhythmSB 3.8.6
uttama-śloka-pada-aravindayoḥ to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by transcendental prayersSB 7.4.42
śloka-anurūpa pada other verses following that particular verseCC Antya 1.76
śrī-draupadī uvāca Śrī Draupadī saidSB 10.83.6-7
śrī-padma-caraṇa the lotus feet of the LordCC Madhya 13.9
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 2.1
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 3.1
jayantaḥ śrutadevaḥ ca puṣpadantaḥ atha sātvataḥ Jayanta, Śrutadeva, Puṣpadanta and SātvataSB 8.21.16-17
sthiti-padaḥ the reservoir of all material opulenceSB 2.6.19
upadeva-vara-striyaḥ the beautiful wives of the demigodsSB 4.3.5-7
ańghri-padma-sudhāya by the nectar derived from the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.226
śūnya-pade on the naked legsCC Adi 14.79
suta-padavīm the place of her sonSB 10.7.24
upadevā-sutāḥ sons of Upadevā, another wife of Vasudeva'sSB 9.24.51
sva-āśrama-padam to their own respective hermitagesSB 4.14.35
sva-kṣetra-vyapadeśakaḥ giving the island its nameSB 5.20.24
sva-pada because of the marks of His lotus feetSB 10.21.5
svam padam His own desired positionSB 11.1.6-7
śvāpadāḥ the ferocious animals like the lions and tigersSB 6.6.24-26
bhaumāni svarga-padāni as the heavenly places on earthSB 5.17.11
tad-upadraṣṭre to the observer of itSB 10.16.41
kara-pada-tala the palms and the soles of the feetCC Antya 15.76
tāńra pāda-padma the lotus feet of GopīnāthaCC Madhya 4.14
tāńra pade at His lotus feetCC Madhya 5.74
tāńra nābhi-padma haite from His lotus navelCC Madhya 20.287
tāńra pade upon His lotus feetCC Antya 9.151
upadeśe tāńre instructed himCC Antya 8.20
tat-padam at the lotus feet of the LordSB 1.5.31
tat-padāt from His feetSB 1.11.33
tat-padam His abodeSB 4.12.43
tat-padayoḥ at the feet of the KingSB 7.2.29-31
tat-padam the source of that tumultuous soundSB 7.8.16
tat-pāda-padmam Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva's lotus feetSB 7.9.6
tat-padam to the place where She was situatedSB 8.12.25
tat-pāda-padmayoḥ of the lotus feet of His LordshipSB 8.16.37
tat-upadhārya understanding everything rightlySB 10.1.19
tat-padam at His lotus feetSB 10.8.41
tat-padavīm His destinationSB 11.2.18
tat-tat-pada all those itemsCC Madhya 6.195
tat-tat-pada all those itemsCC Madhya 6.195
tat padam that abodeCC Madhya 21.56
tat-amala-pada-padme at the spotless lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Antya 20.154
tejāḥ-padam source of brillianceSB 1.15.14
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme LordSB 3.1.17
tīrtha-padaḥ whose lotus feet are all the places of pilgrimageSB 3.5.11
tīrtha-padaḥ one whose lotus feet are as good as a place of pilgrimageSB 3.5.41
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.23.42
tīrtha-pada of the Lord's lotus feetSB 3.23.56
tīrtha-pada about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose feet all the holy places standSB 6.2.46
tīrtha-padaḥ the Lord, at whose feet are the holy placesSB 9.5.16
tīrtha-pada the abode of all holy placesSB 11.16.5
tīrtha-padaḥ of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose lotus feet are all places of pilgrimageCC Madhya 8.72
tīrthapada-anukīrtanam glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as TīrthapadaSB 6.13.22-23
tri-padīm three-footedSB 5.9.5
tri-pade who have three legsSB 8.16.31
tri-pada-vyāja-yācñayā by simply asking three steps of landSB 8.21.9
tri-padām the Gāyatrī mantraSB 11.17.25
tripada three stepsSB 2.7.17
tripadī and Tripadī, or TirupatiCC Madhya 1.105
tvat-padakaiḥ by Your lotus feetSB 10.2.38
tvat-padavīm of Your transcendental positionSB 10.14.19
uccapadaḥ of UttānapādaSB 3.22.18
udapadyanta were generatedSB 5.24.16
udapadyata generatedSB 2.5.26-29
udapadyata became manifestedSB 3.6.27
uḍiyā-pada a line of a song in the language of OrissaCC Antya 10.67
ūna-padam devoid of strength to standSB 1.16.34
upadadhānaḥ awakeningSB 5.5.31
upadānavī UpadānavīSB 6.6.33-36
upadānavīm UpadānavīSB 6.6.33-36
upadekṣyamāṇaḥ instructingSB 5.19.10
upadekṣyanti they will initiateBG 4.34
upadeśa-artham for instructingSB 8.1.5
upadeśa of this instructionSB 10.29.32
bhakti-upadeśa instruction of devotional serviceCC Adi 6.29
upadeśa kare He instructsCC Adi 6.43
upadeśa instructionCC Adi 12.15
upadeśa kaila gave him the instructionCC Adi 16.15
upadeśa adviceCC Adi 16.106
upadeśa adviceCC Adi 17.56
upadeśa adviceCC Madhya 6.241
upadeśa instructionCC Madhya 7.104
kṛṣṇa-upadeśa the instruction of the Bhagavad-gītā as it is spoken by the Lord or of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which advises one to worship Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.128
hita-upadeśa good instructionCC Madhya 9.100
upadeśa kari instructsCC Madhya 14.45
upadeśa kare instructsCC Madhya 18.81
kailā upadeśa Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructedCC Madhya 18.206
upadeśa-mantre by instruction and hymnsCC Madhya 22.14-15
upadeśa diyā giving instructionsCC Madhya 22.56
upadeśa-amṛta the nectar of the instructionsCC Madhya 23.126
upadeśa kaila gave instructionCC Madhya 24.258
karaha upadeśa You kindly instructCC Madhya 24.326
upadeśa lañā getting instructions from Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.21
upadeśa kailā instructedCC Madhya 25.95
kailuń upadeśa gave instructionCC Antya 1.89
karaha upadeśa please give instructionsCC Antya 3.135
nāma upadeśa kari' instructing about the process of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.138
upadeśa pāñā getting this instructionCC Antya 3.260
bhāla kailā upadeśa you have given good adviceCC Antya 4.144
upadeśa dila has given instructionCC Antya 4.156
upadeśa karite to adviseCC Antya 4.158
upadeśa kare advisesCC Antya 4.169
kailā upadeśa he gave instructionCC Antya 5.79
upadeśa kailā gave instructionCC Antya 5.130
kara upadeśa please give instructionCC Antya 6.229
kara upadeśa please give instructionsCC Antya 6.232
kailuń upadeśa have given instructionCC Antya 6.238
kare upadeśa teachesCC Antya 8.35
upadeśa of advice or instructionNoI 8
upadeśam instruction in scriptureSB 3.23.11
upadeśam instructionSB 4.16.3
yathā-upadeśam according to the instructionSB 5.4.17
yathā-upadeśam as advisedSB 5.5.14
yathā-upadeśam as prescribed in the śāstrasSB 5.9.4
yathā-upadeśam as much as I am instructed by the authoritiesSB 5.19.31
yathā-upadeśam as instructedSB 5.25.14
upadeśam lessonSB 11.9.9
upadeśam scriptural injunctionsSB 11.18.13
upadeśataḥ by the adviceSB 9.7.8
upadeśāya for instructingSB 3.5.21
jñāna-upadeśāya for distributing transcendental knowledge (as in Bhagavad-gītā)SB 9.8.24
upadeśe instructCC Adi 6.51
ei upadeśe by this instructionCC Adi 12.15
upadeśe under instructionsCC Madhya 14.5
upadeśe instructsCC Madhya 20.129
upadeśe instructCC Madhya 20.130
upadeśe instructsCC Madhya 22.3
nāradera upadeśe under the instruction of the sage NāradaCC Madhya 24.265
anya-upadeśe by instructing othersCC Antya 3.11
upadeśe he advisesCC Antya 4.159
upadeśe he advisesCC Antya 4.160
sannyāsīre upadeśe advises persons in the renounced order of lifeCC Antya 5.80
upadeśe tāńre instructed himCC Antya 8.20
upadeśe instructsCC Antya 8.25
kailā upadeśe have instructedCC Antya 16.71
upadeśena by the instructionSB 9.21.26
upadeśi' by instructingCC Adi 7.92
kṛṣṇa upadeśi' instructing about KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.148
kṛṣṇa-nāma upadeśi' instructing about chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantraCC Antya 3.252-253
upadeṣṭā adviserCC Antya 4.160
prabhura upadeṣṭā an instructor of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.61
upadeṣṭā instructorCC Antya 6.233
upadeṣṭāraḥ instructorsSB 12.6.45
upadeṣṭavyaḥ to be instructedSB 7.5.51
upadeva-vara-striyaḥ the beautiful wives of the demigodsSB 4.3.5-7
upadeva of KuveraSB 4.10.7
upadeva-gaṇāḥ the demigodsSB 5.16.13-14
upadeva-gaṇaiḥ by the semi-demigods (the Gandharvas)SB 5.16.15
upadeva-gītakaiḥ with singing by the secondary demigods like the GandharvasSB 8.15.21
upadevā UpadevāSB 9.24.20
upadevā-sutāḥ sons of Upadevā, another wife of Vasudeva'sSB 9.24.51
upadeva of the minor demigodsSB 10.35.20-21
upadevāḥ sub-demigodsSB 6.1.33
upadevaḥ UpadevaSB 8.13.27
upadevaḥ ca and UpadevaSB 9.24.15
upadevaḥ UpadevaSB 9.24.20
upadevānām of the YakṣasSB 4.11.8
upadevyaḥ the wives of the YakṣasSB 4.10.6
na upadhakṣyanti cannot burnSB 12.5.10
pāda-upadhāna shoesCC Adi 10.33
caraṇa-upadhānam the shelter of His feetSB 3.8.5
upadhānam pillowSB 3.13.5
caraṇa-upadhānam the resting pillow for the legsCC Antya 19.70
upadhāraya knowBG 7.6
upadhāraya try to understandBG 9.6
upadhāraya just think of me in this regardSB 4.8.67
upadhāraya please try to understandSB 11.25.1
upadhāraya you should understandSB 11.25.18
upadhārayan consideringSB 8.4.11-12
upadhārayan simply by this process of hearingSB 9.11.23
upadharma of the irreligious system of so-called sannyāsaSB 4.19.38
upadharmaḥ concocted religious principlesSB 7.15.13
upadharmeṣu towards false religious systemsSB 4.19.24-25
upadhārya by hearing her patientlySB 1.8.11
upadhārya just having realizedSB 2.4.1
upadhārya understandingSB 5.10.2
upadhārya hearingSB 6.2.1
upadhārya thinkingSB 6.14.45
upadhārya understandingSB 6.18.71
tat-upadhārya understanding everything rightlySB 10.1.19
upadhārya perceivingSB 10.21.15
upadhārya listeningSB 10.35.2-3
upadhārya hearingSB 10.35.14-15
upadhāva just go worshipSB 8.17.19
upadhāva go take shelterSB 9.14.42
upadhāvan pursuingSB 10.88.4
upadhāvanaiḥ by the worshipers, the demigodsSB 7.2.6
upadhāvanam the process of worshipingSB 8.16.23
upadhāvanti they worshipSB 5.18.1
upadhāvata everyone should worshipSB 8.1.11
upadhāvatām of those who worshipSB 4.7.38
upadhāvati worshipsSB 5.3.13
upadhāvati runs afterSB 5.14.6
upadhāvati approaches for material acquisitionSB 5.14.12
upadhāvati worshipsSB 5.17.16
upadhāvati worships in devotional serviceSB 5.18.29
upadhāvati worshipSB 5.18.34
upadhāvati followsSB 11.3.39
upadhāya placingSB 10.30.12
upadhāya presenting itSB 10.89.22
upadhāya placingCC Antya 15.51
upadhiḥ pillowSB 4.27.4
upadhīyamāne is coveredSB 5.5.6
upadhyāyaḥ his priestsSB 10.71.23
upadideśa instructedCC Madhya 20.97
upadiśāmi am advisingMM 41
upadiśan instructingCC Adi 3.66
upadiśanti saintly persons indicateSB 5.14.38
upadiśanti learned scholars describeSB 5.19.29-30
upadiśanti instructSB 5.21.2
upadiśanti they (learned scholars) teachSB 5.21.7
upadiśanti they instructSB 5.22.5
upadiśanti they callSB 5.26.9
upadiśanti were proposingSB 10.57.31
upadiśanti teachSB 10.87.25
upadiśet one should teachSB 3.32.39
upadiśet one should instructSB 3.32.40
aurva-upadiṣṭa-yogena by the mystic yoga practice advised by AurvaSB 9.8.7
aurva-upadiṣṭa instructed by the great sage AurvaSB 9.8.30
upadiṣṭāḥ being advisedSB 4.30.47
upadiṣṭāḥ mentionedSB 10.60.44
mayā upadiṣṭam indicated by meSB 4.27.23
upadiṣṭām describedSB 11.29.47
upadiṣṭena being instructedSB 4.8.30
upadiśya instructingSB 5.13.24
upadiśya having instructedCC Adi 1.50
upadiśyate is instructedSB 5.22.5
upadraṣṭā overseerBG 13.23
upadraṣṭā the witnessSB 4.7.50
upadraṣṭā observerSB 4.29.17
upadraṣṭā the witnessSB 10.88.5
upadraṣṭā the overseer of everythingCC Madhya 20.313
upadraṣṭre unto the upadraṣṭā, the priest acting as overseer to hear and check the mantrasSB 9.16.20
tad-upadraṣṭre to the observer of itSB 10.16.41
upadraṣṭuḥ of the superficial onlookerSB 3.7.10
upadrava disturbancesCC Antya 9.60
upadravāḥ disturbancesSB 6.8.31
upadravam disturbanceSB 1.7.32
upadravam the disturbanceSB 4.14.39-40
upadrutāḥ disturbedSB 1.1.10
upadrutāḥ being greatly agitatedSB 4.11.4
upadrutaḥ disturbedSB 4.29.41
upadrutaḥ disturbedSB 5.10.6
upadrutaḥ disturbedSB 5.13.3
upadrutaḥ and thus being disturbedSB 10.7.23
upadrutāḥ confoundedSB 12.4.7
upadrutaḥ harassedSB 12.9.16
upadrutān disruptedSB 10.67.16
upadvīpān aṣṭau eight subordinate islandsSB 5.19.29-30
upadyate is befittingBG 2.3
upānat-padaḥ for a person who has suitable shoesSB 7.15.17
upapadyate is to be foundBG 6.39
upapadyate attainsBG 13.19
upapadyate is deservedBG 18.7
upapadyate one attainsSB 3.29.14
upapadyate one becomes qualifiedCC Madhya 19.174
upapadyeta is to be foundSB 10.81.33
sarva-upaskara-sampadā by all the paraphernalia for worshiping the DeitySB 9.4.31-32
vatsa-upaskara-sampadām with nice calvesSB 9.4.33-35
utpadyate sprout upSB 1.7.7
utpadyate is generatedSB 10.24.22
na utpadyate there does not ariseMM 35
utsarpadbhiḥ with wanderings in all directionsCC Antya 1.190
uttama-śloka-pada-aravindayoḥ to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by transcendental prayersSB 7.4.42
uttānapadaḥ of King UttānapādaSB 3.14.6
uttānapadaḥ of King UttānapādaSB 4.12.30
uttānapadaḥ of Mahārāja UttānapādaSB 4.12.38
uttānapadaḥ of King UttānapādaSB 4.31.26
priyavrata-uttānapadoḥ of Priyavrata and UttānapādaSB 3.22.9
uttānapadoḥ and of UttānapādaSB 6.1.4-5
śrī-draupadī uvāca Śrī Draupadī saidSB 10.83.6-7
vaikuṇṭha-pada to the abode of ViṣṇuSB 4.13.1
upadeva-vara-striyaḥ the beautiful wives of the demigodsSB 4.3.5-7
vatsa-upaskara-sampadām with nice calvesSB 9.4.33-35
vatsa-padam exactly as one steps over a small hoofprint of a calfSB 10.1.4
vatsa-padam the hoof-print of a calfSB 10.14.58
vipada dangerous condition of lifeCC Antya 9.152
vipadaḥ calamitiesSB 1.8.25
vipadam dangerousSB 10.11.25
vipadām of material miseriesSB 10.14.58
e vipade in this great dangerCC Antya 9.130
vipade from dangerCC Antya 9.131
vipadyate becomes endangeredSB 8.19.36
vipadyeta separateSB 1.6.24
vipadyeta failsSB 7.6.5
vipadyeta bewilderedSB 7.12.22
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
viṣṇoḥ paramam padam the supreme abode of Lord Viṣṇu, or the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.23.1
viṣṇu-padyām on the bank of the Ganges (emanating from the lotus feet of Lord Viṣṇu)SB 1.19.7
viṣṇu-padyāḥ of the lotus feet of ViṣṇuSB 2.3.23
viṣṇu-padam planet known as Vaikuṇṭhaloka or ViṣṇulokaSB 4.12.25
viṣṇu-padam the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.17.1
viṣṇu-pāda-padme in the lotus feet of Lord ViṣṇuCC Adi 16.80
vivikta-padam distinguishing spirit from matterSB 6.5.18
vṛndāvana-dāsa-pade unto the lotus feet of Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa ṭhākuraCC Adi 8.40
vṛndāvana-sampad the opulence of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 14.218
tri-pada-vyāja-yācñayā by simply asking three steps of landSB 8.21.9
vyapadeśa by the designationsSB 10.14.12
vyapadeśa-mātram merely a designationSB 11.28.21
vyapadeśaḥ the designationSB 5.20.44
sva-kṣetra-vyapadeśakaḥ giving the island its nameSB 5.20.24
vyapadeśena by compilation ofSB 1.4.28-29
kaustubha-vyapadeśena represented by the Kaustubha gemSB 12.11.10
vyapadiśanti people callSB 5.4.9
vyapadiśanti they celebrateSB 5.7.3
vyapadiśanti they designateSB 5.17.11
tri-pada-vyāja-yācñayā by simply asking three steps of landSB 8.21.9
yajña-sampadaḥ paraphernalia for performing yajña, or the means for pleasing the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.14.16
yat-pāda-padmam the lotus feet of whomSB 4.4.15
yat-padbhyām by the touch of whose feetSB 4.23.19
yathā-upadeśam according to the instructionSB 5.4.17
yathā-upadeśam as advisedSB 5.5.14
yathā-upadeśam as prescribed in the śāstrasSB 5.9.4
yathā-upadeśam as much as I am instructed by the authoritiesSB 5.19.31
yathā-upadeśam as instructedSB 5.25.14
yaugapada-eka-kartari both activities in one personSB 4.4.20
aurva-upadiṣṭa-yogena by the mystic yoga practice advised by AurvaSB 9.8.7
yukta-pada-artheṣu the appropriate application of thingsCC Madhya 24.69
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 2.1
śrī-yuta-pada-kamalam unto the opulent lotus feetCC Antya 3.1
Results for pad474 results
pad noun (masculine) [gramm.] root pad
Frequency rank 36606/72933
pad noun (masculine) foot
Frequency rank 2853/72933
pad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to fall (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall down or out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to keep (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to observe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to participate in (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to resort or apply to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14259/72933
pada noun (masculine) [gramm.] root pad
Frequency rank 36605/72933
pada noun (masculine neuter) a business affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a footing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a footstep (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a part (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a period in an arithmetical progression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a plot of ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a portion of a verse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a pretext (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a quadrant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a ray of light (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a square on a chess-board (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a square root (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a step (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abode (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
characteristic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
common name of the P. and Ā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
division (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
home (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
matter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
object or cause of (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
portion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
position rank station (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
protection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quarter or line of a stanza (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
site (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standpoint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the foot as a measure of length (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
token (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vestige (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 237/72933
padaka adjective versed in the Pada-pāṭha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57065/72933
padakrama noun (masculine) a particular method of reciting or writing the Veda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a series of quarters of verses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a series of steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
walking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16933/72933
padanyāsa noun (masculine) Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conduct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
footmark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
position of the feet in a particular attitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
procedure (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
putting down the feet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
step (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
writing down (quarters of) verses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18104/72933
padapaṅkti noun (feminine) a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sacred brick called after this metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a series of footsteps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a series of words (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
track (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36607/72933
padastoma noun (masculine) name of a Vedic hymn
Frequency rank 57068/72933
padavī noun (feminine) a road (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
path (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
range (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
site (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
situation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
station (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
track (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5443/72933
padayojana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 57066/72933
padaśas indeclinable gradually (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
step by step (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
word by word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57067/72933
paddhati noun (feminine) a family name or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
course (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
line (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for particular rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of several wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
path (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
token (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13608/72933
padgama noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 57075/72933
padi noun (masculine) (prob.) a kind of animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57064/72933
padikā noun (feminine) a kind of Mimosa
Frequency rank 57074/72933
padma noun (masculine neuter) a kind of coitus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of temple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular constellation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular high number (1000 millions or billions) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular mark or mole on the human body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular part of a column or pillar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular posture of the body in religious meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of bdellium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an army arrayed in the form of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Euryale ferox Salisb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 570) lead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a particular cold hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Salvadora persica Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 570) the form or figure of a lotus (a name given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the root of Nelumbium Speciosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 506/72933
padma noun (masculine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a monkey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mythical Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mythical elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of another man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the attendants of Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of two serpent-demons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11677/72933
padmabandhu noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57097/72933
padmabhū noun (masculine) Lotusgeborene (Brahmā)
Frequency rank 36616/72933
padmacāriṇī noun (feminine) a particular personification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Hibiscus mutabilis Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15855/72933
padmadevikā noun (feminine) name of a woman
Frequency rank 14260/72933
padmadhara noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 57090/72933
padmadhārādhara noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 57091/72933
padmagandhi noun (neuter) Cerasus Puddum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57085/72933
padmagarbha noun (masculine) name of a Bodhisattva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a lake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the interior or calyx of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12108/72933
padmagarbhā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 57086/72933
padmagṛhā noun (feminine) name of Lakṣmi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57087/72933
padmaja noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11329/72933
padmajanman noun (masculine) name of Brahman
Frequency rank 28840/72933
padmajā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a goddess (?)
Frequency rank 57088/72933
padmaka noun (masculine neuter) a kind of guggulu Cerasus puddum red spots on the skin of an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the wood of Cerasus Puddum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11678/72933
padmaka noun (masculine) a lotus a species of tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a particular constellation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57077/72933
padmaka noun (neuter) a particular posture in sitting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Costus Arabicus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Costus speciosus Sm. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Prunus puddum Roxb. ex Wall. (Surapāla (1988), 290)
Frequency rank 3252/72933
padmakarkaṭī noun (feminine) lotus-seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57078/72933
padmakarā noun (feminine) name of Śrī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36612/72933
padmakaṇṭaka noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a skin disease
Frequency rank 36611/72933
padmakeli noun (neuter) name of a lake
Frequency rank 57082/72933
padmakesara noun (neuter) a kind of base for a house
Frequency rank 57084/72933
padmakesara noun (masculine) name of a bird
Frequency rank 57083/72933
padmakośa noun (masculine) a particular position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21653/72933
padmakādi noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a varga
Frequency rank 24496/72933
padmakādika noun (neuter) [medic.] padmakādi
Frequency rank 57079/72933
padmakādya noun (masculine) [medic.] padmakādi
Frequency rank 36613/72933
padmakāṣṭha noun (neuter) Prunus puddum Roxb. ex Wall. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 570) the wood of Cerasus Puddum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57080/72933
padmakī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 57076/72933
padmakīṭa noun (masculine) a species of venomous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57081/72933
padmamālinī noun (feminine) name of Śrī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57098/72933
padmanetra noun (masculine) a species of bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a future Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57093/72933
padmanidhi noun (masculine) name of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36614/72933
padmanābha noun (masculine) a magical formula spoken over weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several authors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the first Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the father of the medicinal author Yaśodhara
Frequency rank 6237/72933
padmanābhaka noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 57092/72933
padmapattra noun (neuter) pauṣkara
Frequency rank 28841/72933
padmapattraka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 36615/72933
padmapattrā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 57094/72933
padmapriyā noun (feminine) name of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jaratkāru) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57096/72933
padmapurāṇa noun (neuter) name of several Purāṇas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57095/72933
padmarāga noun (masculine neuter) a ruby (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3486/72933
padmarāgaja noun (masculine) a sapphire
Frequency rank 57100/72933
padmarāgaka noun (neuter) a ruby
Frequency rank 28842/72933
padmarāgaparīkṣaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.70
Frequency rank 57101/72933
padmasaṃbhava noun (masculine) name of Brahmā
Frequency rank 9402/72933
padmatīrtha noun (neuter) śvāsāri
Frequency rank 57089/72933
padmavant adjective full of lotus-flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28843/72933
padmavarṇa noun (masculine) name of a son of Yadu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36617/72933
padmavatī noun (feminine) Hibiscus Mutabilis name of a town (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of Aśoka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57102/72933
padmavṛkṣa noun (masculine neuter) Cerasus puddum Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57103/72933
padmayantra noun (neuter) name of an alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 57099/72933
padmayoni noun (masculine) name of a Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7977/72933
padmaśas indeclinable by thousands of billions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57104/72933
padmin noun (masculine) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 21652/72933
padmin adjective possessing lotuses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spotted (as an elephant) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21651/72933
padminī noun (feminine) a female elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus (the whole plant) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus-stalk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular magical art (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an excellent woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nelumbium Speciosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yakṣiṇī name of several women (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4391/72933
padminīkaṇṭaka noun (masculine) a kind of leprosy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24499/72933
padmodarā noun (feminine) a form of Devī
Frequency rank 57107/72933
padmodbhava noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13042/72933
padmottarikā noun (feminine) a kind of grain
Frequency rank 36618/72933
pad noun (feminine) Clerodendrum Siphorantus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cloves (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Hibiscus Mutabilis name of a daughter of king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a female serpent-demon (the goddess Manasā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the mother of Munisuvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śrī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wife of the sage Jaratkāru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6332/72933
padmāhvaya noun (masculine) Cerasus Puddum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57106/72933
padmāhvā noun (feminine) Hibiscus Mutabilis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57105/72933
padmākṣa noun (neuter) lotus-seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24497/72933
padmākṣa noun (masculine) name of a man the sun
Frequency rank 14261/72933
padmālayā noun (feminine) name of Śrī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24498/72933
padmāsana noun (neuter) a kind of āsana a lotus as seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7099/72933
padmāsana noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28845/72933
padmāvatī noun (feminine) a kind of Prākṛt metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Hibiscus Mutabilis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Jaina deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a poetess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Surāṅganā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of king Nayapāla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of king Vīrabāhu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of king Śṛgāla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of Yudhiṣṭhira (king of Kaśmīra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of another city (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Lakṣmī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛtayuga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the goddess Manasā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Jayadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10696/72933
padmāṭa noun (masculine) Cassia tora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28844/72933
padratha noun (masculine) a footman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foot-soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57108/72933
padya noun (neuter) a verse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several hymns (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
poetry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10131/72933
pad noun (feminine) a foot as a measure of length (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
footsteps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paces (pl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
path (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
road (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28846/72933
padādhvan noun (masculine) one of the six adhvans
Frequency rank 36609/72933
padānuga adjective agreeable to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an attendant or companion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following at one's (gen.) heels (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6796/72933
padāra noun (masculine) a boat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the dust of the feet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57072/72933
padārtha noun (masculine neuter) a category (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
material object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject (16 with Naiyāyikas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
that which corresponds to the meaning of a word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meaning of a word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3266/72933
padāsana noun (neuter) a footstool (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36610/72933
padāta noun (masculine) a foot-soldier
Frequency rank 15854/72933
padāti noun (masculine) a pedestrian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a peon (in chess) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foot-soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
footman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Janamejaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2734/72933
padātika noun (masculine) a footman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foot-soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36608/72933
padātimant adjective accompanied by foot-soldiers
Frequency rank 57071/72933
padātin noun (masculine) a foot-soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10993/72933
padātin adjective going or being on foot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having foot-soldiers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24495/72933
padāvṛtti noun (feminine) (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the repetition of a word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57073/72933
padāṅguṣṭha noun (masculine) the great toe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57070/72933
padāṅgī noun (feminine) Cissus Pedata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57069/72933
atipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to go beyond (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to jump over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to miss to neglect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pass (time) to transgress
Frequency rank 42112/72933
anapadeśa noun (masculine) an invalid argument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13918/72933
anāpad noun (feminine) absence of misfortune or calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10549/72933
anāpadistha adjective
Frequency rank 42860/72933
anāsannapad adjective
Frequency rank 42918/72933
anutpadyamāna adjective not originating
Frequency rank 43120/72933
anupad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to attend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be fond of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to follow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to handle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to notice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to understand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5963/72933
anupada adjective following closely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31935/72933
anupada noun (neuter) a chorus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
burden of a song or words sung again after regular intervals (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Upāṅga belonging to the Sāmaveda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
refrain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18795/72933
anupadagdha adjective
Frequency rank 26342/72933
anupadiṣṭa adjective uninstructed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
untaught (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22994/72933
anupadrava adjective [medic.] without upadravas
Frequency rank 11159/72933
anupadruta adjective
Frequency rank 31936/72933
anupad noun (feminine) moral behaviour
Frequency rank 22995/72933
anupadhāna adjective
Frequency rank 43175/72933
anupadhānaka adjective without a pillow
Frequency rank 31937/72933
anupapadyamāna adjective nicht anzunehmend (Richard Garbe (1891), 38)
Frequency rank 31938/72933
anupratipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 20579/72933
anuprapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to act in conformance to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter or approach or arrive after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to follow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16407/72933
apada adjective footless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20620/72933
apadāti adjective
Frequency rank 43604/72933
apadāna noun (neuter) a great or noble work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a legend treating of former and future births of men and exhibiting the consequences of their good and evil actions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18820/72933
apadānuga adjective
Frequency rank 43605/72933
apadāntara adjective adjoining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contiguous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32105/72933
apad verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to assign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to betray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hold out as a pretext or disguise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to indicate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to point out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pretend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11514/72933
apadiśam indeclinable half a point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in an intermediate region (of the compass) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43606/72933
apadeśa noun (masculine) a butt or mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assigning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contrivance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disguise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pointing out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretext (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the second step in a syllogism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3994/72933
apadeśin adjective assuming the appearance or semblance of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feigning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43607/72933
apadrava adjective dry
Frequency rank 32106/72933
apadravya noun (neuter) a bad thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18821/72933
apadru verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to run away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43608/72933
apadvāra noun (neuter) a side-entrance (not the regular door) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43609/72933
apadharma noun (masculine) a bad dharma
Frequency rank 43610/72933
apadhātu noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 43611/72933
apadhāv verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to prevaricate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to run away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43612/72933
apadhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to curse mentally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to have a bad opinion of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15425/72933
apadhyāna noun (neuter) envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditation upon things which are not to be thought of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20621/72933
apadhvaṃs verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to be degraded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to revile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to scold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16428/72933
apadhvaṃsa noun (masculine) concealment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43613/72933
apadhvaṃsaja adjective a child of a mixed or impure caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32107/72933
apadhvānta adjective sounding wrong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43614/72933
apratipadyamāna adjective not consenting to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16437/72933
abhiniṣpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become (with acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17559/72933
abhipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to accept (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach (a deity) for imploring her help (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to assist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to catch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come near or towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come up (as an auxiliary) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to devote one's self to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to master (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to overpower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to seize (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take possession of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2926/72933
abhipadma adjective (said of elephants) having red spots on the skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26528/72933
abhipratipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to begin with or at (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get to reach
Frequency rank 23116/72933
abhiprapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to come towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter into (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reach at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to resort to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10859/72933
abhisampad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be changed to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become similar to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obtain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23134/72933
abhisamprapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to assume or obtain the shape of (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be changed to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44371/72933
abhyavapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 13328/72933
abhyupad verb (class 6 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 44513/72933
abhyupapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to admit to agree to to approach in order to help (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask for help (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to furnish with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17571/72933
ayugapad indeclinable not at once (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not simultaneously (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13333/72933
ayaugapadya noun (neuter) non-contemporaneous existence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsimultaneousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16468/72933
avapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be deprived of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to drop down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to glide down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meet with an accent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17598/72933
avyapadeśya adjective not to be defined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16506/72933
avyapadeśyatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 45544/72933
aṣṭāpada noun (masculine neuter) a kind of chequered cloth or board for drafts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15495/72933
aṣṭāpada noun (masculine) a pin or bolt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a spider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wild sort of jasmin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a worm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fabulous animal śarabha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the mountain Kailāsa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26811/72933
asampad noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 32833/72933
ahaṃpada noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 46096/72933
āturopadravacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 39
Frequency rank 33026/72933
ātmanepada noun (neuter) form for one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
that form of the verb which implies an action belonging or reverting to self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the terminations of the middle voice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13375/72933
āpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to approach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be changed into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be reduced to any state (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall in or into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall into misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get into trouble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to happen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to occur (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take possession (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to walk near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1092/72933
āpad noun (feminine) calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
distress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1437/72933
āśramapada noun (neuter) a hermitage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a period in the life of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19000/72933
āspada noun (neuter) abode (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
authority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
business (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dignity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tenth lunar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5973/72933
āspadatā noun (feminine) the state of being the place or abode of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46814/72933
ilāspada noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46974/72933
uttānapad noun (feminine) name of a peculiar creative agency (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one whose legs are extended (in parturition) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the whole creation of upward-germinating plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vegetation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33381/72933
utpad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be born or produced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be ready (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to begin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to originate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 758/72933
udayapadavī noun (feminine) state of awakening Weg zur Erleuchtung
Frequency rank 47271/72933
upadarśaka noun (masculine) a door-keeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who shows the way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20944/72933
upadarśana noun (neuter) a commentary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
representing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of exhibiting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10052/72933
upadarśay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to cause to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to deceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to explain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to illude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to illustrate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to present a false show (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16591/72933
upadah verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to burn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set fire to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27190/72933
upadaṃśa noun (masculine) a kind of shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of venereal disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a relish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything eaten in addition (to excite thirst or appetite) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tree Moringa Hyperanthera (the scraped root of which is used for horse-radish) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6766/72933
upadaṃśaka noun (masculine) a particular plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] upadaṃśa
Frequency rank 47504/72933
upadā verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to add (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to give in addition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take upon one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6986/72933
upadāna noun (neuter) a present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
offering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47505/72933
upadānavī noun (feminine) name of a daughter of the Dānava Vṛṣaparvan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Vaiśvānara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23505/72933
upadāha noun (masculine) burning
Frequency rank 33503/72933
upadigdha adjective covered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
smeared (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47506/72933
upadidṛkṣā noun (feminine) the wish to see
Frequency rank 47507/72933
upad verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to admonish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to advise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to call (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to command (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to dictate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to exhibit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to explain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to govern (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to indicate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inform (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to instruct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to point out to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to prescribe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to settle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to speak of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to specify (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to teach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1069/72933
upad noun (feminine) an intermediate region or point of the compass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17725/72933
upadiṣṭa noun (neuter) (in dram.) a persuasive speech in conformity with the prescribed rules (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
advice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
counsel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33504/72933
upadih verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to cover with to smear
Frequency rank 15559/72933
upadīpay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to kindle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set on fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27191/72933
upadṛś verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be or become visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to descry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to look at or regard to be perceived (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27192/72933
upadeva noun (masculine) an inferior or secondary deity (as a Yakṣa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Akrūra name of a son of Devaka name of several men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15560/72933
upadevā noun (feminine) name of a wife of Vasudeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23506/72933
upadeśin adjective advising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
informing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
teaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27193/72933
upadeśa noun (masculine) (in Gr.) original enunciation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
advice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
communication of the initiatory Mantra or formula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
information (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
initiation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a class of writings (Buddh.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pointing out to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prescription (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretext (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reference to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
specification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
teaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
title (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1571/72933
upadeśaka noun (masculine) upadeśa
Frequency rank 27194/72933
upadeśaka adjective didactic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
giving instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instructive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instructor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33505/72933
upadeśay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 47508/72933
upadeśavant adjective
Frequency rank 47509/72933
upadeśika adjective teaching
Frequency rank 47510/72933
upadeṣṭṛ adjective one who teaches
Frequency rank 20945/72933
upadeṣṭṛ noun (masculine) a Guru or spiritual guide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
adviser (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who teaches (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19052/72933
upadeha noun (masculine) a cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of excrescence Belag [im Mund] liniment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ointment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9793/72933
upadehavant adjective having the above excrescence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] von Sekretion behaftet
Frequency rank 20946/72933
upadoha noun (masculine) a milk-pail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47511/72933
upadrava noun (masculine) a supervenient disease or one brought on whilst a person labours under another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any grievous accident (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mischief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
national commotion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
national distress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
outrage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rebellion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
that which attacks or occurs suddenly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fourth of the five parts of a Sāman stanza (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1987/72933
upadravavant adjective (medic.) possessing an upadrava
Frequency rank 33506/72933
upadraṣṭṛ noun (masculine) a looker-on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spectator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23507/72933
upadru verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to assault (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attack (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to oppress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to run at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to run near or towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rush at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to sing the Upa-drava or fourth of the five parts of a Sāman stanza (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3354/72933
upadvāra noun (neuter) a side-door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47512/72933
upad noun (masculine feminine) (in Gr.) a penultimate letter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
false pretence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forgery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fraud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
immoral behaviour imposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reservation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trial or test of honesty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4716/72933
upadhi noun (masculine) adding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
addition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attribute (Buddh.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumvention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fraud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peculiarity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of putting to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the part of the wheel between the nave and the circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8573/72933
upadham verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to blow or breathe at or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19053/72933
upadharma noun (masculine) a by-law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a false faith (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a minor or subordinate duty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heresy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27195/72933
upad verb (class 3 ātmanepada) (Nahrung) zubereiten to add (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to rest upon or depend on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to share in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to commit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to communicate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to connect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to employ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to give or make over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hand over (knowledge) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to impose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lay upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lie down upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lie or be placed close to (in Gr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place in addition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place near to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place or lay upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place under one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to precede without the intervention of another syllable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to put (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to put on or into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to put to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to teach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to use (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to yoke (horses) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4338/72933
upadhātu noun (masculine) a secondary mineral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secondary secretions and constituents of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
semi-metal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10308/72933
upadhāna noun (neuter) a pillow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
affection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cushion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excellence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Hinzufügung kindness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peculiarity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
poison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
religious observance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
singularity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
that on which one rests (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of placing or resting upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6665/72933
upadhānaka noun (neuter) a pillow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cushion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27196/72933
upadhānīkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 47513/72933
upadhāyin adjective placing under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47514/72933
upadhārin adjective
Frequency rank 47515/72933
upadhāraṇa noun (neuter) consideration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of considering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19054/72933
upadhāray verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to bear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to comprehend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider as (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to experience (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hold as (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hold in the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hold up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reflect or meditate on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to regard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5600/72933
upadhāv verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to have recourse to for assistance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to run (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to soar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12407/72933
upadhika noun (masculine) a cheat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knave (especially one who imposes by threats) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47516/72933
upadhūpay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to perfume
Frequency rank 47517/72933
upadhmāna noun (neuter) breathing or blowing upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47518/72933
upadhvaṃs verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to be afflicted or attacked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47519/72933
upapad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach for succour or protection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach or come to a teacher (as a pupil) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach or join with in speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attack (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be fit for or adequate to (with loc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be possible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be produced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be regular or according to rules (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be suitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter into any state (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to exist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go towards or against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to happen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obtain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to occur (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to partake of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1011/72933
upapada noun (neuter) a word standing near or accompanying another to which it is subordinate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[gramm.] ein Wort in untergeordneter Stellung, das einem anderen Worte als Begleiter oder als Ergänzung beigefügt wird
Frequency rank 15563/72933
upaprapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 47555/72933
upasaṃpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be equivalent to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be present to come to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come up to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obtain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8944/72933
ekapadī noun (feminine) a road a way
Frequency rank 27263/72933
ekapada noun (neuter) a simple nominal formation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a simple word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a single word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one and the same place or spot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one and the same word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the same panel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33644/72933
eṇīpadī noun (feminine) a kind of poisonous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33675/72933
eṇīpada noun (masculine) a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33676/72933
aupadaśvi noun (masculine) a patronymicon
Frequency rank 48192/72933
aupadeśika adjective denoting or relating to an originally enunciated grammatical form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
depending on or resulting from a special rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
living by teaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27315/72933
aupadravika noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Utt. 1
Frequency rank 48193/72933
aupadhika noun (masculine) cheat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extortioner of money (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impostor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33721/72933
aupadhenava noun (masculine) descendant of Upadhenu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a physician (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20996/72933
kandapadminī noun (feminine) a sort of mahauṣadhi
Frequency rank 33785/72933
kalpadruma noun (masculine) the wishing tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10616/72933
kalpapādapadānavidhi noun (masculine) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.33
Frequency rank 48890/72933
kākapada noun (neuter) a particular flourish of the pen indicating an oft-recurring word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
marks or lines in the skin similar to a crow's foot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the foundation or base of anything so shaped (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the mark of a crow's foot or a similar mark or figure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sign 5 in Mss. marking an omission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a flaw in a jewel
Frequency rank 14811/72933
kākapadaka noun (neuter) kākapada, a flaw in a jewel
Frequency rank 48968/72933
kauṇapadanta noun (masculine) name of an ancient teacher name of Bhīshma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34310/72933
kriyāpada noun (neuter) a verb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23800/72933
kṣupadadhīcisaṃvāda noun (masculine) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.36
Frequency rank 50692/72933
gaṇḍopadhāna noun (neuter) a pillow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51021/72933
gaṇḍūpada noun (masculine) a kind of worm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
earth-worm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10931/72933
gaṇḍūpadī noun (feminine) a small or female worm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34549/72933
gadyapadyamaya adjective consisting of prose and verses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51048/72933
garbhavyāpad noun (feminine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Śār. 2
Frequency rank 51179/72933
godhāpadī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 21229/72933
gopadī noun (feminine) name of a Rākṣasī
Frequency rank 51549/72933
gopada noun (neuter) the mark or impression of a cow's hoof in the soil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51550/72933
gopadala noun (masculine) the betel-nut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51551/72933
goṣpada noun (neuter) any small puddle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water filling up a goṣpada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12029/72933
goṣpadīkṛta adjective
Frequency rank 51620/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīpratiṣedha noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 30
Frequency rank 51710/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīvijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 29
Frequency rank 51711/72933
catuṣpada adjective quadruped
Frequency rank 8447/72933
catuṣpada noun (masculine) Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench a quadruped certain zodiacal signs name of a shrub
Frequency rank 9366/72933
catuṣpadā noun (feminine) a metre of 30 + 4 + 4 syllabic instants
Frequency rank 52019/72933
catuṣpadī noun (feminine) (poetry) consisting of four padas
Frequency rank 34874/72933
catvāriṃśatpada adjective having 40 feet
Frequency rank 52033/72933
candrāspadā noun (feminine) oakapples
Frequency rank 52089/72933
janapada noun (masculine) a community (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an empire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inhabited country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mankind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
people (as opposed to the sovereign) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2191/72933
janapadoddhvaṃsanīya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Vim. 3
Frequency rank 35099/72933
jātijānapada adjective relating to the (4) castes and to the country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52888/72933
jānapada noun (masculine) belonging to or suited for the inhabitants of the country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inhabitant of the country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who belongs to a country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4425/72933
jānapada adjective living in the country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24025/72933
jānapadika adjective relating to a country or to its subjects (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52904/72933
jālapadī noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras
Frequency rank 52941/72933
tatpada noun (neuter) the place of that (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the word tad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53246/72933
tripadā noun (feminine) Cissus pedata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Gāyatrī metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13537/72933
tripada noun (neuter) 3 words (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
die drei Zustände (des Wachens, Schlafens und des Tiefschlafs)
Frequency rank 17965/72933
tripada adjective containing 3 words (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extending over 3 squares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having 3 divisions (a stanza) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
measuring 3 feet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
three-footed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53949/72933
tripad adjective having 3 divisions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making 3 steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
three-footed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trinomial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53950/72933
drupadī noun (feminine) a splay-footed female (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vanda Roxburghii
Frequency rank 55143/72933
drupadā noun (feminine) name of a sacred formula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18008/72933
drupada noun (masculine) name of a king of the Pañcālas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1471/72933
draupada adjective belonging to or descendant from Drupada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35911/72933
draupadī noun (feminine) patr. of Kṛṣṇā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1635/72933
draupadīharaṇa noun (neuter) name of chapter of Mbh. 3 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55169/72933
draupadeya noun (masculine) metron. of the 5 sons of Draupadī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4431/72933
dvipad noun (masculine) biped
Frequency rank 7006/72933
dvipada noun (masculine) (contemptuously) a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a biped (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a brick 2 Pādas long (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of particular signs of the zodiac (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9850/72933
dvipadī noun (feminine) a kind of Prākṛt metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a song composed in this metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mesua ferrea Linn. taking 2 steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8987/72933
dvipada adjective 2-footed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
binomial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consisting of 2 Pādas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing 2 words (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21521/72933
dvīpadvīpeśvarakathana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.46
Frequency rank 55250/72933
dharmapada noun (neuter) name of a forest
Frequency rank 55346/72933
dharmopadeśa noun (masculine) name of a Jaina wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the laws collectively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55370/72933
dharmopadha adjective hypocritical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making a pretence of religion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55371/72933
dhārtarāṣṭrapadī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 55443/72933
dhṛtarāṣṭrapadī noun (feminine) a kind of Mimosa
Frequency rank 55470/72933
nāmapada noun (neuter) name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28611/72933
nipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to fell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lie down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lie down with (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56021/72933
nirākhyapada noun (neuter) the inexpressible stage
Frequency rank 36275/72933
nirāpad adjective fortunate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56122/72933
nirāpad noun (feminine) no misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
security (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56123/72933
niruttarapada noun (neuter) the transcendental stage
Frequency rank 56148/72933
nirupadigdha adjective
Frequency rank 56158/72933
nirupadrava adjective free from affliction or danger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
harmless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neither inflicting nor incurring adversity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not inauspicious (as stars) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peaceful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7569/72933
nirupadravatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 56159/72933
nirvyāpad adjective
Frequency rank 56350/72933
niṣpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to arise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be brought about or effected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become ripe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to issue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ripen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4119/72933
niḥśvāpada adjective without wild animals
Frequency rank 56557/72933
nīlapadma noun (neuter) the blue water-lily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56661/72933
nṛpadruma noun (masculine) Cathartocarpus Fistula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mimusops Hexandra
Frequency rank 18091/72933
parapada noun (neuter) final emancipation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the highest position (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57138/72933
parasmaipada noun (neuter) the transitive or active verb and its terminations (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14263/72933
pariniṣpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to change or turn into (nom.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57309/72933
paryāpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 57533/72933
pādapadma noun (masculine) name of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57738/72933
pārāvatapadī noun (feminine) Cardiospermum Halicacabum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16967/72933
puṣpada noun (masculine) a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58286/72933
puṣpadanta noun (masculine) (with Jainas) name of the 9th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Gandharva (author of the Mahimnaḥ Stavaḥ) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a partic. being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Vidyādhara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an attendant of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an attendant of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the elephant of the northwest quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the mountain Shatrumjaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sun and moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29064/72933
puṣpadaṃṣṭra noun (masculine) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29065/72933
puṣpadāman noun (neuter) a garland of flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58287/72933
puṣpadrava noun (masculine) an infusion of flower (as rosewiter etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29066/72933
puṣpadha noun (masculine) the offspring of an out-caste Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58288/72933
puṣpadhanus noun (masculine) name of the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58289/72933
puṣpadhanvan noun (masculine) name of the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21756/72933
puṣpadhāraṇa noun (masculine) name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58290/72933
pratipad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to accomplish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to acknowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to act or proceed or behave towards or against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to agree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to answer affirmatively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to assent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become aware of or acquainted with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to begin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to begin to speak (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come back to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to commence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to deem (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to discover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to do anything to any person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall to a person's (acc.) lot or share (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to find (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to find out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get into (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to give back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go or resort to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to happen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to let a person (dat.) have anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obtain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to occur (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perform (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to practise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to promise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to receive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to receive back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to recover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to regard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to render (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to resch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to restore (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to restore to favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to return (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to roam (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set foot upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take in or upon one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to understand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to walk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 997/72933
pratipadī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 58808/72933
pratipad noun (feminine) a kettle-drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
access (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an introductory verse or stanza (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beginning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
commencement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ingress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taste for anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the path to be walked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the right path (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5509/72933
pratipada noun (neuter) name of an Upāṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37172/72933
pratīpadarśinī noun (feminine) a beautiful woman
Frequency rank 59031/72933
pratyāpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to regain to restore to return
Frequency rank 24732/72933
pratyutpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 11357/72933
pratyupad verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to explain singly or severally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59132/72933
pratyupadeśa noun (masculine) instruction or advice in return (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59133/72933
prapad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to admit (a claim) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arrive at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to assume (a form) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to begin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come to a particular state or condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to commence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to do (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enjoy (pleasure) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall or drop down from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to form (a judgment) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to gain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go forwards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to obtain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to partake of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to resort to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to share in (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to succeed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take effect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take refuge with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take to (dat.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw one's self down (at a person's feet) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to turn out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1136/72933
prapada noun (neuter) the point of the foot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tip of the toes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15928/72933
prapadana noun (neuter) access (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
approach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
entering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
entrance into (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59195/72933
prāṇikalpadruma noun (masculine) name of a remedy
Frequency rank 59626/72933
prātipada adjective forming the commencement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24787/72933
prātipadika noun (neuter) the crude form or base of a noun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13087/72933
prātipadika adjective express (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59636/72933
proṣṭhapada noun (masculine feminine) name of a double Nakṣatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13665/72933
prauṣṭhapada noun (masculine) name of one of Kubera's treasure-keepers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the month Bhādra or August-ṣeptember (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29327/72933
prauṣṭhapadī noun (feminine) full moon in the month Bhādra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18224/72933
pūrvabhādrapada noun (masculine) the 25th Nakṣatra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the former of the two nakṣatras called Bhādrapadā (containing two stars) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59813/72933
biḍālapada noun (neuter) a particular measure of weight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37652/72933
biḍālapadaka noun (neuter) 1 karṣa a particular measure of weight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24850/72933
brahmopadeśa noun (masculine) instruction in sacred knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60466/72933
bhadrapadā noun (feminine) name of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60541/72933
bhādrapada noun (masculine feminine) the month Bhādra (a rainy month corresponding to the period from about the middle of August to the middle of September) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8001/72933
bhāvapadārtha noun (masculine) a thing which has a real or positive existence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60701/72933
bhūpadī noun (feminine) Arabian jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Jasminum Zambac (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60974/72933
bhūpadminī noun (feminine) a kind of divyauṣadhī
Frequency rank 60975/72933
madhyamapada noun (neuter) the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61404/72933
mayūrapadaka noun (neuter) a scratch or impression in the form of a peacock's foot made with the fingernails (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38064/72933
mahāpadma noun (masculine) (with Jainas) name of a particular treasure inhabited by a Nāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a Kiṃ-nara or attendant on Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of esculent root (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a hell (one of the 8 cold hells) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Nāga dwelling in the Mahāpadma treasure mentioned above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Nanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Nanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 8 treasure connected with the Padmini magical art (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[arch.] a kind of temple
Frequency rank 8166/72933
mahāpadma noun (neuter) a particular compound of oil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a white lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a city on the right bank of the Ganges (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the figure of a white lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61758/72933
mahāpadma noun (masculine neuter) a particular high number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61759/72933
māsapada noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 62163/72933
mitrapada noun (neuter) name of a locality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38270/72933
muktapadmāsana noun (neuter) a kind of āsana
Frequency rank 62276/72933
yathopadeśam indeclinable according to advice or suggestion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
according to precept or instructions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16032/72933
yājñavalkyoktāśaucāpadvṛttyornirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.106
Frequency rank 63000/72933
yugapad indeclinable at the same time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simultaneously (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2119/72933
yudyugapad indeclinable sofort
Frequency rank 63082/72933
yaugapadya noun (neuter) simultaneousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10478/72933
padru noun (masculine) Acacia Catechu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63157/72933
padruma noun (masculine) Acacia Catechu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63158/72933
rasanāpada noun (neuter) the hip and loins
Frequency rank 63454/72933
rasapaddhati noun (feminine) name of an alchemical treatise
Frequency rank 38688/72933
rājapad noun (feminine) a kind of siddhauṣadhī
Frequency rank 63554/72933
rudrapada noun (masculine) holy place in Gokarṇa [rel.] name of a Tīrtha in Gayā (?)
Frequency rank 38773/72933
padhṛk adjective
Frequency rank 7861/72933
lekhyapadma noun (neuter) a painted lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64245/72933
vamanavirecanasādhyopadravacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 33
Frequency rank 64649/72933
viḍālapadaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65537/72933
vinipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 65711/72933
viniṣpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 65747/72933
vipad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to come between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall asunder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hinder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to miscarry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4658/72933
vipadā noun (feminine) adversity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65783/72933
vipad noun (feminine) adversity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
failure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going wrongly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ruin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7734/72933
vipadma adjective deprived of a lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65784/72933
vipratipad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be mistaken to be mutually opposed to be perplexed or confounded to be uncertain how to act to differ or diverge in opinion to go in different or opposite directions to have a false opinion about to hesitate to reply falsely or erroneously to roam to turn here and there to wander (said of the senses) to waver
Frequency rank 16121/72933
viśvapada noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 66149/72933
viṣṇupada noun (neuter) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a sacred hill (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the mark of Viṣṇu's foot worshipped at Gayā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the zenith (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15224/72933
viṣṇupadī noun (feminine) name of the Ganges (as issuing from Viṣṇu's foot) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the town Dvārikā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun's passage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30299/72933
vṛddhyupadaṃśaślīpadacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 19
Frequency rank 66470/72933
vaiyāghrapadya noun (masculine) name of a Muni (the founder of a family called after him) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
patr. from vyāghra-pad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20117/72933
vyapad verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to designate to feign to indicate to intend to mean to mention to name to point out to pretend to represent falsely
Frequency rank 8350/72933
vyapadeśin adjective
Frequency rank 39765/72933
vyapadeśa noun (masculine) a family (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular form of speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
appeal to (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
designation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excuse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fame (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fraud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
information (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pretext (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
race (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
renown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
representation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
statement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stratagem (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
summons (of an army) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
talk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
title (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5344/72933
vyapadru verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 66826/72933
vyādhavākyopadeśakathanapūrvakadānādiphalavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 56
Frequency rank 66911/72933
vyāpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be changed into another sound or symbol to be lost to disappear to fail to fall away to fall into misfortune to miscarry to perish
Frequency rank 7877/72933
vyāpad noun (feminine) calamity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
derangement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disorder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
failure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ruin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4917/72933
vyutpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to arise to be derived (from a root etc.) to come back (from sea to have origin or derivation (esp. in gram.) to originate to proceed from
Frequency rank 39825/72933
vyupadrava adjective not liable to unlucky accidents (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undisturbed by any misfortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30410/72933
śaṅkhapada noun (masculine) next (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Svārocisha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22364/72933
śaṅkhapadma noun (neuter) eine Art Rosenkranz (??)
Frequency rank 39874/72933
śatapadī noun (feminine) Asparagus racemosus an earwig
Frequency rank 20140/72933
śatapad noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 67166/72933
śatapada noun (neuter) an astronomical circle with a hundred divisions for exhibiting the various divisions of the Nakṣatras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67167/72933
śaratpadma noun (neuter) an autumnal lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67260/72933
śastrapada noun (neuter) incision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30474/72933
śārapada noun (masculine) a kind of bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30493/72933
śiraspada noun (neuter) the upper part (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40017/72933
śivapada noun (neuter) emancipation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
final liberation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40032/72933
śoṇapadma noun (masculine) a red lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68028/72933
śūnyapadavī noun (feminine) the way or passage of the soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40162/72933
śrīpadma noun (masculine) a lotus name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40197/72933
ślīpada noun (neuter) elephantiasis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
morbid enlargement of the leg (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
swelled leg (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6825/72933
ślīpadin adjective having a swelled leg (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suffering from elephantiasis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30634/72933
ślīpadāpaha noun (masculine) the tree Putranjiva Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68303/72933
ślīpadāri noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68304/72933
śvapada noun (neuter) a dog's foot (or its mark branded on the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30636/72933
śvāpada noun (masculine neuter) a beast of prey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a tiger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wild beast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6274/72933
śvetapadma noun (neuter) a white lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68396/72933
ṣaṭpada noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a louse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a six-footed animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6736/72933
ṣaṭpadī noun (feminine) a female bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a louse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the six states (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40276/72933
ṣaṭpadātithi noun (masculine) the mango tree
Frequency rank 68459/72933
ṣaṭpadānandā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68460/72933
sapadi indeclinable at once (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
immediately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
on the spot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quickly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8520/72933
saptapadī noun (feminine) the 7 steps (round the sacred fire at the marriage ceremony) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68817/72933
samapadhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to injure to think bad of
Frequency rank 68926/72933
samabhipad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to answer to arrive at to attain (acc.) to come to to get one's reward to reply
Frequency rank 17340/72933
samāpad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to appear to assail to attack to attain to to begin to fall into any state or condition to fall upon to incur to occur to take place to undergo to undertake
Frequency rank 7482/72933
samutpad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to appear to arise to be brought forth or born of to happen to occur to spring up together to take place
Frequency rank 2338/72933
samupad verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to assign to point out or indicate fully to show
Frequency rank 18577/72933
samupadṛś verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69188/72933
samupadrava noun (masculine) conflict danger
Frequency rank 69189/72933
samupadru verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to assail to attack to run together towards to run up to
Frequency rank 7143/72933
samupadhāv verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69190/72933
samupapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be brought about or accomplished to come to pass to experience to meet with (acc.)
Frequency rank 22530/72933
sampad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to accrue to to amount to to be absorbed in to be born to meet with to obtain to produce to prove to turn out well
Frequency rank 530/72933
sampadin noun (masculine) name of a grandson of Aśoka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69236/72933
sampad noun (feminine) a condition or requisite of success (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of medicinal plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a necklace of pearls (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abundance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
acquisition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
advantage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
agreement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attainment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bargain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
benefit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blessing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
completion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concord (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
correctness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destiny (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enjoyment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
equalization of similar things (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excellence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
existence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fulfilment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good fortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
growing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
high degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possession (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
riches (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
right condition or method (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stipulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
success (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turning into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealth (personified lakṣmī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1970/72933
sampada noun (neuter) standing with the feet together or even (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72915/72933
sampadvrata noun (neuter) a kind of vrata
Frequency rank 69237/72933
sampratipad verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to accomplish to addict one's self to to agree upon to approach to arise to arrive at (acc.) to assent to (acc. or loc.) to attain to to be fully agreed about to bring about to come to pass to consider to go near to to go towards together to indulge in (acc.) to obtain to perform to recover to regard as (two acc.)
Frequency rank 15288/72933
samprapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to approach to be accomplished to be turned into (-sāt) to become to begin to betake one's self or have recourse to (acc.) to enter (acc.) to get to go towards or enter together to set about to set out (on a journey) to succeed
Frequency rank 16235/72933
samprapada noun (neuter) standing on tiptoe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69273/72933
sarpadaṇḍā noun (feminine) a kind of pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69402/72933
sarpadaṇḍī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69403/72933
sarpadantī noun (feminine) Tiaridium Indicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69404/72933
sarpadamanī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40527/72933
sarpadarvī noun (feminine) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 69405/72933
sarpadaṣṭaviṣacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Kalp. 5
Frequency rank 69406/72933
sarpadaṣṭaviṣavijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Kalp. 4
Frequency rank 69407/72933
sarpadaṃṣṭrā noun (feminine) Tragia Involucrata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30823/72933
sarpadaṃṣṭrikā noun (feminine) Odina Pinnata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Tragia Involucrata
Frequency rank 30824/72933
sāptapada adjective based or depending on seven steps ("sincere") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to seven steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70313/72933
sāptapadīna noun (neuter) advance of the bride to meet the bridegroom in seven steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumanibulation of the nuptial fire by the bride and bridegroom in seven steps (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friendship (formed with any one after taking seven paces together) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70314/72933
siddhapada noun (neuter) name of a sacred place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70553/72933
supadī noun (feminine) a kind of lizard
Frequency rank 70932/72933
supada noun (neuter) a good word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the word su (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70933/72933
suvarṇapadma noun (neuter) a gold-coloured lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a golden lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71219/72933
sopadhānaka adjective cushioned
Frequency rank 25932/72933
sthalapad noun (feminine) Hibiscus mutabilis
Frequency rank 71740/72933
sthalapadma noun (masculine) Arum Indicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
another plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flower of Hibiscus Mutabilis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31158/72933
sthalapadmaka noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 71741/72933
sthalapadminī noun (feminine) Hibiscus mutabilis Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15351/72933
sthalapadminikā noun (feminine) name of a divyauṣadhī
Frequency rank 71742/72933
padhūpana noun (neuter) Asa foetida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41237/72933
svarṇapuṣpadhvajā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72161/72933
hastipada noun (masculine) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72453/72933
haṃsapadī noun (feminine) a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of Mimosa and Cissus Pedata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Cayratia pedata (Wall.) Gagnep. name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vitis pedata Vahl.
Frequency rank 12748/72933
haṃsapada noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 72475/72933
hitopadeśa noun (masculine) friendly advice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a popular collection of fables intermixed with didactic sentences and moral precepts (compiled by Nārāyaṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of two wks. on medicine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
salutary instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41436/72933
hemapadma noun (neuter) Costus Speciosus
Frequency rank 72702/72933
 

āmragandha

Plant Limnophila aromatica; Limnophila gratioloides; ricepaddy herb.

apadeśa

one of tantrayuktis, statement of reason; specification; adducement of reason; a step in syllogism.

āptopadeśa

authoritative statement.

aupadhenava

student of Dhanvantari and colleague of Suśruta.

aupadravika

secondary diseases, diseases or complications arising during the course of primary diseases.

bhādrapada

a lunar month of Hindu calendar (august-september)

candrāspada

Go to karkaṭśṛingi.

dhānyābhraka

paddy mica; powdered mica mixed with śālidhānya (paddy) in a cloth and put in kānjika (fermented rice water).

ganḍūpada

earthworm.

janapada

habitation; village.

janapadodhvamśa

(janpada.vidhvamśa) epidemics; dosease(s) that spread rapidly and extensively in habitation(s).

jejjaṭa

author of Nirantarapadavyākhya, a commentary on Carakasamhita (9th Century )

kedāra

paddy field, water meadow.

kuṇāvi

papad-like preparation from barley.

navaratna

nine precious stones, diamond or adamantine (vajra), pearl (mauktika), ruby (māṇikya), sapphire (nilam), emerald (marakatam), garnet (gomedikam), ruby (padmarāgam), cat’s eye, beryl (vaiḍhūrya), coral (pravāla).

padārtha

1. matter, stuff, substance, material object, category; 2. proper implied meaning of the word, one of tantrayuktis.

padma

1. lotus-hued; 2. cloves; 3. elephant; 4. kind of coitus; 5. resin of guggul plant.

padmacāriṇi

Plant 1. confederate rose or cotton rosemallow, Hibiscus mutabilis; 2. tall shield orchid, Nervilia aragoana.

padmaka

Plant bird cherry, heartwood of Prunus cerasoides.

padmakaṇṭaka

painless cysts.

padmapatrakam

Go to puṣkaramūlam

padmarāga

ruby, a precious stone with aluminum oxide from pink to bloodred in colour due to presence of chromium.

padmāsana

one of the yogic postures; lotus pose.

padmini

1. Plant fox nut, Euryale ferox; 2. Plant lotus; 3. a class of women.

padminīkaṇṭaka

acne, papilloma of skin.

patala

Plant fragrant padri tree, Stereospermum chelonoides.

rasendrakalpadruma

a treatise on medicinal alchemy by Ramakrishna Bhatta.

śāli

Plant rice, paddy, Oryza sativa.

sārapada

stork bird.

sarpadamśa

snakebite.

slīpada

elephantiasis or lymphatic filariasis.

śukta

1. vinegar, fermented liquors. 2. treacle, 3. honey, 4. fermented rice gruel and watery substance above the curds are kept in a new and clean vessel underneath a bushel of paddy for three days.(Dalhana).

upadaṃśa

1. chanchroid, venerial disease; 2. pickle, anything eaten in addition.

upadeśa

one of tantrayuktis, instruction, elucidation, injunction.

upad

a character of mind, thirst, desire, imposition, forgery, fraud.

upadhātu

assisting constituent. ex: breast milk.

upadrava

supervening disease, calamity, complication.

viṣnupadāmṛta

nectar at the feet of god Viṣnu, oxygen.

vopadeva

author of Prakāśa, a commentary on Sārangadharasamhita (13th Century ).

yonivyāpad

disease of the vagina.

Wordnet Search
"pad" has 425 results.

pad

mūrkha, mūḍha, ajña, yathājāta, vaidheya, bāliśa, mūḍhamati, alpamati, mandamati, manda, nirbuddha, jaḍa, alpabuddhi, acatura, alpadhī, mūḍhadhī, mūḍhātmā, matihīna, buddhihīna, abudha, avicakṣaṇa, avid, avidya, avidvas, avibudha   

yaḥ muhyati yasya buddhiḥ alpā vā।

mūrkhaiḥ puruṣaiḥ saha na vivadet।/upadeśo hi mūrkhāṇāṃ janānāṃ prakopāya na śāntaye।

pad

ākhyātam, tiṅantaḥ, kriyāpadam   

vākye kriyābodhakaḥ śabdaḥ।

adhyāye asmin ākhyātaṃ vivarṇyate। / bhāvapradhānamākhyātam।

pad

akhādyapadārthaḥ, akhādyavastu   

bhakṣitum ayogyaḥ।

tena akhādyapadārthaḥ avakare kṣiptaḥ।

pad

apakīrtiḥ, akīrtiḥ, ayaśaḥ, apayaśaḥ, akhyātiḥ, kukhyātiḥ, apadhvaṃsaḥ, apakarṣaḥ, kalaṅkaḥ, apratiṣṭhā, apakalaṅkaḥ, maryādāhāniḥ   

kukhyānasya bhāvaḥ।

taskararūpeṇa ratnākaraḥ yāvān prasiddhaḥ āsīt tato'pi adhikaḥ prasiddhaḥ jātaḥ ṛṣivālmīkirūpeṇa। / akīrtiṃ cāpi bhūtāni kathayiṣyanti tevyayām। sambhāvitasya ca akīrtiḥ maraṇādapiricyate।।(bhagvadgītā 2.34)

pad

lokaḥ, janapadaḥ, prajā, janāḥ   

ekāt adhikāḥ vyaktayaḥ।

janānāṃ hitārthe kāryaṃ karaṇīyam।

pad

rājyam, prāntaḥ, kṣetram, maṇḍalam, cakram, deśaḥ, pradeśaḥ, nirgaḥ, rāṣṭram, grāmaśatam, kṣatram, janapadaḥ   

deśasya tadbhāgaḥ yasya prajāyāḥ bhāṣā tathā ca ācāravicārapaddhatiḥ bhinnā svatantrā ca asti।

adhunā bhāratadeśe navaviṃśarājyāni santi।

pad

janapadaḥ   

rājyasya saḥ vibhāgaḥ yaḥ viśiṣṭasya adhikāriṇaḥ adhikārakṣetre vartate tathā ca maṇḍaleṣu vibhajyate।

saḥ uttarapradeśasya gorakhapūra iti maṇḍalasya nivāsī asti।

pad

preraka, preraṇādāyaka, preraṇātmaka, preraṇāspada, preraṇājanya   

yasmāt preraṇā prāpyate।

guroḥ prerakaiḥ vacanaiḥ saḥ vidyārjane dattacittaḥ abhavat।

pad

nirdaya, niṣṭhura, krūra, durvṛtta, kleśada, anyāyakārī, hādhaka, pīḍākara, pīḍaka, upadravakārī   

yaḥ pīḍayati।

kaṃsaḥ nirdayaḥ rājā āsīt।

pad

padmakandaḥ, kamalakandaḥ, śālūkam, padmamūlam, kaṭāhvayam, śālukam, jalālūkam   

kamalasya mūlam।

śīlā padmakandasya śākaṃ pācayati।

pad

kusumita, kusumavāna, puṣpita, praphulla, phullavat, puṣpin, vikasin, puṣpada   

puṣpaiḥ yuktam।

sītāyāḥ udyāne naikāḥ puṣpitāḥ kṣupāḥ santi।

pad

padārthaḥ, vastu, dravyam, sattvam   

yad sapiṇḍaṃ sākāraṃ vā asti।

dugdhaṃ peyaṃ padārtham asti।

pad

uragaḥ, urogāmī, urogaḥ, urogamaḥ, uraṅgaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, apadaḥ, apādaḥ, sarpī   

yaḥ sṛptvā gacchati।

sarpādayaḥ uragāḥ santi।

pad

bhādrapadaḥ, nabhasyaḥ, prauṣṭhapadaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargataṣaṣṭhaḥ māsaḥ।

śrīkṛṣṇasya janma bhādrapade kṛṣṇapakṣe aṣṭamyām abhavat।

pad

pratipadā   

cāndramāsasya pratyekasya pakṣasya prathamā tithiḥ।

śuklapakṣasya pratipadāyāḥ anantaraṃ candrasya kalā ghaṭate।

pad

yonī, varāṅgam, upasthaḥ, smaramandiram, ratigṛham, janmavartma, adharam, avācyadeśaḥ, prakṛtiḥ, apatham, smarakūpakaḥ, apadeśaḥ, prakūtiḥ, puṣpī, saṃsāramārgakaḥ, saṃsāramārgaḥ, guhyam, smarāgāram, smaradhvajam, ratyaṅgam, ratikuharam, kalatram, adhaḥ, ratimandiram, smaragṛham, kandarpakūpaḥ, kandarpasambādhaḥ, kandarpasandhiḥ, strīcihnam   

striyaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonirbhavati।

pad

mādakadravyam, mādakapadārthaḥ   

yaḥ mādayati।

adhunā naike janāḥ mādakadravyasya sevanaṃ kurvanti।

pad

padasenā   

sā senā yā padābhyāṃ gacchati।

prācīne kāle yuddhe padasenā pradhānā āsīt।

pad

anupadam   

anukaraṇam kurvan।

saḥ mama anupadam āgacchati।

pad

upadik   

caturṣu dikṣu vartamānaṃ madhyavartikoṇam।

upadiśaḥ catasraḥ santi।

pad

duḥkham, pīḍā, bādhā, vyathā, amānasyam, kaṣṭam, kṛccham, ābhīlam, artiḥ, pīḍanam, viheṭhanam, kleśaḥ, āpad   

cetasāṃ pratikūlaḥ manodharmaviśeṣaḥ।

janāḥ duḥkhe eva īśvaraṃ smaranti।

pad

ājigīṣu, kīrtiprepsu, yaśaskāma, yaśaskāmyat, utkṛṣṭapadaprepsu, abhirucimat, aiśvaryaprepsu, abhipreta   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa yaśaḥ ākāṅkṣate।

śyāmaḥ ājigīṣuḥ asti।

pad

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

pad

padyakāvyam   

rasayuktaṃ padyamayaṃ vākyam।

meghadūtam iti padyakāvyam prasiddham।

pad

paddhatiḥ, prakriyā, praṇālī   

vastūnām utpādikā saniyamā rītiḥ।

yūriyā nirmāṇam rāsāyanikayā prakriyayā bhavati।

pad

yaugikapadārthaḥ, saṅkaraḥ, yogaḥ, miśraṇam   

ekādhikānāṃ bhinnapadārthānāṃ bhinnatattvānāṃ vā ekatrīkaraṇāt prāptaḥ padārthaḥ।

yaugikapadārthānāṃ adhyayanaṃ rasāyanaśāstre bhavati।

pad

caraṇarajaḥ, padarajaḥ   

caraṇasya dhūliḥ;

saḥ mahātmanaḥ caraṇarajaḥ mastake dhārayati।

pad

māṇikyam, padmarāgam, lohitakaḥ, śoṇaratnam, śoṇitotpalam, śoṇitotpalaḥ, pāṭalopalam, pāṭalopalaḥ, arūṇopalam, arūṇopalaḥ, arkopalaḥ, bhāskarapriyam, lakṣmīpuṣpaḥ, kuruvillaḥ, padmarāgamaṇiḥ, mahāmūlyaḥ, taruṇam, ratnarāṭ, raviratnakam, śṛṅgārī, raṅgamāṇikyam, rāgayuk, śoṇopalaḥ, saugandhikam, lohitakam, kuruvindam   

ratnaviśeṣaḥ, raktavarṇīyaṃ ratnam।

śaile śaile māṇikyaṃ na vartate।

pad

paṅktiḥ, śreṇiḥ, śreṇī, rājiḥ, rājī, āvaliḥ, āvalī, paddhatiḥ, paddhatī, rājikā, tatiḥ, vīthiḥ, vithī, āliḥ, ālī, pāliḥ, pālī, dhāraṇī, rekhā, saraṇiḥ, saraṇī, mālā, viñcolī   

sajātīyavastūnāṃ sakramaṃ racanāyāḥ paramparā।

janāḥ paṅktyām upaviśya bhojanaṃ gṛhṇanti।

pad

kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ   

kāmasya devatā।

kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

pad

mūlam, aṅghriḥ, aṃrhiḥ, bradhnaḥ, vradhna, pādaḥ, caraṇam, caraṇaḥ, padam   

vṛkṣādibhyaḥ bhūmyāntargataḥ bhāgaḥ yena te annaṃ jalaṃ ca gṛhṇanti।

āyurvede naikāni mūlāni roganivāraṇārthe upayujyate।

pad

mṛtyuḥ, maraṇam, nidhanam, pañcattvam, pañcatā, atyayaḥ, antaḥ, antakālaḥ, antakaḥ, apagamaḥ, nāśaḥ, nāśa, vināśaḥ, pralayaḥ, saṃsthānam, saṃsthitiḥ, avasānam, niḥsaraṇam, uparatiḥ, apāyaḥ, prayāṇam, jīvanatyāgaḥ, tanutyāgaḥ, jīvotsargaḥ, dehakṣayaḥ, prāṇaviyogaḥ, mṛtam, mṛtiḥ, marimā, mahānidrā, dīrghanidrā, kālaḥ, kāladharmaḥ, kāladaṇḍaḥ, kālāntakaḥ, narāntakaḥ, diṣṭāntakaḥ, vyāpadaḥ, hāndram, kathāśeṣatā, kīrtiśeṣatā, lokāntaratā   

bhavanasya nāśaḥ- athavā śarīrāt prāṇanirgamanasya kriyā।

dhruvo mṛtyuḥ jīvitasya।

pad

nabhaḥ, gaganam, ākāśaḥ, ambaram, abhram, dyoḥ, dyauḥ, puṣkaram, antarīkṣam, antarikṣam, anantam, yuravartmam, khaṃ, viyat, viṣṇupadam, vihāyaḥ, nākaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, nabhasam, meghaveśma, mabāvilam, marudvartama, meghavartma, triviṣṭapam, abbhaṃ   

pṛthivyāḥ ūrdhvaṃ dṛśyamānaḥ avakāśaḥ।

vidyādharāḥ nabhasi carantiḥ।

pad

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

pad

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

pad

kamalam, aravindam, sarasijam, salilajam, rājīvam, paṅkajam, nīrajam, pāthojam, nalam, nalinam, ambhojam, ambujanma, ambujam, śrīḥ, amburuham, ambupadmam, sujalam, ambhoruham, puṣkaram, sārasam, paṅkajam, sarasīruham, kuṭapam, pāthoruham, vārjam, tāmarasam, kuśeśayam, kañjam, kajam, śatapatram, visakusumam, sahasrapatram, mahotpalam, vāriruham, paṅkeruham   

jalajakṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi atīva śobhanāni santi khyātaśca।

bālakaḥ krīḍāsamaye sarovarāt kamalāni lūnāti।

pad

nirdhanaḥ, daridraḥ, adhanaḥ, dhanahīnaḥ, alpadhanaḥ, nirdhanakaḥ, dīnaḥ, kṣīṇadhanaḥ, dhanaśūnyaḥ, arthahīnaḥ, niḥsvaḥ, gatārthaḥ, niṣkāñcanaḥ   

durgataṃ vinirgataṃ vā dhanaṃ yasmāt।

nirdhanaḥ kaṣṭena dhanavān api bhavati।

pad

ghṛṇita, avadya, jugupsya, kutsita, vībhatsa, jaghanya, ghṛṇāspada, apakṛṣṭa   

ghṛṇārthe yogyaḥ।

bhrūṇahatyā ekaḥ ghṛṇitaḥ aparādhaḥ।

pad

śaṅkanīya, saṃśayastha, sandehāspada, saṃśayāspada, śaṅkāspada   

yasyopari sandehaḥ asti।

asya hatyāyāḥ śaṅkanīyaḥ vyaktiḥ harinārāyaṇaḥ asti।

pad

aśikṣita, akṛtavidya, alabdhavidya, agṛhītavidya, aśruta, anupadiṣṭa, apaṇḍita, nirvidya, vidyāhīna   

yena vidyā na gṛhītā।

asmin grāme bahavaḥ aśikṣitāḥ janāḥ santi।

pad

vāyadaṇḍaḥ, vemā, vema, vāpadaṇḍaḥ, vāṇadaṇḍaḥ, sūtrayantram, āvāpanam, tantram, tantrayantram, kṛviḥ   

sūtrakārasya sādhanaviśeṣaḥ, vastraṃ vāyate anena iti।

vāyadaṇḍena paṭam vāyate।

pad

satvaram, śīghram, āśu, sapadi, jhaṭiti, sahasā, drāk, akālahīnam, akālikam, anuṣṭhu, ārāt, anuṣṭhuṣṭhuyā, āḥ, manāk, sakṛt, sadyaḥ, āpātataḥ   

tvarayā saha।

ayi, satvaraṃ gṛhaṃ gaccha no cet varṣā prārapsyate।

pad

adūradarśin, alpadarśin   

yaḥ bhaviṣyaṃ na cintayati।

adūradarśī vyaktiḥ vyasanaiḥ grasate।

pad

padaniyuktiḥ, sevā niyuktiḥ   

pade niyuktiḥ।

svasya padaniyukteḥ vārtā śrutvā saḥ ānanditā।

pad

padādhikārī   

yaḥ kasminnapi pade niyuktaḥ।

asya saṅghaṭanasya padādhikāriṇaḥ atīva karmaṭhāḥ।

pad

alpadṛṣṭitā, alpākāṅkṣatā   

mahatyāḥ ākāṅkṣāyāḥ abhāvaḥ।

alpadṛṣṭitā jīvanaṃ vyarthaṃ karoti।

pad

strī, nārī, narī, mānuṣī, manuṣī, mānavī, lalanā, lalitā, ramaṇī, rāmā, vanitā, priyā, mahilā, yoṣā, yoṣitā, yoṣit, yoṣīt, vadhūḥ, bharaṇyā, mahelā, mahelikā, māninī, vāmā, aṅganā, abalā, kāminī, janiḥ, janī, joṣā, joṣitā, joṣit, dhanikā, parigṛhyā, pramadā, pratīpadarśinī, vilāsinī, sindūratilakā, sīmantinī, subhrūḥ, śarvarī   

manuṣyajātīyānāṃ strī-puṃrūpīyayoḥ prabhedadvayayoḥ prathamā yā prajananakṣamā asti।

adhunā vividheṣu kṣetreṣu strīṇām ādhipatyam vartate।

pad

lakṣmīḥ, ramā, kamalā, nārāyaṇī, padmahastā, śrīḥ, viṣṇupriyā, mā, māyā, haripriyā, padmā, padmālayā, bhārgavī, cañcalā, indirā, abjavāhanā, abjā, abdhijā, ambujāsanā, amalā, īśvarī, devaśrī, padmamālinī, padmaguṇā, piṅgalā, maṅgalā, śriyā, śrīpradā, sindhujā, jaganmayī, amalā, varavarṇinī, vṛṣākapāyī, sindhukanyā, sindhusutā, jaladhijā, kṣīrasāgarasutā, dugdhābdhitanayā, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, kṣīrodatanayā, lokajananī, lokamātā   

dhanasya adhiṣṭhātrī devatā yā viṣṇupatnī asti iti manyate।

dhanaprāptyarthe janāḥ lakṣmīṃ pūjayanti।

pad

padanyāsaḥ   

prahārārthe padayoḥ dṛḍhā mudrā।

mallena padanyāsam anyathā kṛtvā prahāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

pad

rāsāyanikapadārthaḥ   

tad vastu yad rāsāyanikyā prakriyayā utpādyate।

vaijñānikāḥ prayogaśālāsu nūtanān rāsāyanikapadārthān utpādayanti।

pad

suvarṇam, svarṇam, kanakam, hiraṇyam, hema, hāṭakam, kāñcanam, tapanīyam, śātakumbham, gāṅgeyam, bharmam, karvaram, cāmīkaram, jātarūpam, mahārajatam, rukmam, kārtasvaram, jāmbunadam, aṣṭāpadam, śātakaumbham, karcuram, rugmam, bhadram, bhūri, piñjaram, draviṇam, gairikam, cāmpeyam, bharuḥ, candraḥ, kaladhautam, abhrakam, agnibījam, lohavaram, uddhasārukam, sparśamaṇiprabhavam, mukhyadhātu, ujjvalam, kalyāṇam, manoharam, agnivīryam, agni, bhāskaram, piñajānam, apiñjaram, tejaḥ, dīptam, agnibham, dīptakam, maṅgalyam, saumañjakam, bhṛṅgāram, jāmbavam, āgneyam, niṣkam, agniśikham   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ-pītavarṇīyaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ alaṅkāranirmāṇe upayujyate।

suvarṇasya mūlyaṃ vardhitam।

pad

padāvanatiḥ   

kasyāpi padāt jātā avanatiḥ।

tasya kāryāt asantuṣṭaḥ ataḥ tasya padāvanatiḥ kṛtā adhikāriṇā।

pad

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, padmī, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, māmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ- saḥ paśuḥ yaḥ viśālaḥ sthūlaḥ śuṇḍāyuktaḥ ca।

gajāya ikṣuḥ rocate।

pad

śārīrikadravyam, śārīrikapadārthaḥ   

śarīre vartamānaḥ padārthaḥ।

rudhiram iti ekaṃ śārīrikadravyam yad dravasvarūpam asti।

pad

sammānam, prabhāvaḥ, māhātmyam, pratāpaḥ, pratiṣṭhā, anubhāvaḥ, anubhūtiḥ, āyattiḥ, āyatiḥ, āspadam, indratā, indratvam, garimān, gurutā, guruttvam, tejasvitā, paktiḥ, bhagaḥ   

loke prasiddhiḥ।

janaḥ tasya sammānaṃ karoti।

pad

nūpuram, pādāṅgadam, tulākoṭiḥ, mañjīraḥ, haṃsakaḥ, pādakaṭakaḥ, padāṅgadam   

pādālaṅkāraḥ yaḥ śabdāyate।

vadhvāḥ āgamanasya sūcanā tasyāḥ nūpurāṇi dadāti।

pad

padonnatiḥ   

padāt unnatiḥ।

śyāmena ekasyāḥ anantaram anyā padonnatiḥ prāpsyate eva।

pad

jan, upajan, ājan, sampad, sañjan, saṃjan, abhijan, samprasūya, sambhū   

saśarīraṃ prādurbhāvānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhagavān kṛṣṇaḥ madhyarātrau ajāyata।

pad

āgam, abhyāgam, upāgam, samupāgam, abhigam, upagam, anupad, preṣ, liś, āyā, samāyā, upāyā, abhiyā, upasthā, samupasthā, e, āvraj, abhipad, abhiṛ, upakram, abhivṛt, visṛ   

anya-sthāna-viyoga-pūrvakaḥ anya-sthāna-saṃyogānukūla-vyāpāraḥ।

pañcavādane bālakaḥ pāṭhaśālātaḥ gṛham āgacchati।

pad

praviś, upaviś, upāviś, āviś, viviś, anvāviś, anuprapad, āgam, āyā, prayā, abhyupe, abhyavagāh, avasthā, āpad, āśri, āvas, upapad, upaprasad, upasaṃcar, upasaṃvraj, vigāh, samāruh, samāśri, same, saṃgāh, sampragāh, saṃpragāh, samprapad, vyāviś, pratipad, adhyāvas, prapad, āp, padaṃ kṛ, laṅgh   

antargamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ paṭhitum adhyayanakakṣaṃ prāviśat।

pad

āmram, cūtam, sahakāram, kāmaśaram, kāmavallabham, kāmāṅgam, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumam, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭam, sīdhurasam, madhūlī, kokilotsavam, vasantadūtam, āmraphalam, modākhyam, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥkokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ, āmravṛkṣasya phalam asya guṇāḥ varṇarucimāṃsaśukrabalakāritvam।

rāmāya āmraḥ rocate।

pad

āmraḥ, āmravṛkṣaḥ, cūtaḥ, sahakāraḥ, kāmaśaraḥ, kāmavallabhaḥ, kāmāṅgaḥ, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumaḥ, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭaḥ, sīdhurasaḥ, madhūlī, kokilotsavaḥ, vasantadūtaḥ, amraphalaḥ, modākhyaḥ, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥ, kokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- dīrghajīvī pādapaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyaṃ phalam atīva madhuram।

āmravṛkṣe śukāḥ nivasanti।

pad

varaṭaḥ, kalahaṃsaḥ, sugrīvaḥ, cakrapakṣaḥ, jālapad, dhavalapakṣaḥ, nīlākṣaḥ, pāriplāvyaḥ, purudaṃśakaḥ, bandhuraḥ, vakrāṅgaḥ, vārcaḥ, śakavaḥ, śiticchadaḥ, śitipakṣaḥ, śvetacchadaḥ, śvetagarutaḥ, śvetapatraḥ, sitacchadaḥ, sitapakṣaḥ, haṃsaḥ, haṃsakaḥ, hariṇaḥ, sūtiḥ, cakraḥ   

haṃsajātīyaḥ jalakhagaprakāraviśeṣaḥ।

varaṭaḥ jale viharati।

pad

padāvedakaḥ   

yena padasya kṛte āvedanaṃ kṛtam।

adya padāvedakānāṃ āvedaneṣu vicāravimarśaḥ bhavati।

pad

kuñjarī, gajī, padminī, hastinī, kareṇukā, karabhī, puṣkariṇī, ibhyā   

strītvaviśiṣṭaḥ gajaḥ।

vyādhāt śāvakaṃ mocayituṃ kuñjarī ākramaṇam akarot।

pad

padātikaḥ, padātiḥ, pādātiḥ, pādātikaḥ   

kāryālaye patrāṇāṃ vāhakaḥ tathā ca yaḥ adhikārijanānām ādeśānāṃ pūrtiṃ karoti।

mama kāryālaye padātikaḥ atīva mahatvapūrṇaṃ kāryaṃ karoti।

pad

dharmaśikṣikā, dharmopadeśikā, dharmācāryā   

yā dharmaṃ pāṭhayati।

asmin bālikā-vidyālaye ekā dharmaśikṣikā māse ekavāram āgatya dharmopadeśaṃ karoti।

pad

bhautikatāvādaḥ, dehātmavādaḥ, padārthavādaḥ, anātmavādaḥ   

yasmin siddhānte dehaḥ eva ātmā iti manyante।

bhautikatāvāde bhautikapadārthasya eva prādhānyam।

pad

saṅkaṭam, vipadā, vyasanam, āpattiḥ, āpadā, ariṣṭam   

aniṣṭaghaṭanayā jātā sā sthitiḥ yayā bahuhāniḥ saṃbhavati।

saṅkaṭe matiḥ baddhasadṛśā jāyate।

pad

pādāghātaḥ, padapātaḥ, caraṇapātaḥ, pādāsphālanam, pādādhyāsaḥ, caraṇaskandanam, pramathanam   

padasya āsphālanam।

kasyacit pādāghātaḥ śrūyate।

pad

padadalita   

pādaiḥ dalitaḥ।

hindūdharmānusāreṇa padadalitasya annasya sevanaṃ varjyam asti।

pad

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

pad

paribhraś, apadhvaṃs   

apakarṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ādau tasya utkarṣaḥ abhavat param adhunā saḥ paribhraśyate।

pad

upadravaḥ, utpātaḥ, viplavaḥ   

janasamūhe pravartamānaḥ kalahaḥ yatra keśākeśi bāhavābāhavi api bhavati।

chātrāṇām upadravena vyathitena prācāryeṇa vidyālayam avaruddham।

pad

upadeśaḥ, śikṣā, anudeśaḥ   

hitakārakaṃ kathanam।

bhagavadgītāyāṃ śrīkṛṣṇena dattaḥ upadeśaḥ mānavasamājasya kalyāṇārthe asti।

pad

upadeśaka   

yaḥ upadeśaṃ dadāti।

bhaktikālinaḥ kavayaḥ upadeśakāḥ āsan।

pad

kadambaḥ, nīpaḥ, priyakaḥ, halipriyaḥ, kādambaḥ, ṣaṭpadeṣṭaḥ, prāvṛṣeṇyaḥ, haripriyaḥ, jīrṇaparṇaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, surabhiḥ, lalanāpriyaḥ, kādambaryaḥ, sīdhupuṣpaḥ, mahāḍhyaḥ, karṇapūrakaḥ, vajraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। yasya raktavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi vṛttāni santi asya guṇāḥ tiktatvam kaṭutvam kaṣāyatvam vātapittakaphārtināśitvam śītalatvam śukravardhanañca।

katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadmabaḥ।

pad

hāsyāspada, hāsyotpādaka   

yaḥ hāsyotpattiḥ karoti।

upakrīḍāmaṇḍale viduṣakasya hāsyāspadān ceṣṭān dṛṣṭvā darśakāḥ hasanti।

pad

pādapatham, ekapadī   

vanam athavā kṣetraṃ gantum upayujyamānā reṇupadavī।

sā patyuḥ bhojanaṃ gṛhītvā pādapathena gacchati।

pad

kalpavṛkṣaḥ, kalpataruḥ, kalpadrumaḥ   

hindūdharmagrantheṣu varṇitaḥ ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yaḥ kāmanānāṃ pūrtiḥ karoti।

samudramanthane prāpteṣu caturdaśeratneṣu ekaḥ kalpavṛkṣaḥ āsīt।

pad

krakacena chid, krakacena dṝ, krakacena avakṛt, krakacena dāraya, krakacena pad   

dārvādīnāṃ krakacena dvaidhīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

takṣakaḥ horārdhataḥ dāru krakacena chinatti।

pad

nīlakamalam, nīlāmbujam, nīlotpalam, nīlapadmam   

nīlavarṇīyaṃ kamalam।

asmin taḍāge nīlakamalasya ādhikyam asti।

pad

karṇakīṭī, śatapadī, karṇajalaukāḥ, bhīruḥ, śatapādikā, karṇajalukā, śatapāta, śatapādī   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, karṇasya bhedakaḥ kṣudraḥ kīṭī।

karṇajalukā mānavāya hānikarā।

pad

draupadī, pāñcālī, kṛṣṇā, yājñasenī, trihāyaṇī, vedijā, nityayauvanā, sairandhrī   

drupadakanyā yā pāṇḍavānāṃ patnī āsīt।

draupadī yajñāt jātā।

pad

anupadam, kramaśaḥ, padaśaḥ, pade pade, padātpadam, pratipadam   

padaṃ prayujya।

anupadaṃ saḥ svasya lakṣyam abhi agacchat।

pad

āpad, saṃkaṭam, vipad, kṛcchram, atyayaḥ   

vipattisadṛśā sthitiḥ।

tena svasya prāṇān āpadi kṣiptvā jale patitaḥ bālakaḥ rakṣitaḥ।

pad

bhramaraḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuvrataḥ, madhukaraḥ, madhuliṭ, madhupaḥ, aliḥ, alī, puṣpaliṭ, bhṛṅgaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, kalālāpakaḥ, śilīmukhaḥ, puṣpandhayaḥ, madhukṛt, dvipaḥ, bhasaraḥ, cañcarikaḥ, sukāṇḍī, madhulolupaḥ, madhumārakaḥ, indindiraḥ, madhuparaḥ, lambaḥ, puṣpakīṭaḥ, madhusūdanaḥ, bhṛṅgarājaḥ, madhulehī, reṇuvāsaḥ, kāmukaḥ, kaliṅgapakṣī, mārkavaḥ, bhṛṅgarajaḥ, aṅgārkaḥ, bhṛṅgāraḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, pratikusumaṃ bhrāmyan kṛṣṇakīṭaḥ।

bhramarāṇāṃ kadambaḥ priyaḥ asti।

pad

āpadgrasta, vipadgrasta, saṃkaṭagrasta   

yaḥ āpadbhiḥ grastaḥ asti।

āpadgrastena puruṣeṇa dhairyeṇa kāryaṃ kartavyam।

pad

mandākinī, ākāśagaṅgā, svarganadī, nabhonadī, divyasaritā, suranadī, viyadgaṅgā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, svarṇapadmā, sureśvarī   

svarge vartamānā gaṅgāyāḥ dhārā।

pūrvajān trātuṃ bhagīrathena tapasyāṃ kṛtvā mandākinī pṛthivyām ānītā।

pad

saraṭaḥ, saraṭuḥ, bahurūpaḥ, virūpī, trivarṇakṛt, śaraṇḍaḥ, peluvāsaḥ, pracalākaḥ, priyakaḥ, kīlālī, kṛkalāsaḥ, kṛkavākuḥ, krakacapad, jāhakaḥ, suduṣprabhaḥ   

godhikājātīyaḥ ekaḥ sarīsṛpaḥ yaḥ sūryakiraṇānāṃ sāhāyyena śarīrasya varṇaṃ parivartayituṃ kṣamaḥ asti।

saraṭaḥ kīṭān bhakṣayitvā kṣudhāṃ śāmyati।

pad

bhū, ghaṭ, abhivṛt, abhyābhū, sambhū, sampravṛt, pratipad   

bhavanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

tad mama samakṣam eva abhavat।

pad

sthalapadmam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpaṃ sugandhitaṃ tathā ca kṣupaḥ kaṇṭakayuktaḥ।

puṣpavāṭikāyāṃ naikāni sthalapadmāni dṛśyante।

pad

sañjan, prasañjan, sampad, samāpad, pratipad, sambhū, āpad, upajan, sampravṛt, upapad, samutpad, upagam, upe, ghaṭ, nipat, pat, sampat, samupe   

tathyānubhavānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

daivajñena kathitaṃ mama jīvane yāthārthena samajāyata।

pad

cint, sañcint, vicint, paricint, pravicint, dhyai, anudhyai, upadhyai, abhidhyai, parīdhyai, paryāloc, pravimṛś, nirloc, vigaṇ, vigāh   

kāryaviṣayakaḥ viṣayaviṣayakaḥ vā vicāraṇānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

vṛthā cintayati bhavān sarvaṃ bhadram eva bhavet।

pad

śāṭhyam, upāyaḥ, apadeśaḥ, vyapadeśaḥ, chalaḥ, klṛptiḥ   

kāryapūrtyarthe yenakena prakāreṇa kṛtā kṛtiḥ śaṭhasya bhāvo vā।

tasya śāṭhyaṃ na jñātaṃ mayā। / śaṭhaṃ prati śāṭhyam।

pad

apapradānam, upadā, chāyam   

anucitaṃ kāryaṃ svānukūlīkaraṇāya anucitarītyā pradattaṃ dhanadravyādikam।

saḥ apapradānaṃ svīkurvan pratigṛhītaḥ।

pad

aṭ, car, bhram, paribhram, parivraj, ṛ, pratipad, pradhmā, prabhram, prayā, dram   

vṛthā atra tatra gamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vidyābhyāsaṃ vihāya pratidinaṃ saḥ itastataḥ aṭati।

pad

garh, vigarha, śap, adhikṣip, tarjaya, nind, kṣip, abhitarjaya, ātarjaya, abhibhartsaya, avagarh, upālabh, paribharts, paribhartsaya, samabhitarjaya, vinind, tiraskṛ, saṃtarjaya, santarjaya, apadhvaṃs, upakruś, upakṛ, parigarj   

uccaiḥ svareṇa dhikkārapūrvakaḥ sakrodhaṃ vākprabandhānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ sajjanāya garhati।

pad

adhyāpaya, pāṭhaya, śikṣaya, upadeśaya, śās   

vidyādānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmānujaḥ vidyālaye gaṇitam adhyāpayati। / śiṣyaḥ te ahaṃ śādhi mām।

pad

paśuḥ, catuścaraṇaḥ, catuṣpadaḥ, malukaḥ, mokam, śaraṇḍam, śuddhajadaḥ   

saḥ prāṇī yaḥ caturbhiḥ caraṇaiḥ calati।

gauḥ grāmyaḥ paśuḥ asti।

pad

pippalaḥ, kalahapriyā, kalahākulā, kuñjaraḥ, kuñjarāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇāvāsaḥ, gajabhakṣakaḥ, guhyapatraḥ, caladalaḥ, tatpadaḥ, tārāyaṇaḥ, mahādrumaḥ, nāgabandhuḥ, keśavālayaḥ   

bṛhadvṛkṣaḥ yaḥ hindūnāṃ kṛte pavitraḥ asti।

snānādanantaraṃ saḥ pippalāya jalaṃ dadāti।

pad

padam   

saṃsthādiṣu adhikārānusāraṃ sthānam।

bhavān asyāṃ saṃsthāyāṃ kiṃ padaṃ bhūṣayati।

pad

sampad, samāpad   

kāryaviśeṣasya sānandaṃ paripūrtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

hyaḥ saṅgītakāryakramaḥ samapadyata।

pad

bhūsampad   

sā sampad yā kṛṣyādirūpeṇa vartate।

tena svasya bhūsampadaḥ ardham anāthālayāya dattam।

pad

padadārikā, pādadārikā   

caraṇatalavidāraṇasya vyādhiḥ।

śītakāle padadārikāyāḥ kāraṇāt pitāmahaḥ calituṃ na śaknoti।

pad

ciṃtāpadam   

udvegakaraṃ vṛttam udvegakarī ghaṭanā vā।

bhavatāṃ ciṃtāpadaṃ kim asti iti kathyatām tat samādhattuṃ prayate।

pad

pat, prapat, avapat, bhṛś, nipat, cyu, avagal, pracyu, avārch, avapad, abhivlī, sraṃs, skand   

viśiṣya dravapadārthasya uccaiḥ sthānāt adhodeśasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

samudre nadīnāṃ jalaṃ patati।

pad

dhruvapadam   

kasyāpi gītasya sā ārambhikā paṅktiḥ yā punaḥ punaḥ gīyate।

ahaṃ prāyaḥ gītānāṃ dhruvapadam eva jānāmi।

pad

mārgaḥ, pathaḥ, panthāḥ, adhvā, vartma, vartmanī, vartmaniḥ, ayanam, varttanam, varttanī, varttaniḥ, saraṇī, saraṇiḥ, padavī, paddhatiḥ, paddhatī, padyā, padvā, padaviḥ, sṛtiḥ, sañcaraḥ, padvaḥ, upaniṣkramaṇam, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, śaraṇiḥ, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, mācaḥ, māṭhaḥ, māṭhyaḥ, prapāthaḥ, pitsalam, khullamaḥ   

ekasthānād anyasthānaṃ gantum upayujyamānaḥ bhūbhāgaḥ yaḥ gamanasya ādhāro bhavati।

mama gṛham asmin eva mārgasya vāmataḥ vartate।

pad

rītiḥ, paddhatiḥ, śailī   

kāryādīnāṃ vidhiḥ।

etayā rītyā kṛtena kāryeṇa agre samasyā bhaviṣyati।

pad

upadhānam, stambhaḥ, kandukam   

śayanasamaye śirodhāraṇārthe upayujyamānaṃ karpāsādipūritam syutam।

saḥ mañce dve upadhāne gṛhītvā svapīti।

pad

pratyāgam, pratigam, punar āgam, nivṛt, pratyāvṛt, pratinivṛt, sannivṛt, paryāvṛt, upāvṛt, vyāvṛt, vinivṛt, āvṛt, punar āvṛt, pratiyā, pratyāyā, punar āyā, pratyupayā, pratye, punar e, pratikram, pratipad, punar abhipad, punar upasthā, pratyupasthā, punar āvraj   

anyasmāt sthānāt pūrvasthānasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mama pitā hyaḥ eva dehalītaḥ pratyāgacchat।

pad

puṣpadalam, dalam, puṣpapatram   

puṣpasya citrāṇi patrāṇi।

bālakaḥ kamalasya puṣpadalaṃ kṛntati।

pad

upadiś, anuśās, śikṣaya   

kāryaviṣaye yuktāyuktatvakathanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ācāryaḥ idaṃ kāryaṃ samyak bhavituṃ śiṣyān upadiśati।

pad

dhūmāya, saṃdhūmāya, vidhūpāya, nipā, ādhūmaya, upadhūpaya, dhūpaya   

tamākhvādīnāṃ dhūmrāpānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

alambuṣām upaviśya kṛṣakaḥ dhūmāyate।

pad

khanija-padārthaḥ   

khānyāt prāptaṃ vastu।

aṅgāraḥ iti ekaḥ khanija-padārthaḥ asti।

pad

apadeśaḥ, vyapadeśaḥ, chadma, upadhiḥ, kapaṭam, chalam, kūṭaḥ, kūṭam, vyājaḥ, lakṣyam   

kañcit vañcayituṃ dhāryamāṇaṃ rūpam athavā kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

saḥ pīḍitasya apadeśaṃ karoti।

pad

padacihnam, padāṅkam, caraṇacihnam   

caraṇasya cihnam।

vyādhāḥ klinnāyāṃ bhūmau siṃhasya padacihnāni dṛṣṭvā agre agacchan। /rativalayapadāṅke cāpamāsajya kaṇṭhe [ku 2.64]

pad

padapathaḥ   

mārgasya taṭe vartamānā vīthī yā pādacāriṇāṃ kṛte asti।

mārge durghaṭanā mā bhavatu ataḥ padapathasya upayogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

pad

sopānapaddhatiḥ, sopānaśreṇiḥ, sopānaśreṇī, sopānapaṅktiḥ, adhirohiṇī, ārohaṇam, niḥśreṇī, niḥśrayaṇī, niḥśrayiṇī, śālāram, vandiḥ, vandī, paṅkāraḥ   

ūrdhvagamanārthe adhogamanārthe vā sopānayuktaṃ vinirmitaḥ mārgaḥ।

gṛhe paṭalopari gamanārthe sopānapaddhatiḥ vinirmitā।

pad

jyotiṣmatī, pārāvatāṅghrī, kaṭabhī, piṇyā, pārāvatapadī, nagaṇā, sphuṭabandhanī, pūtitailā, iṅgudī, svarṇalatā, analaprabhā, jyotirlatā, supiṅgalā, dīptā, medhyā, matidā, durjarā, sarasvatī, amṛtā   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyāḥ bījāt tailaṃ prāpyate tathā ca yā vātakaphahāriṇī asti।

jyotiṣmateḥ bījasya tailaṃ bahu upayuktam asti।

pad

dhūmāya, saṃdhūmāya, vidhūpāya, nipā, ādhūmaya, upadhūpaya, dhūpaya   

tamākhvādīnāṃ dhūmraṃ pītvā punaḥ mukhāt tasya bahirniḥsāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śyāmaḥ pitroḥ nilīya dhūmāyate।

pad

padātiḥ, vaṭaḥ   

caturaṅgakrīḍāyāḥ aṣṭau śārayaḥ yeṣāṃ ca anyeṣāṃ tulanayā mahattvaṃ nyūnaṃ vartate।

caturaṅge padātiḥ ajihmaṃ calati tiryak ca hanti।

pad

apadeśaḥ, vyapadeśaḥ, chalam, mithyāhetuḥ, paryupāsanam   

svarakṣaṇārtham athavā kiñcit pramāṇayitum pravṛttā asatyā kṛtiḥ।

saḥ śirovedanāyāḥ apadeśena vidyālayaṃ na agacchat।

pad

sūcanā, upanyāsaḥ, upakṣepaḥ, prastāvaḥ, mantraṇam, upadeśaḥ, buddhiḥ   

yasmin viṣaye anyaiḥ na cintitaṃ tasya viṣayasya sūcanam।

asmin viṣaye bhavānapi sūcanāṃ karotu।

pad

vṛścikālī, vṛścipatrī, viṣaghnī, nāgadantikā, sarpadaṃśaṣṭrā, amarā, kālī, uṣṭradhūsarapucchikā, viṣāṇī, netrarogahā, uṣṭrikā, aliparṇī, dakṣiṇāvartakī, kālikā, āgamāvartā, devalāṅgūlikā, karabhī, bhūrīdugdhā, karkaśā, svarṇadā, yugmaphalā, kṣīraviṣāṇikā, bhāsurapuṣpā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ, yasya tīkṣṇapatrāṇāṃ daṃśaḥ vṛścikavat dāhakaḥ asti (āyurvede asya hṛdraktaśuddhikārīkatvaṃ raktapittavibandhārocakāpahatvam ityādi guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

atra vṛścikālī samudbhūtā/

vṛścikālī viṣaghnī tu kāsamārutanāśinī [rājavallabhaḥ]

pad

śamaya, upaśamaya, praśamaya, saṃśamaya, praviśāmaya, nāśaya, nirvāpaya, parihan, udvāpaya, vidhmāpaya, vilopaya, śoṣaya, saṃsādhaya, samāstṛ, upadāsaya, saṃprakṣāpaya   

kecana padārthena agnipraśamanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ dīpaṃ śamayati।

pad

aṭ, paryaṭ, car, parivraj, vraj, vicar, hiṇḍ, anvāhiṇḍ, upāhiṇḍ, pracar, prayā, viparivṛt, vipratipad, saṃkram, saṅkram, saṃyā, pratipad, dram   

prayojanam uddiśya itastataḥ gamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

udyogam anveṣṭuṃ śyāmaḥ aṭati।

pad

nāśaka, vināśin, vināśaka, vidhvaṃsaka, apadhvaṃsī, apaha   

yaḥ nāśaṃ karoti।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre jantūnāṃ nāśakaṃ siñcayati।/bhagavān vighnānāṃ vināśakaḥ asti iti manyante।

pad

sampad, saṃpad, niṣpad, samāp   

kasyāpi kāryasya niṣpannānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

putryāḥ vivāhaḥ samyagrītyā sampadyate।

pad

raśmiḥ, marīciḥ, karaḥ, abhīśuḥ, abhīṣuḥ, mayūkhaḥ, gabhastiḥ, dīdhitiḥ, arkatviṭ, pādaḥ, usraḥ, ruciḥ, tviṣiḥ, vibhā, arcis, bhānuḥ, śipiḥ, dhṛṣṇiḥ, pṛṣṭiḥ, vīciḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, upadhṛtiḥ, pṛśniḥ, syonaḥ, syūmaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśuḥ, kiraṇaḥ   

prakāśasya atisūkṣmāḥ rekhāḥ yāḥ sūryacandrādibhyaḥ jyotiṣmadbhyaḥ padārthebhyaḥ niṣkasya vikīryamāṇāḥ dṛśyante।

sūryasya raśmibhiḥ dinasya prārambhaḥ bhavati।

pad

padakam   

vastrādibhiḥ nirmitaṃ cihnaṃ yad svayaṃsevakādayaḥ paridhārayanti।

sabhāyāṃ āgataiḥ sarvaiḥ padakaṃ dhāritam।

pad

vākyam, padasamūhaḥ   

parasparaiḥ sambaddhānāṃ padānāṃ samūhaḥ yena svābhiprāyāḥ prakaṭīkriyante।

asya lekhasya prathame vākye kecana doṣāḥ santi।

pad

rukmiṇī, īḥ, ramā, sindhujā, sāmā, calā, hīrā, caṭhcalā, vṛṣākapāyī, capalā, indirā, lakṣmīḥ, padamālayā, padmā, kamalā, śrīḥ, haripriyā   

kṛṣṇasya rājñī vaidarbhaputrī ca।

rukmiṇeḥ garbhāt pradyumnaḥ jātaḥ।

pad

āragvadhaḥ, rājavṛkṣaḥ, sampākaḥ, caturaṅgulaḥ, ārevataḥ, vyādhighātaḥ, kṛtamālaḥ, suvarṇakaḥ, manthānaḥ, rocanaḥ, dīrghaphalaḥ, nṛpadṛmaḥ, himapuṣpaḥ, rājatanuḥ, kaṇḍughnaḥ, jvarāntakaḥ, arujaḥ, svarṇapuṣpam, svarṇadruḥ, kuṣṭhasudanaḥ, karṇābharaṇakaḥ, mahārājadrumaḥ, karṇikāraḥ, svarṇāṅgaḥ, pragrahaḥ, śampākaḥ, śampātaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya māṣaḥ dīrghaḥ asti।

āragvadhasya puṣpāṇi pītāni tathā ca parṇāni śirīṣasadṛśāni bhavanti।

pad

vivādita, vivādāspada, vādagrasta, vivādagrasta   

yasya viṣaye vivādaḥ jāyate।

vivādite viṣaye ubhayapakṣe sandhiḥ abhavat।

pad

anuśās, upadiś, upādiś, nidṛś, nirdiś, pratyādiś, samādiś, sammantr   

vimarśānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rajataḥ mām dhanasya adhikatvena lābhāya anyatra viniyoktum anvaśāḥ।

pad

padātiḥ   

saḥ sainikaḥ yasya samīpe ārohaṇārthe aśvādayaḥ na santi।

sainikānāṃ kāryavahane śatrupakṣasya naike padātayaḥ hatāḥ।

pad

sukhasampad   

yaśorūpā dhanarūpā ca sarvā samṛddhiḥ vaibhavaṃ ca।

gaṇeśasya kṛpayā bhaktaiḥ sukhasampad prāptā।

pad

kāryapaddhatiḥ, karmamārgaḥ   

kāryakaraṇasya paddhatiḥ।

asmin kārye śodhanaṃ kartuṃ asmābhiḥ kāryapaddhatiḥ parivartanīyā।

pad

vipatsamayaḥ, āpatkālaḥ, āpad   

pīḍākārikābhiḥ ghaṭanābhiḥ yuktāni dināni।

vipatsamayasya anantaraṃ sudināni āgacchanti।

pad

pallī, padraḥ, kheṭakaḥ, nivasathaḥ   

kṣudragrāmaḥ।

nadītaṭe ekā pallī santi।

pad

dvitīya, dvitīyaka, dvitīyīka, dvitīyapadastha   

gaṇanāyāṃ prathamāt anantaraṃ tṛtīyasmāt pūrvaṃ vartamānaḥ।

uttīrṇa-chātrāṇāṃ sūcyāṃ mama putrasya nāma dvitīyam asti।

pad

dharmopadeśaḥ, dharmavyākhyānam   

dharmeṇa sambandhitaḥ upadeśaḥ।

dharmopadeśaṃ śrutvā saḥ cauryakarma na karaṇasya pratijñāṃ svyakarot।

pad

nirvivāda, avivādita, vivādahīna, avivādāspada, vivādātīta, nirvivādita   

vivādarahitaḥ।

sūryaḥ sthiraḥ asti iti nirvivādaṃ satyam asti।

pad

padīnam, ūrukam, āprapadīnam   

adhovastraviśeṣaḥ।

śaitye ūrṇasya padīnam sukhadāyakaṃ bhavati।

pad

mārgadarśakaḥ, pathadarśakaḥ, upadeśakaḥ, nirdeśakaḥ, nāyakaḥ, pragrahaḥ, mārgopadik, nirdeṣṭā, adhvadarśī, saṃcārayitā, nirṇetā, dhūrṣad, uddeśakaḥ, padavāyaḥ, ādeśakaḥ, prajñātā, mukhyaḥ, vicārakaḥ, vināyakaḥ, vinetā, voḍhā   

yaḥ mārgaṃ darśayati।

vayam ekaṃ kuśalaṃ mārgadarśakam anusarantaḥ agre agacchāma।

pad

padyāvalī   

padyānāṃ saṃgrahaḥ।

mīrāyāḥ padyāvalyāṃ naikāni bhajanāni santi।

pad

padmasarovaram, kamalasarovaram, padmasaraḥ, kamalasaraḥ   

tat sarovaraṃ yasmin naikāni kamalāni santi।

padmasarovarasya pārśve muneḥ āśramaḥ asti।

pad

padmāsanam, kamalāsanam   

yogasya ekam āsanaṃ yasmin vāmorūpari dakṣiṇaṃ saṃsthāpya vāmaṃ tathā dakṣiṇorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtyā karābhyāṃ dhṛtam aṅguṣṭhaṃ hṛdaye nidhāya cibukaṃ nāsāgram avalokayet।

brāhmamuhūrte kṛtena padmāsanena cittaṃ śāntaṃ bhavati।

pad

padminī   

caturvidhastrīmadhye strīviśeṣaḥ।

padminī komalāṅgī suśīlā rūpavatī tathā ca pativratā asti।

pad

padyātmaka, chandātmaka, chandobaddha   

padyarūpeṇa nirmitaḥ।

rāmacaritamānasa iti ekā padyātmikā kṛtiḥ।

pad

pādāsanam, upadhānam, āsādaḥ, caraṇopadhānam   

yānādiṣu pādau sthāpayituṃ nirmitaṃ sthānam।

yāne upaveṣṭuṃ saḥ pādāsane padam asthāpayat।

pad

padhārī   

yaḥ vividhān rūpān dhārayitvā janān vismāyayati।

ekaḥ rūpadhārī dvāre dvāre gatvā bhikṣāṃ yācate।

pad

bhiṇḍaḥ, bhiṇḍā, bhiṇḍākṣupaḥ, bhiṇḍakaḥ, bhiṇḍītakaḥ, bheṇḍī, bheṇḍītakaḥ, asrapatrakam, catuṣpuṇḍrā, karaparṇaḥ, kṣetrasambhavaḥ, catuṣpadaḥ, catuḥpuṇḍaḥ, suśākaḥ, vṛttabījaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya bījaguptiḥ śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

āyurvede bhiṇḍasya uṣṇatvaṃ grāhitvaṃ rūcikaratvam ityete guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

pad

sāmarthyam, śaktiḥ, balam, prabhāvaḥ, vīryam, ūrjaḥ, sahaḥ, ojaḥ, vibhavaḥ, tejaḥ, vikramaḥ, parākramaḥ, śauryam, draviṇam, taraḥ, sahaḥ, sthāmaḥ, śuṣmam, prāṇaḥ, śaktitā, vayā, īśā, āyattiḥ, āspadam, utsāhaḥ, aidham, aiśyam, tavaḥ, pratāpaḥ, prabalatā, prabalatā, sabalatā, prabalatvam, prāsahaḥ, dhiṣṇyam, vaibhavam, śambaraḥ   

śāririkī kṣamatā yayā manuṣyaḥ kāryaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

bharatasya sāmarthyaṃ kena api na jñāyate।

pad

bhramarī, ṣaṭpadī   

strītvaviśiṣṭaḥ bhramaraḥ।

bhramarī puṣpāṇāṃ rasaṃ gṛhṇāti।

pad

phiraṅgaḥ, upadaṃśaḥ   

śiśne udbhūyamānaḥ rogaḥ।

phiraṅgaḥ saṃkrāmakaḥ rogaḥ asti।

pad

padam, śabdaḥ, nāma, vācakaḥ   

akṣaravarṇādibhiḥ yuktaḥ tathā ca mukhena uccāryamāṇaḥ likhyamānaḥ vā saḥ saṅketaḥ yaḥ kasyāpi bhāvasya kāryasya vā bodhakaḥ asti।

padānām ucitena saṃyojanena vākyaṃ bhavati।

pad

āpad, vipad, vyasanam, upaplavaḥ, vipattiḥ, upadravaḥ, atyāhitaṃ, anarthaḥ, viplavaḥ, vipattikālaḥ, āpatkālaḥ, vipatkālaḥ   

vipattiyuktaḥ kālaḥ।

hitaiṣiṇāṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ vipattau eva bhavati। / sampattau ca vipattau ca sādhūnāmekarūpatā।

pad

vyākaraṇam, padānuśāsanam, śabdaśāsanam, śabdaśāstram   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin śabdasya prakārādeḥ nirupaṇam asti।

bhāṣāyāḥ mūlādhāraḥ vyākaraṇam।

pad

śikhaṇḍī, drupadātmaja   

drupadasya ekaḥ putraḥ य़ḥ mūlatayā strī āsīt parantu anantaraṃ kāmapi sādhanāṃ kṛtvā puruṣo abhavat;

śikhaṇḍī bhīṣmaṃ hatavān

pad

ṣaṭpada   

ṣaḍbhiḥ padaiḥ yuktaḥ।

makṣikā ṣaṭpadaḥ jīvaḥ asti।

pad

sopānamārga, sopānapaddhatiḥ, sopānaśreṇiḥ, adhirohiṇī, niḥśrayaṇī, śālāram   

sopānānām mārgaḥ।

vāpī cāsmin marakataśitābaddhasopānamārgā [megha 76]।

pad

hiṅguḥ, hiṅgukaḥ, sahasravedhī, sahasravīryā, śūlahṛt, śūlahṛd, śūlanāśinī, śūladviṭ, śālasāraḥ, vāhikaḥ, rāmaṭhaḥ, rāmaṭham, ramaṭhadhvaniḥ, ramaṭham, rakṣoghnaḥ, bhedanam, bhūtāriḥ, bhūtanāśanaḥ, billam, villam, bāhlikam, balhikam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, pinyāsaḥ, dīptam, ugragandham, ugravīryam, atyugram, agūḍhagandham, jatukam, jantughnam, bālhī, sūpadhūpanam, jatu, jantunāśanam, sūpāṅgam, gṛhiṇī, madhurā, keśaram   

upaskaraviśeṣaḥ- bālhika-pārasya-khorāsāna-mūlatānādi-deśe jāyamānāt kṣupāt niryāsitam ugragandhī dravyam।

hiṅguḥ upaskararūpeṇa vyañjaneṣu tathā ca oṣadhirupeṇa bheṣajeṣu upayujyate।

pad

padavyuttara, snātakottara   

padavyanantarapaṭhanasambandhī।

padavyuttaraiḥ chātraiḥ vidyālaye avarodhaḥ kṛtaḥ।

pad

viśeṣavargam, adhyāpanam, śikṣaṇam, upadeśaḥ   

vidyālayasya samayād atirikte samaye kañcit śulkaṃ svīkṛtya śikṣakeṇa kṛtaṃ pāṭhanam।

idānīṃtanīye kāle chātrāḥ viśeṣavarge eva paṭhitum icchanti।

pad

upādhiḥ, abhidhānam, padanāma   

kasyacit padasya viśeṣaṃ nāma।

brigeḍiyara iti ekaḥ upādhiḥ asti।

pad

padavyavasthā, padavicāraḥ   

bhāṣāvijñānaśāstrasya ekā śākhā yasyāṃ padasya arthapūrṇaṃ ghaṭakaṃ vibhajya teṣām adhyayanaṃ kriyate।

padavyavasthāyāḥ trayaḥ prakārāḥ santi-varṇātmakaḥ aitihāsikaḥ tulanātmakaśca।

pad

marśanam, mantraṇam, upadeśaḥ   

bodhanasya kriyā।

vidyālaye marśanasya samaye sarve nūtanāḥ chātrāḥ upasthitāḥ āsan।

pad

janapadīya   

janapadasambandhī।

etad prakaraṇaṃ janapadīye nyāyālaye pracalati।

pad

nyāsadhārī, nikṣepadhārī   

anyasya janasya saṃsthāyāḥ vā sampattiḥ yasya adhikāre vartate tathā ca tāṃ rakṣati saḥ puruṣaḥ।

asmākaṃ śikṣakaḥ asya mahāvidyālayasya nyāsadhārī asti।

pad

lekhanapaddhatiḥ, lekhanaśailī   

lekhanasya paddhatiḥ।

sarveṣāṃ lekhanapaddhatiḥ bhinnā bhavati।

pad

yojaya, saṃyojaya, upadā, upadhā, ādhā, upapṛc, upasaṃdhā, upasamādhā   

ekasya padārthasya anyena saha miśrīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śāke lavaṇaṃ yojayatu।

pad

padam, phuṭaḥ, phīṭaḥ   

dīrghatāyāḥ māpakasādhanam dvādaśa-iñcamitaṃ sādhanam। manuṣyapādaparimāṇaṃ sārdhacaturāṅguliparimāṇaṃ vā।

sīmāyāḥ dīrghatā pañca phuṭa iñcadvayamitā ।

pad

dhrupadaḥ   

gītaprakāraḥ yasya svarāḥ niścitāḥ santi।

dhrupadena devatāḥ stūyante।

pad

khadiraḥ, gāyatrī, bālatanayaḥ, dantadhāvanaḥ, tiktasāraḥ, kaṇṭakīdrumaḥ, bālapatraḥ, khadyapatrī, kṣitikṣamaḥ, suśalyaḥ, vakrakaṇṭaḥ, yajñāṅgaḥ, jihvāśalyaḥ, kaṇṭī, sāradrumaḥ, kuṣṭhāriḥ, bahusāraḥ, medhyaḥ, bālaputraḥ, raktasāraḥ, karkaṭī, jihvaśalyaḥ, kuṣṭhahṛt, bālapatrakam, yūpadrumaḥ, kṣamā   

varvūrajātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

khadirāt arkaḥ niṣkāsayanti।

pad

bhadratā, anukūlatā, ṛtiḥ, ṛddhiḥ, kantvam, nandā, bhāgyavattā, bhāgyasampad, suṣṭhutā, subhagatvam, susvadhā, saubhāgyavattā, saubhāgyavattvam, sphītatā, śriyā, śrīyā   

sukhadāyikā sampannā ca avasthā।

gṛhe bhadratā asti।

pad

mṛṇālam, visam, viśam, padmanālam, mṛṇālī, mṛṇālinī, padmatantuḥ, visinī, nalinīruham   

padmasya nālam।

mṛṇālaṃ mṛdu tathā ca suṣiram asti।

pad

pāṣaṇḍaḥ, aupadhikaḥ, kuyogī, kuhakaḥ, vipratārakaḥ, dharmadhvajī, āryaliṃgī, dhārmikaveśadhārī, kapaṭadharmī   

dharmam āśritya svārthaṃ yaḥ sādhnoti।

pāṣaṇḍasya vacaneṣu viśvasanena mohinī anvatapyata।

pad

paṅgu, ekapad, ekapāt, kāka, khañjacaraṇa   

yasya ekaṃ padaṃ bhagnam athavā calitum asamartham।

paṅguḥ yaṣṭyāḥ sāhāyyena calitum ayatata।

pad

vidhiḥ, vidhānam, rītiḥ, paddhatiḥ   

kāryasañcālanasya praṇāliḥ।

iha saṃsāre sarvaṃ niyateḥ vidhim anusṛtya eva pracalati।

pad

pūrvabhādrapadā   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatapañcaviṃśatinakṣatram।

pūrvabhādrapadā nakṣatraṃ śatabhiṣā nakṣatrānantaram āgacchati।

pad

uttarabhādrapadā   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataṣaṭviṃśatinakṣatram।

uttarabhādrapadā nakṣatrāt pūrvaṃ pūrvabhādrapadā nakṣatram āgacchati।

pad

pūrvābhādrapadaḥ   

saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ pūrvābhādrapadanakṣatre vartate।

asmin saṃvatsare pūrvābhādrapade bhūri varṣā abhavat।

pad

uttarābhādrapadaḥ   

saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ uttarābhādrapadanakṣatre vartate।

śīlā uttarābhādrapade jātā।

pad

hā, vihā, viyujya, apaci, cyu, pracyu, upadas, virādh   

nāśānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

dhanasya lipsāyāḥ kāraṇāt saḥ prāṇān ajihīta।

pad

sītā, lāṅgalapaddhati   

dve lāṅgalarekhāyāṃ sinoti bhūmim;

vṛṣeva sītāṃ tadavagrahakṣatām [śa.ka]

pad

dhanam, dravyam, vasuḥ, arthaḥ, vittam, draviṇam, sampad, hiraṇyam, vibhavaḥ, sampattiḥ   

upayogināṃ tathā ca mūlyavatāṃ vastūnāṃ samūhaḥ।

pūrvaṃ gopālakānāṃ sampannatā teṣāṃ gorūpaṃ dhanam eva āsīt।

pad

nirdoṣa, doṣahīna, doṣarahita, pāpaśūnya, amala, anāmaya, adoṣa, anavadya, apadoṣa, amalina, avyalīka, niṣkalaṅka   

doṣāt vihīnaḥ।

adyayāvat mayā nirdoṣaḥ puruṣaḥ na dṛṣṭaḥ।

pad

prāp, āp, abhiprāp, anusamprāp, anvāp, abhyāp, abhisaṃprāp, abhisamprāp, āyā, āviś, anusamaś, anvaś, anvas, abhinaś, abhiprapad, abhiprasthā, ābhūṣ   

kañcana sthānam abhi vitānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āplāvajalaṃ grāmaṃ samayā prāpat।

pad

āpad, prapad, āyā   

avasthāviśiṣṭaṃ vihāya anyāvasthāprāpaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rahīmamahodayaḥ maraṇāsannām avasthām āpadyate।

pad

padaravaḥ   

gamanasya śabdaḥ।

tasya padaravam ahaṃ jānāmi।

pad

svīkṛ, aṃgīkṛ, urīkṛ, ūrīkṛ, abhyupagam, abhyupi, pratipad, prapad, adhyavaso, abhipad, abhiprapad, i   

dāyitvasvīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vivāhasya uttaradāyitvam ahaṃ svyakarot।

pad

abhinirdiś, pradiś, nirdiś, upadiś, apadiś, nidarśaya, pradarśaya, vinirdiś, avadyotaya, lakṣaya, ādiś, upādiś, ākṣip   

kāryaviśeṣasya vā vastuviśeṣasya vā jñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā mahyaṃ ākāśe dhruvasya sthitim abhinirdiśati।

pad

rītiḥ, paddhatiḥ   

bhāṣākalāsaṅgītādīnām abhivyakteḥ pratyekasya manuṣyasya samudāyasya vā vaiśiṣṭyam।

sarve patrakārāḥ vartamānapatrāṇāṃ rītim anusartum icchanti।

pad

saṃpad, sampad, niṣpad, samāp, nirvṛt   

kāryasya upasaṃhārānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sabhā samapadyata।

pad

kaṭī, kaṭiḥ, kaṭaḥ, śroṇī, śroṇiphalakam, śroṇiphalam, śroṇiḥ kakudmatī, kalatram, kaṭīram, kāñcīpadam, karabhaḥ   

manuṣyasya nābheḥ adhaḥ mūtrendriyasya upari vartamānaḥ bhāgaḥ।

mama upasthe pīḍām anubhavāmi।

pad

pratijñā, pratipad, jñā, abhijñā, samabhijñā   

mahattvasvīkārānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pratijāne ahaṃ yat tvaṃ gṛhavijñānaṃ samyak jānāsi।

pad

padacyuta, cyutādhikāra   

adhikārāt apasāritaḥ।

bhūmipatinā kṛṣīvalaḥ tasya bhūmeḥ padacyutaḥ kṛtaḥ।

pad

niṣkāsaya, bahiṣkṛ, apākṛ, nirākṛ, niḥsāraya, apadhvaṃsaya, nirdhū   

apasaraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ madyapaṃ svabhrātaraṃ gṛhāt nirakāsayat।

pad

adhikārāt avaropaya, adhikārāt bhraṃśaya, padāt bhraṃśaya, padāt avaropaya, adhikārāt cyāvaya, padāt cyāvaya   

adhikārāt padāt vā prabhraṃśanapreraṇamānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

svāmī rahamānam adhikārāt avāruropat।

pad

pat, prapat, avapat, bhṛś, nipat, cyu, avagal, pracyu, avārch, avapad, abhivlī, sraṃs, skand   

uccaiḥ sthānāt adhodeśasaṃyogānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

saḥ aśvāt patati।

pad

sambodhaya, anuśās, upadiś, upādiś, nirdiś, pratyādiś, samādiś   

hitasya bodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā taṃ samabodhayat paraṃ saḥ tathā na ācaritavān।

pad

vyapadiś, abhidhā, vyākhyā, nirdiś, abhivad, ācakṣ, paricakṣ, upadiś, ābhāṣ, parikathaya, paripaṭh, prakīrtaya, pracakṣ, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravad, pravicakṣ, bhāṣ   

janeṣu viśiṣṭena nāmnā khyātānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

janāḥ gāndhīmahodayaṃ bāpū iti nāmnā vyapadiśanti।

pad

śri, āśri, upāśri, samāśri, avalamb, ālamb, lamb, upaśram, nidhā, upadhā, avaṣṭambh, adhikṣi   

kasyacana ādhāreṇa avasthānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śeṣanāgasya sphaṭe pṛthivī śrayate iti manyate।

pad

padminī   

kamalānāṃ samūhaḥ।

tena padminyaḥ ekaṃ padmam īśvarāya arpitam।

pad

kamalinī, padminī, mṛṇālinī   

kamalasya laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

eṣā kamalinī kutra prāptā।

pad

padānam   

devatāyāḥ agre dīpaprajvalanasya kāryam।

mātā pratidine prātaḥ tathā ca sāyaṃkāle dīpadānaṃ karoti।

pad

śatāvarī, śatamūlī, bahusutā, abhīruḥ, indīvarī, varī, ṛṣyaproktā, bhīrupatrī, nārāyaṇī, aheruḥ, raṅgiṇī, śaṭī, dvīpiśatruḥ, ṛṣyagatā, śatapadī, pīvarī, dhīvarī, vṛṣyā, divyā, dīpikā, darakaṇṭhikā, sūkṣmapatrā, supatrā, bahumūlā, śatāhvayā, khāṭurasā, śatāhvā, laghuparṇikā, ātmaguptā, jaṭā, mūlā, śatavīryā, mahauṣadhī, madhurā, śatamūlā, keśikā, śatapatrikā, viśvasthā, vaiṇavī, pārṣṇī, vāsudevapriyaṅkarī, durmanyā, tailavallī, ṛṣyaproktā   

kṣupakavat vallīviśeṣaḥ।

śatāvaryāḥ mūlaṃ bījaṃ ca auṣadhanirmāṇāya upayujyate।

pad

puṇḍarīkam, sitāmbhojam, śatapatram, mahāpadmam, sitāmbujam, śvetapadmam, śvetavārijam, sitābjam, harinetram, śaratpadmam, śāradam, śambhuvallabham   

śvetavarṇayuktaṃ padmam।

gītayā bhagavataḥ mūrtaye puṇḍarīkam arpitam।

pad

khasvastikam, viṣṇupadam, ūrdhvā, nabhomadhyam, khamadhyam, svarmadhyam, gaganamadhyam, śirobinduḥ   

ākāśe śirasaḥ upari manyamānaḥ kalpitabinduḥ।

madhyāhne sūryaḥ khasvastike bhavati।

pad

padastha, padasthita   

svapāde sthitaḥ।

atra padasthaḥ tapasvī vasati।

pad

padastha   

yaḥ svapadbhayāṃ calati।

mātā vātsalyena padasthaṃ bālakam aṅke utthāpitavatī।

pad

padastha   

pade niyuktaḥ।

padasthasya adhikāriṇaḥ sthānāntaram abhavat।

pad

putrañjīvaḥ, putrañjīvakaḥ, yaṣṭīpuṣpaḥ, sutajīvakaḥ, ślīpadāpahaḥ, kumārajīvaḥ, pavitraḥ, garbhadaḥ, sutajīvakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

putrañjīvasya tvak bījaṃ ca auṣadheṣu upayujyete।

pad

padmaḥ   

saṅkhyāntaram;

ayutam prayutañcaiva padmam kharvamathārvvudam[śa.ka.]

pad

padmam, antyam   

saṅkhyāviśeṣaḥ, sahasranikharvāṇām samāhāram padmam;

padmam iti mahatī saṅkhyā

pad

pādavalmīkam, ślīpadam   

rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin pādau prapyāya hastipādavat dṛśyate।

śyāmā pādavalmīkena pīḍitā asti।

pad

padmaprabhaḥ   

jainadharmiyāṇāṃ caturviṃśatau tīrthaṅkareṣu ekaḥ।

padmaprabhaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ tīrthaṅkaraḥ āsīt।

pad

puṣpadantanāthaḥ   

jainadharmiyāṇāṃ caturviṃśatau tīrthaṅkareṣu ekaḥ।

puṣpadantanāthaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ navamaḥ tīrthaṅkaraḥ āsīt।

pad

utkṛṣṭatā, uttamatā, śreṣṭhatā, guṇavattā, praśastatā, utkarṣaḥ, prakarṣaḥ, saṃpad   

atīva bhavyatāyāḥ avasthā।

prakṛtyāḥ utkṛṣṭatāyāḥ jñātāraḥ vayam।

pad

anuṣṭhānam, vidhiḥ, vaidhikam, naiyamikam, śāstroktam, kriyāvidhiḥ, kriyāpaddhatiḥ, śāstroktakriyā, vidhyanurūpam   

phalecchayā kṛtā devapūjā।

varṣāyāḥ abhāve janāḥ anuṣṭhānaṃ kurvanti।

pad

prauṣṭhapadī   

bhādrapadamāsasya paurṇimā।

maheśaḥ prauṣṭhapadyāṃ jātaḥ।

pad

nirīkṣaṇam, anvīkṣaṇam, vyapadeśaḥ, avekṣaṇam, avekṣā, ālocanam   

sāvadhānacittena avalokanam।

vidyārthinaḥ prayogaśālāyāḥ anvīkṣaṇaṃ kurvanti।

pad

apakarṣaḥ, padacyutiḥ, avamānanā   

adhaḥ karṣaṇasya adhopātanasya vā kriyā।

kecana janāḥ anyānām apakarṣaṇena eva sukham anubhavanti।

pad

daṃśaḥ, ādaṃśaḥ, sarpadaṣṭam   

sarpavṛścikādīnāṃ jantūnām abhidaśanena jāyamānaḥ vraṇaḥ।

daṃśaḥ nīlavarṇīyaḥ jātaḥ।

pad

apadaḥ, apadam, apadā   

jīvaviśeṣaḥ, padavirahitaḥ jīvaḥ;

sarpādayaḥ apadāḥ santi

pad

apadeśaḥ, vyājaḥ, lakṣyam   

svarūpagopanasya kriyā।

apadeśasya sahāyena saḥ sainikāt rakṣāṃ prāptaḥ।

pad

apadravyam   

nikṛṣṭaṃ dravyam।

duṣṭena karmaṇā prāptaṃ dhanam apadravyam asti।

pad

eḍagajaḥ, prapunnāṭaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, cakramardaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakragajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimarddakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, cakrāhvaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prapunnāḍaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ   

auṣadhīyakṣupaḥ।

eḍagajasya upayogaḥ dantacikitsāyai bhavati।

pad

mārgadarśanam, upadeśanam, nirdeśanam, adhvadarśanam   

kāṭhinyādeḥ nirgamanāya kasyāpi kāryādeḥ sampādanāya vā mārgasūcanāyāḥ kriyā।

śīlā mahataḥ viduṣaḥ mārgadarśanena svasya anusandhānaṃ karoti।

pad

mārgadarśakaḥ, pathapradarśakaḥ, mārgopadeśakaḥ   

yaḥ mārgaṃ darśayati।

asmākam adhyāpakaḥ ekaḥ ṛjuḥ mārgadarśakaḥ asti।

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ diggajaḥ।

puṣpadantaḥ vāyukoṇasya diggajaḥ asti।

pad

padārthavijñānam, siddhapadārthavijñānam, sākārapadārthavijñānam, sthūlapadārthavijñānam, sākārapadārthavidyā, sākārapadārthaśāstram   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin pṛthvī-jala-vāyu-prakāśādi tattvānāṃ vivecanaṃ kurvanti।

mātṛṣvasṛpatiḥ mahāvidyālaye padārthavijñānam adhyāpayati।

pad

haṃsapadī   

ekā apsarāḥ।

haṃsapadyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

pad

ambupaḥ, uruṇākṣaḥ, uruṇākṣakaḥ, uruṇākhyam, uruṇākhyakam, eḍagajaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, kharjūghnaḥ, gajaskandhaḥ, cakragajaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, prapunāṭaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ   

ekaṃ jhāṭam।

ambupam auṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

śivasya ekaḥ sevakaḥ।

puṣpadantasya varṇanaṃ śivapurāṇe vartate।

pad

padam   

kopi viśeṣārthakaḥ śabdaḥ śabdasamūhaḥ vā।

vāgvyavahārāṇāṃ gaṇanā padena bhavati।

pad

bṛsī, vartī, tūlapadam   

lekhanārthaṃ paṭolikārupeṇa nirmitaḥ patrāṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

gītā bṛsyāṃ likhati kiñcit।

pad

upahāsāspada, upahāsya, hāsya, hāsyāspada, avahāsya, apahāsya   

upahāsasya yogyam।

te tasya upahāsāspadānāṃ pravṛttīnāṃ kṛte eva prasiddhaḥ।

pad

kuśapuṣpam, candrāspadā, kuliṅgā, kulīraviṣāṇikā   

ekaṃ phalaṃ yasya kaṭhoraṃ kavacaṃ bhavati।

kuśapuṣpasya aṣṭiḥ bhakṣyate।

pad

palvalam, goṣpadam   

varṣāṛtau bhūmau jātaḥ gartaḥ yasmin vṛṣṭeḥ jalaṃ sañcitaṃ bhavati।

mārge vividhe sthale palvalāni santi।

pad

kopalatā, ardhacandrikā, analaprabhā, kaṭabhī, kanakaprabhā, kukundanī, kaiḍaryaḥ, gīrlatā, jyotiṣkā, jyotirlatā, tīktakā, tīkṣṇā, dīptaḥ, niphalā, paṇyā, parāpatapadī, pītatailā, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, matidā, lagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇaḥ, vāyasādanī, śṛṅgin, śleṣmaghnī, sarasvatī, supiṅgalā, suvegā, suvarṇalatā, svarṇalatā, sumedhas, sphuṭavalkalī, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī   

ekā latā।

kopalatā oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

pad

tittirīphalam, rūkṣā, vīśodhanī, śīghrā, daśānikaḥ, sarpadaṃṣṭraḥ, setubhedin, vārāhāṅgī, madhupuṣpā, citrā, sāmānya-jayapālam   

eraṇḍasya jāteḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

tittirīphalasya mūlapatrādīni oṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।

pad

karaṭaḥ, padmottaraḥ   

ekaḥ mahān vṛkṣaḥ।

karaṭaḥ bhārate brahmadeśe cīnadeśe vā vardhate।

pad

sarpadaṃṣṭraḥ   

sarpasya viṣadharaḥ dantaḥ।

mṛtasya śailāṭasya pādayoḥ sarpadaṃṣṭrasya cihnam āsīt।

pad

nirāpad, nirupadrava, niṣkaṇṭaka, nirāmaya, nirābādha, abhaya, nirbhaya   

yasmin kimapi saṅkaṭasya sambhāvanā nāsti।

tasya jīvanaṃ nirāpadam āsīt।

pad

nirāpad, niḥśaṅka, niḥsandeha   

yasmin anarthasya āśaṅkā nāsti।

nirāpadaḥ bhaviṣyasya kalpanā śakyā kintu tathā eva bhavet iti na niścitam।

pad

abhāvapadārthaḥ   

saḥ padārthaḥ yasya sattā na vartate।

hindudharmīyāṇāṃ darśanānusāreṇa yat vayaṃ jāgṛtāyāṃ avasthāyāṃ paśyāmaḥ tat suptāyām avasthāyāṃ abhāvapadārthaṃ bhavati।

pad

pratinidhitvam, vyapadeśaḥ   

kasyacit pratinidhirūpeṇa kāryam।

ahaṃ pratinidhitvaṃ kartuṃ na śaknomi।

pad

ślīpadin   

yasya ślīpadaṃ jātam।

ślīpadī manuṣyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ calati।

pad

padakasāriṇī   

krīḍāspardhādiṣu sammilitaiḥ pratispardhibhiḥ prāptānāṃ padakānāṃ saṅkhyā yasyāṃ likhyate।

padakasāriṇyāḥ anusāreṇa amerikādeśasya triṃśat svarṇapadakāni, pañcapañcāśat rajatapadakāni tathā navādhikaikaśatāni kāsyapadakāni santi।

pad

abhinnapadam   

śleṣālaṅkārasya bhedaḥ।

idam abhinnapadasya udāharaṇam asti।

pad

rāmānujam, cidāmbaram, padmanābham rāmānujam, sī.pī.rāmānujam   

bhārate jātaḥ khyātaḥ gaṇitajñaḥ।

rāmānujam mahodayasya pitā madrāsa-ucca-nyāyālaye vidhijñaḥ āsīt।

pad

citrapadam   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

citrapadasya pratyekasmin caraṇe dvau bhagaṇau evaṃ dvau gurū mātre bhavataḥ।

pad

śuṣkapadārthaḥ, śuṣkakhādyam   

tat khādyaṃ yasmin ghṛtaṃ tailam ityādi nāsti।

katipayaiḥ janaiḥ udarapoṣaṇāya śuṣkapadārthāḥ api na labhyante।

pad

mārgaḥ, panthāḥ, ayanam, vartma, sṛtiḥ, padyā, vartaniḥ, śaraṇiḥ, paddhatī, vartaniḥ, adhvā, vīthiḥ, saraṇiḥ, paddhatiḥ, padaviḥ, padavī, padvā, pitsalam, pracaraḥ, prapathaḥ, mācaḥ, māthaḥ, māruṇḍaḥ, rantuḥ, vahaḥ, prapātha peṇḍaḥ, amaniḥ, itam, emā, evā, gantuḥ   

yena gatvā gantavyaṃ prāpyate।

vimānasyāpi viśiṣṭaḥ mārgaḥ asti।

pad

vaibhavam, tejaḥ, vibhūtiḥ, pratāpaḥ, śobhā, ujjvalatā, prabhāvaḥ, aiśvaryam, saṃpad   

bhavyatāyāḥ avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

tasya rājaprāsādasya vaibhavaṃ sarvān ākarṣayati।

pad

uttaram, pratyuttaram, vyapadeśaḥ   

abhiyuktasya svanirdoṣatāyāḥ pramāṇabhūtasya samādhānavacanasya kriyā।

taiḥ rakṣaṇaprastutaiḥ avasaraḥ na labdhaḥ।

pad

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

pad

padmā, padmānadī   

baṃgalādeśe vartamānā nadī।

padmāyāḥ jalāplavanena kadācit paścimabaṅgālarājyasya murśidābādamaṇḍalaṃ tathā nādiyāmaṇḍalaṃ prabhāvitaṃ bhavati।

pad

cakramardaḥ, eḍagajaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakravajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prappunanāḍaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ   

varṣākāle vardhamānaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

kṣetre cakramardāḥ santi।

pad

guhyapadam, saṅketaśabdaḥ   

saṅgaṇakeṣu saṃgaṇīkṛtayantreṣu vā vyaktipratyayakāriṇī varṇāṅkacihnānāṃ saṃsargeṇa sādhitā praṇāliḥ yā kasminnapi kārye kuñcikārūpeṇa upayujyate।

guhyapadasya vismṛteḥ ahaṃ bhavatyā antarjāladvārā preṣitaṃ patraṃ paṭhitum asamarthaḥ asmi।

pad

avasthā, paristhitiḥ, padavī, daśā, sthānaṃ, saṃsthānaṃ, bhāvaḥ, vṛttiḥ, padaṃ, gati, bhūmiḥ   

ekā viśeṣasthitiḥ।

mama paristhityāṃ bhavān kiṃ kuryāt।

pad

prajā, kṣetram, janatā, rājyaṃ, deśaḥ, janapadaḥ, jagat, janāḥ, lokaḥ   

kṣetravāsinaḥ।

eṣā prajā mūlyavṛddhikāraṇāt trastā।

pad

utkṛṣṭapade niyuj, śreṣṭhapade niyuj, pratipad, padavṛddhiṃ kṛ, padavardhanaṃ kṛ, pratipattiṃ dā, puraskṛ   

vartamānapadāt utkṛṣṭapade niyojanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saṃsthā mām utkṛṣṭapade niyokṣyati।

pad

prādurbhū, abhyudi, jan, āvirbhū, utthā, utpat, utpad, udyā, upajan, pravṛt, prasū, vyutpad   

ajātasya jananānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

varīvardhyamānayā janasaṅkhyayā naikavidhāni praśnāni prādurbhavanti।

pad

kaladhvaniḥ, sausvaryam, svarasampad, svarasampat, kaladhautam, nīthā   

hṛdyaḥ nyuṅkhaḥ ca dhvaniḥ।

himālayastha-jalavāyuvṛkṣebhyaḥ utpannaṃ kaladhvaniṃ karṇaiḥ pītvā kaivalyam anubhūyate।

pad

padātiḥ   

padena gacchan yātrī।

kecit padātayaḥ mandirasya parikramāṃ kurvanti।

pad

padayātrā   

padbhyāṃ kṛtā yātrā।

mayā mandiraparyantaṃ padayātrā kṛtā।

pad

bhramaṇam, pādavikṣepaḥ, padakramaḥ, vihāraḥ   

aṭanasya kriyā।

bhramaṇaṃ svāsthyāya bhavati।

pad

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇa-, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, padmī, lambakarṇaḥ, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, mahāmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ , yasya vakṣo atha kakṣāvalayaḥ,ślathāśca lambodarasaḥ tvagbṛhatīgalaśca pecakena saha sthūlā kukṣiḥ asti। tathā ca yaḥ śuṇḍāvān asti।

hayā jiheṣire harṣād gambhīraṃ jagajuḥ gajāḥ।

pad

saha, sākam, sakṛt, yugapad, samakālam, sarvavāram, anu   

yugmaḥ iva ekakālīnam।

etena kāryeṇa saha vayaṃ tad api kuryāma।

pad

nāmapadī   

ekā devakanyā yām indraḥ śaradvataḥ samīpe apreṣayat।

nāmapadīṃ dṛṣṭvā śaradvān kāmāndhaḥ jātaḥ।

pad

puṣpadantī   

ekā rākṣasī।

puṣpadantyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

pad

drutapadam   

chandoviśeṣaḥ।

drutapadasya pratyekasmin caraṇe dvādaśa varṇāḥ bhavanti।

pad

draupadeyaḥ   

draupadyāḥ putraviśeṣaḥ।

prativindhyaḥ draupadeyeṣu ekaḥ āsīt।

pad

padapaṅktiḥ   

pañcabhiḥ caraṇaiḥ yuktaḥ vaidikaṃ chandaḥ।

padapaṅkatau pratyekasmin caraṇe pañca varṇāḥ bhavanti।

pad

padavikā   

kasyām api jñānaśākhāyāṃ padāvīśikṣaṇāt nimnastarīyaṃ praśikṣaṇam।

śyāmā padāvīśikṣaṇoparāntaṃ padavikāṃ karoti।

pad

padmamālī   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ।

padmamālinaḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

pad

padmanābhaḥ   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putraḥ।

padmanābhasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

pad

nāgapadaḥ   

ratibandhaprakāraḥ।

kecana janāḥ kāmakrīḍāyāṃ nāgapadasya upayogaṃ kurvanti।

pad

padaṃ, kramaḥ, padāntaram   

antaraparimāṇaviśeṣaḥ-tad antaraṃ yad manuṣyaiḥ ekena padena ākramyate।

itaḥ mama gṛhaṃ aṣṭa nava vā padāni asti।

pad

arj, āp, samāp, abhilabh, upalabh, parilabh, saṃlabh, samālabh, samupalabh, abhivid, saṃvid, abhyāp, avāp, grah, abhyāsad, abhisamprāp, abhisampad, abhisamprapad, adhigam, adhivid, abhigam, anuvid, abhiprāp, abhisidh, pralabh   

prāpaṇātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ bahu dhanam ārjam।

pad

alpajña, alpadhī, bhautatulya, bhautaprāya, jaḍa, mūrkha   

nyūnayā dhāraṇayā yuktaḥ।

alpajñān chātrān pāṭhayitum adhyāpakaiḥ adhikāḥ prayatnāḥ kartavyāḥ।

pad

hiṅgu, sahastravedhi, jatukam, vālhikam, vālhīkam, rāmaṭham, jantughnam, vālhī, gṛhiṇī, madhurā, sūpadhūpanam, jatu, keśaram, ugragandham, bhūtāriḥ, jantunāśanam, sūpāṅgam, ugravīryam, agūḍhagandham, bhedanam   

śatapuṣpāviśeṣaḥ।

hiṅgunāmnā eva dravyam upalabhyate yasya upayogaḥ vyañjanarūpeṇa auṣadharūpeṇa vā kriyate।

pad

lalitapadaḥ   

aṣṭāviṃśatibhiḥ varṇaiḥ yuktaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

lalitapade ṣoḍaśe tathā dvādaśe viśrāmaḥ bhavati।

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ vidyādharaḥ।

puṣpadantasya varṇanaṃ purāṇe prāpyate।

pad

puṣpadraṃṣṭaḥ   

ekaḥ nāgaḥ।

puṣpadraṃṣṭasya varṇanaṃ purāṇe prāpyate।

pad

puṣpadāmaḥ   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

puṣpadāmasya pratyekasmin caraṇe ṣoḍaśa varṇāḥ santi।

pad

mahāpadmaḥ   

ekaḥ kinnaraḥ।

mahāpadmaḥ kuberasya sevakaḥ āsīt।

pad

parasmaipadam   

saṃskṛtabhāṣāyāḥ vyākaraṇaśāstrānusāreṇa dhātoḥ dvayoḥ pratyayasamūhayoḥ ekaḥ yaḥ kartāram abhidhatte।

nam dhātoḥ ti pratyatena namati iti parasmaipadaṃ rūpaṃ prāpyate।

pad

ātmanepadam   

saṃskṛtabhāṣāyāḥ vyākaraṇaśāstrānusāreṇa dhātoḥ dvayoḥ pratyayasamūhayoḥ ekaḥ yena yuktaṃ kriyāpadaṃ kriyāphalaṃ kartāram abhipraiti iti sūcayati।

rāj dhātoḥ ta pratyaye rājate iti ātmanepadaṃ rūpaṃ bhavati।

pad

upadevā   

ugrasenasya anujasya devakasya putrī।

upadevā devakyāḥ bhaginī āsīt।

pad

dṛḍhapadam   

trayoviṃśatīnāṃ mātrāṇāṃ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

dṛḍhapadasya ante dvau gurū bhavataḥ।

pad

āśri, samāśri, saṃśri, apāśri, abhiprapad, abhiśri, āsthā, nigam, bhaj, niviś, praviś, pratyutsad, prakram   

kasyacana manuṣyasya vā kasmiṃścana sthāne vā śaraṇasvīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

varṣāyāḥ trātuṃ saḥ samīpasthaṃ gṛham āśrayat।

pad

āspadam   

janmapatrikāyāṃ daśamaṃ sthānam।

putryāḥ āspadaṃ prabalam asti।

pad

gurupadam   

guroḥ padam।

gurupadasya mahatvaṃ viralāḥ janāḥ jānanti।

pad

sapadi, sadyaḥ, jhaṭiti, añjasā, kṣaṇāt, tatkṣaṇe, tatkṣaṇena, ahnāya, maṅkṣu, srāk, añjas, ahnāya, āpātataḥ, yathāsthānam   

vilambena vinā।

mātā bhavantaṃ sapadi gṛhaṃ prati āhūtavatī।

pad

āpattiḥ, āpad, viplavaḥ, vipattiḥ   

atīvahāniyuktā durghaṭanā।

bhopālasya vāyoḥ āpattiḥ bhāratadeśasya audyogikī āpattiḥ asti।

pad

uccapadastha   

uccapade vartamānaḥ।

rāmasya pitā senāyām uccapadasthaḥ adhikārī asti।

pad

paramapadam   

atyuccaṃ padam।

uttamānāṃ guṇānāṃ kāraṇāt eva tena paramapadaṃ prāptam।

pad

balipratipadā   

kārtikaśuddhapratipadā।

balipratipadāyāḥ dine baliḥ pūjyate।

pad

patrikā, padabhañjikā   

kasyacit viśiṣṭasya viṣayasya niyatakālikaṃ patram।

saḥ vaidyakīyāṃ patrikām icchati।

pad

upadeśaḥ   

ekā lekhanapaddhatiḥ yasyāṃ mantramātra kathanaṃ vartate ।

pratyekasmin śāstre upadeśagranthaṃ vartate

pad

kaṭabhī, analaprabhā, kukundanī, pārāpatapadī, pītatailā, kanakaprabhā, gīrlatā, jyotirlatā, jyotiṣkā, tejasvinī, tejohvā, tiktakā, niphalā, paṇyā, pārāvatapadī, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, lagaṇā, nagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇakiṃśukā, śleṣmaghnī, sārasvatī, supiṅgalā, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī, sphuṭavalkalī, sumedhā, suvarṇalatā, suvegā, svarṇalatā, dīptaḥ, lavaṇaḥ, śṛṅgī, nagnaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

kaṭabhyāḥ varṇanaṃ suśrutena kṛtam

pad

kalpadrumaḥ   

ekaḥ racanāprakāraḥ ।

vividhāsu śāstraśākhāṣu kalpadrumaḥ nāma racanāprakāraḥ upalabdhaḥ asti

pad

catuṣpadaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

catuṣpadasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

viśvarūpadevaḥ   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ viśvarūpadevasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

pad

padakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

padakasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

kuberasya navakośeṣu ekaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

padminyāḥ saṃlagnaḥ ekaḥ kośaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ ।

padmaḥ iti sarpasadṛśaḥ rākṣasadvayaḥ

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

padmaḥ skandasya anucaraḥasti

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ kauṇḍinyaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ cakravartī ।

padmaḥ navamaḥ cakravartī āsīt

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ balaḥ ।

padmaḥ iti jainasāhitye vartamāneṣu navaśvetabaleṣu ekaḥ

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

padmaḥ kaśmīrasya rājaputraḥ āsīt

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

ekaḥ brāhmaṇaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ lalitavistare vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

gajaviśeṣaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

pad

padmaḥ   

vānaraviśeṣaḥ ।

padmasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

pad

pad   

munisuvratasya mātā ।

padmāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

pad   

ekā sarpasadṛśā rākṣasī ।

padmāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

pad   

bṛhadrathasya kanyā ।

padmā kalkeḥ patnī āsīt

pad

padraḥ   

ekaḥ janapadaḥ ।

padrasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

vibudhopadeśaḥ   

ekaḥ śabdasaṅgrahaḥ ।

vibudhopadeśasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

pad

vyāghrapad   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

vyāghrapadaḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

puṣpadantaḥ viṣṇoḥ anucaraḥ asti

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

puṣpadantena mahimnaḥ viracitaḥ

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ sarpāsuraḥ ।

puṣpadantasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ arhat ।

puṣpadantaḥ navamaḥ arhat vartate

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

puṣpadantasya śatruñjaye vartate

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaṃ mandiram ।

puṣpadantasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

puṣpadantasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye vartate

pad

puṣpadantaḥ   

ekaṃ dvāram ।

puṣpadantasya ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe vartate

pad

śabdapadamañjarī   

ekaṃ vyākaraṇam ।

śabdapadamañjiryāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

kusumadantaḥ, puṣpadantaḥ   

paurāṇika-vyakti-viśeṣaḥ ।

kusumadantasya varṇanaṃ varāhamihireṇa bṛhatsaṃhitāyāṃ kṛtam

pad

śārṅgadharapaddhatiḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyasya saṅkalanam ।

śārṅgadharapaddhateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

pratāpadeva   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

kośeṣu pratāpadevaḥ ullikhitaḥ

pad

pratāpadhavalaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

abhilekhane pratāpadevaḥ samullikhitaḥ

pad

prātipadaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śatruṃjaya-māhātmye prātipadasya ullekhaḥ vidyate

pad

prāyaścittapaddhatiḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittapaddhatiḥ iti vikhyātā racanā

pad

mahāpadma   

ekā nagarī ।

mahāpadmasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

pad

mahāpadmaḥ   

nandasya putraḥ ।

mahāpadmasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye vartate

pad

mahāpadmaḥ   

ekaḥ dānavaḥ ।

mahāpadmasya ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe vartate

pad

mahāpadmaḥ   

ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

mahāpadmaḥ kuberasya anucaraḥ asti

pad

mahāpadmaḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

mahāpadmasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

bālāvabodhapaddhatiḥ   

śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtrasya ekā ṭīkā ।

bālāvabodhapaddhatiḥ iti ṭīkā saṃskṛta-dharmaśāstrīya-vāṅmaye prasiddhā

pad

kusumadantaḥ, puṣpadantaḥ   

paurāṇika-vyakti-viśeṣaḥ ।

kusumadantasya varṇanaṃ varāhamihireṇa bṛhatsaṃhitāyāṃ kṛtam

pad

bālāvabodhapaddhatiḥ   

śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtrasya ekā ṭīkā ।

bālāvabodhapaddhatiḥ iti ṭīkā saṃskṛta-dharmaśāstrīya-vāṅmaye prasiddhā

pad

mālinī, samudrānta, durālabha, ātmamūlī, idamkāryā, sutā, kacchurā, kṣudreṅgudī, gāndhārikā, girikarṇī, tāmramūlā, triparṇikā, dīrghamūlī, duḥsparśā, padmamukhī, phañjikā, marūdbhavā, rodanī, rodanikā, virūpā, viśāladā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

mālinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

kaivalyakalpadrumaḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

kaivalyakalpadrumasya ullekhaḥ kośe dṛśyate

pad

kokāgraḥ, samaṣṭhilaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, nadyābhraḥ, āmragandhakaḥ, kaṇṭakiphalaḥ, upadaṃśaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ,asya guṇāḥ,kaṭutvaṃ,uṣṇatvaṃ,rucatvaṃ,mukhaviśodhanatvaṃ,kapha़vātapraśamanatvaṃ,dāhakāritvaṃ,dīpanatvaṃ ca ।

kokāgrasya varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

pad

krauñcapadī   

ekaḥ pradeśaḥ ।

krauñcapadī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

pad

śrīpaddhatipradīpaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śrīpaddhatipradīpasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

śvāpadaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

śvāpadānām ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

pad

sampadvasuḥ   

sūryasya mukhyeṣu saptasu kiraṇeṣu ekaḥ ।

sampadvasoḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

pad

bhadrapadā   

tṛtīyaḥ tathā ca caturthaḥ cāndra-nakṣatrasamūhaḥ ।

varāha-mihiraḥ tathā ca naike paṇḍitāḥ bhadrapadāyāḥ varṇanaṃ akurvan

pad

siddhapadaḥ   

ekaṃ pavitraṃ sthānam ।

siddhapadasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

haṃsapadī   

kṣupanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

haṃsapadī iti naikeṣāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ nāma vartate

pad

kaivalyakalpadrumaḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

kaivalyakalpadrumasya ullekhaḥ kośe dṛśyate

pad

kokāgraḥ, samaṣṭhilaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, nadyābhraḥ, āmragandhakaḥ, kaṇṭakiphalaḥ, upadaṃśaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ, asya guṇāḥ, kaṭutvaṃ, uṣṇatvaṃ, rucatvaṃ, mukhaviśodhanatvaṃ, kapha़vātapraśamanatvaṃ, dāhakāritvaṃ, dīpanatvaṃ ca ।

kokāgrasya varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

pad

krauñcapadī   

ekaḥ pradeśaḥ ।

krauñcapadī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

pad

gopadantaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

gopadantasya ullekhaḥ uṇādisūtreṣu prāpyate

pad

kumbhatumbī , gandhabahulā , gopālī , gorakṣadugdhā , dīrghadaṇḍī, sarpadaṇḍī , sudaṇḍikā, citralā , dīrgha-daṇḍī, pañca-parṇikā   

naikeṣāṃ kṣupānāṃ nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

gorakṣī nāmnā prasiddhāḥ naike kṣupāḥ santi

pad

ṣaṭpadī   

granthanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

ṣaṭpadī iti nāma dvayoḥ granthayoḥ staḥ

pad

snānapaddhatiḥ   

snāna-sūtra-pariśiṣṭasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

snānapaddhateḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

snānavidhipaddhatiḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

snānavidhipaddhateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

snānasūtrapaddhatiḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

snānasūtrapaddhateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

kacchapadeśaḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

kacchapadeśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

ekapadaḥ   

ekā adbhutā jātiḥ ।

ekapadasya ullekhaḥ varāhamihirasya bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti

pad

upadeśasāhasrī   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

upadeśasāhasrī iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

pad

upadeśaḥ   

upagranthānāṃ vargaḥ ।

upadeśasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

pad

upadevaḥ   

puruṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

upadevaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe viṣṇupurāṇe ca asti

pad

āpadevaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

āpadevasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padyatrayīvyākhyānam   

bhāgavatapurāṇasya pūrvoktānām trayāṇāṃ ślokānāṃ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padyatrayīvyākhyānasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmopaniṣaddīpikā   

padmopaniṣadaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padmopaniṣaddīpikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

padmopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmiṣṭhā   

ekā strī ।

padmiṣṭhāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

pad

padminīkhaṇḍam   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

padminīkhaṇḍasya ullekhaḥ siṃhāsana-dvātriṃśikāyām asti

pad

padmālayam   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

padmālayasya ullekhaḥ siṃhāsana-dvātriṃśikāyām asti

pad

padmānandaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

padmānandasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

padmācāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmācalaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

padmācalasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

pad

padmākarabhaṭṭaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmākarabhaṭṭasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmākaradevaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmākaradevasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmahemamaṇiḥ   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

padmahemamaṇeḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmasenā   

ekā strī ।

padmasenāyāḥ ullekhaḥ hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe asti

pad

padmasundaraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmasundarasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmaviṣayaḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

padmaviṣayasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

pad

padmalekhā   

ekā strī ।

padmalekhāyāḥ ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

pad

padmaratnaḥ   

trayoviṃśatatitamaḥ bauddhaḥ bhikṣuḥ ।

padmaratnasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmaratiḥ   

rājakanyāviśeṣaḥ ।

padmaratiḥ iti nāmakayoḥ rājakanyayoḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

pad

padmabandhukulam   

ekaḥ kuṭumbaḥ ।

padmabandhukulasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmaprabhuḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmaprabhoḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmapuram   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

padmapurasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

pad

padmapādācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

padmapādācāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmapaṇḍitaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmapaṇḍitasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

pad

padmanandī   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmanandinaḥ ullekhaḥ sarvadarśana-saṅgrahe vivaraṇapustikāyām ca asti

pad

padmandiḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

padmanandeḥ ullekhaḥ sarvadarśana-saṅgrahe vivaraṇapustikāyām ca asti

pad

padmadarśanaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

padmadarśanasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

pad

padmagiripurāṇam   

ekam ākhyānam ।

padmagiripurāṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padmakhaṇḍanagaram   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

padmakhaṇḍanagarasya ullekhaḥ siṃhāsanadvātriṃśikāyām asti

pad

padmakṣetram   

utkale vartamāneṣu caturṣu pavitreṣu maṇḍaleṣu ekaḥ ।

padmakṣetrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padumaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

padumasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

pad

padukaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

padukasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

pad

padāvalī   

ekaṃ vyākaraṇam ।

padāvalyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padavṛttiḥ   

kāvyaprakāśasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padavṛttyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padamañjarī   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

padamañjarī iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

pad

padadyotinī   

gītagovindasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padadyotinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padakṛtyam   

tarkasaṅgrahasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padakṛtasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

pādapadmasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti   

pādapadma ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

pad

āpadevaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

āpadevasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

padāsī   

ekā nadī ।

cāpadāsī harivaṃśe varṇitā dṛśyate

pad

janipaddhatiḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

janipaddhateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

jālapadaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

jālapadasya ullekhaḥ varaṇādigaṇe asti

pad

daridranindā, śārṅgadhara-paddhati   

ekā paddhatiḥ ।

daridranindāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

deśopadeśaḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

deśopadeśasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

drupadā   

ekaṃ sūtram ।

drupadā iti taittirīya-brāhmaṇena parigaṇitā

pad

draupadīsvayaṃvara   

ekaṃ rūpakam ।

draupadīsvayaṃvarasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

pad

deśopadeśaḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

deśopadeśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

pad

dhārtarāṣṭrapadī, haṃsapadī,    

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ raktaviṣavraṇān nāśayati ।

dhārtarāṣṭrapadyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 3.394s Search Word: pad Input Encoding: IAST: pad